As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on November 22, 2004

Securities Act Registration Nos. 333-82621
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-09439

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

  Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   o

  PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.   o

  POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 11   x

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940   o

  AMENDMENT NO. 12   x

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

(formerly TARGET FUNDS)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

GATEWAY CENTER THREE
100 MULBERRY STREET
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (973) 367-7521
Deborah A. Docs
100 Mulberry Street
Gateway Center Three
Newark, New Jersey 07102

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies To:

Joel H. Goldberg
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Ave.
New York, NY 10022-6069

Approximate date of proposed public offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date
of the Registration Statement.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective
(check appropriate box):

   x   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

   o   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

   o   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

   o   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

   o   75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

   o   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

  If appropriate, check the following box:

   o   this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date
for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

Title of Securities Being Registered   Shares of Beneficial Interest, $.001 par value per share



PROSPECTUS

NOVEMBER 22, 2004

STRATEGIC PARTNERS

STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

FUND

Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund

OBJECTIVE

Seeks long-term capital appreciation

FUND

Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund

OBJECTIVE

Seeks total return consisting of capital appreciation and dividend income

FUND

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund

OBJECTIVE

Seeks maximum capital appreciation

FUND

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

OBJECTIVE

Seeks above-average capital appreciation

FUND

Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund

OBJECTIVE

Seeks total return consisting of current income and capital appreciation

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Trust's shares nor has the SEC determined that this prospectus is complete or accurate. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.



Table of Contents

  1     Risk/Return Summary  
  1     Investment Objectives, Principal Strategies and Principal Risks  
  2     Principal Risks  
  2     Evaluating Performance  
  4     Fees and Expenses  
  24     How the Funds Invest  
  24     Investment Policies  
  27     Other Investments and Strategies  
  32     Investment Risks  
  43     How the Trust is Managed  
  43     Board of Trustees  
  43     Manager  
  44     Advisers and Portfolio Managers  
  49     Distributor  
  50     Fund Distributions and Tax Issues  
  50     Distributions  
  51     Tax Issues  
  52     If You Sell or Exchange Your Shares  
  53     How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds  
  53     How to Buy Shares  
  63     How to Sell Your Shares  
  67     How to Exchange Your Shares  
  68     Telephone Redemptions or Exchanges  
  68     Expedited Redemption Privilege  
  69     Financial Highlights  
  70     Large Cap Growth Fund  
  73     Large Cap Value Fund  
  76     Small Cap Growth Fund  
  79     Small Cap Value Fund  
  82     Total Return Bond Fund  
  85     Appendix I - Description of Security Ratings  
        For More Information (Back Cover)  

 



Risk/Return Summary

This section highlights key information about the investment portfolios (the Funds) of Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (the Trust). Additional information follows this summary.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES AND PRINCIPAL RISKS

The following summarizes the investment objectives, principal strategies and principal risks of the Funds. While we make every effort to achieve the investment objective of each Fund, we can't guarantee success. Although we try to invest wisely, all investments involve risk. Like any mutual fund, an investment in a Fund could lose value, and you could lose money. An investment in a Fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information about the risks associated with the Funds, see "How the Funds Invest - Investme nt Risks."

In cases where a Fund's name connotes a particular type of investment, the Fund generally will have a non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its "investable assets" in that type of investment. The term "investable assets" in this prospectus refers to a Fund's net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes. A Fund's investable assets will be less than its total assets to the extent that it has borrowed money for non-investment purposes, such as to meet anticipated redemptions.

Each such Fund will provide 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders of a change in its non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its investable assets in the type of investment suggested by its name.

Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund (the Large Cap Growth Fund) The Fund's investment objective is long-term capital appreciation. This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our investment objective, we purchase stocks of large companies we believe will experience earnings growth at a rate faster than that of the Standard & Poor's 500 ® Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500). We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or more (measured at the time of purchase).

1



Risk/Return Summary

Principal Risks:

Market risk. Since the Fund invests primarily in common stocks, there is the risk that the price of a particular stock the Fund owns could go down. Generally, the stock price of large companies is more stable than the stock price of smaller companies, but this is not always the case. In addition to an individual stock losing value, the value of a market sector or of the equity markets as a whole could go down. In addition, different parts of a market can react differently to adverse issuer, market, regulatory, political and economic developments.

Style risk. Since the Fund follows a growth investment style, there is the risk that the growth investment style may be out of favor for a period of time.

EVALUATING PERFORMANCE

A number of factors - including risk - can affect how the Fund performs. The following bar chart shows the Fund's performance for each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in the Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad measure of market performance and/or a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups do not include the effect of any sales charges or taxes that may apply for investors in the Fund. Market index returns do not reflect mutual fund operating expenses. Returns would be lower if they included the effect of these factors.

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares. After-tax returns for other classes will vary due to differing sales charges and expenses. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future. After-tax losses may be offset by other gains.

2



Large Cap Growth Fund

Annual Returns* (Class A shares)

BEST QUARTER:  19.05% (4th quarter of 2001) WORST QUARTER: –26.04% (1st quarter of 2001)

*  These annual returns do not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual returns would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver, the annual returns would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-04 to 9-30-04 was – 7.10%.

Average Annual Total Returns 1   (as of 12/31/03)

    One Year   Since Inception
(11-3-99)
 
Class B shares     31.80 %     8.12%  
Class C shares     35.80       7.90  
Class A Shares  
Return Before Taxes     30.03       8.48  
Return After Taxes on Distributions     30.03       8.48  
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares     19.52       6.58  
Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)  
S&P 500 2     28.67       3.35  
Russell 1000 Growth Index 3     29.75       9.10  
Lipper Average 4     25.59       4.48  

 

1  The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver for Class A shares the returns would have been lower.

2  The S&P 500 - an unmanaged index of 500 stocks of large U.S. companies - gives a broad look at how stock prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

3  The Russell 1000 Growth Index contains those securities in the Russell 1000 index with an above-average growth orientation. Companies in this index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-to-earning ratios, lower dividend yields and higher forecasted growth rates. Source: Lipper Inc.

4  The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Large-Cap Core Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.

3



Risk/Return Summary

FEES AND EXPENSES

This table shows the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of the Fund - Classes A, B and C. Each share class has different (or no) sales charges - known as loads - and expenses, but represents an investment in the same Fund. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."

Shareholder Fees 1 (paid directly from your investment)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
  5.50%   None   None  
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) imposed on
sales (as a percentage of the lower of original
purchase price or sale proceeds)
  1% 2   5% 3   1% 4  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
reinvested dividends and other distributions
  None   None   None  
Redemption fees   None   None   None  
Exchange fee   None   None   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (deducted from Fund assets)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Management fees     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %  
+ Distribution and service (12b-1) fees     .30 % 5     1.00 %     1.00 %  
+ Other expenses     .48 %     .48 %     .48 %  
= Total annual Fund operating expenses     1.48 %     2.18 %     2.18 %  
– Fee waiver     .05 % 5     None       None    
= Net annual Fund operating expenses     1.43 %     2.18 %     2.18 %  

 

1  Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares or an administrative fee on Fund balances, including income from Fund distributions.

2  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1%.

3  The CDSC for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

4  The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months of purchase for Class C shares purchased prior to February 2, 2004).

5  The expense information for Class A shares has been restated to reflect current fees. For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor of the Fund has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to an annual rate of .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the 
Class A shares.

4



Example

This example is intended to help you compare the fees and expenses of the Fund's different share classes and the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for any contractual distribution and service (12b-1) fee waivers that may be in effect. Approximately seven years after purchase, Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis. The information in the ten years column reflects this conversion. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 688     $ 988     $ 1,309     $ 2,217    
Class B shares     721       982       1,269       2,253    
Class C shares     321       682       1,169       2,513    

 

You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 688     $ 988     $ 1,309     $ 2,217    
Class B shares     221       682       1,169       2,253    
Class C shares     221       682       1,169       2,513    

 

Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund (the Large Cap Value Fund)

The Fund's investment objective is total return consisting of capital appreciation and dividend income . This means that we seek investments that will increase in value as well as pay the Fund dividends. To achieve our objective, we invest in large company stocks that we believe are undervalued and have an above-average potential to increase in price, given the company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow and recent performance. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or more (measured at the time of purchase) that we think will pay regular dividends.

5



Risk/Return Summary

Principal Risks:

Market risk. Since the Fund invests primarily in common stocks, there is the risk that the price of a particular stock the Fund owns could go down. Generally, the stock price of large companies is more stable than the stock price of smaller companies, but this is not always the case. In addition to an individual stock losing value, the value of a market sector or of the equity markets as a whole could go down. In addition, different parts of a market can react differently to adverse issuer, market, regulatory, political and economic developments.

Style risk. Since the Fund follows a value investment style, there is the risk that the value style may be out of favor for a period of time.

EVALUATING PERFORMANCE

A number of factors - including risk - can affect how the Fund performs. The following bar chart shows the Fund's performance for each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in the Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad measure of market performance and/or a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups do not include the effect of any sales charges or taxes that may apply for investors in the Fund. Market index returns do not reflect mutual fund operating expenses. Returns would be lower if they included the effect of these factors.

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares. After-tax returns for other classes will vary due to differing sales charges and expenses. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future. After-tax losses may be offset by other gains.

6



Large Cap Value Fund

Annual Returns* (Class A shares)

BEST QUARTER:  20.10% (2nd quarter of 2003) WORST QUARTER: –18.44 % (3rd quarter of 2002)

*  These annual returns do not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual returns would be lower than those shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual returns would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-04 to 9-30-04 was 6.24%.

Average Annual Total Returns 1   (as of 12/31/03)

    One Year   Since Inception
(11-3-99)
 
Class A shares     28.21 %     (27.99 )%     4.06 %     (3.94 %)  
Class B shares     29.81       (29.58 )     4.48       (4.35 )  
Class C shares     33.77       (33.54 )     4.68       (4.55 )  
Class A Shares  
Return Before Taxes     28.21       (27.99 )     4.06       (3.94 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions     28.08       (27.86 )     3.77       (3.65 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of
Portfolio Shares
    18.50       (18.28 )     3.17       (3.04 )  
Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)  
S&P 500 2     28.67               –3.35            
Russell 1000 Value Index 3     30.03               2.46            
Lipper Average 4     30.80               4.72            

 

1  The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. During certain periods shown, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements were in effect. Without such expense reimbursements, the returns would have been lower, as indicated in parenthesis.

2  The S&P 500 - an unmanaged index of 500 stocks of large U.S. companies - gives a broad look at how stock prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

3  The Russell 1000 Value Index contains those securities in the Russell 1000 Index with a below-average growth orientation. Companies in this Index generally have low price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values. Source: Lipper Inc.

4  The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Multi-Cap Value Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.

7



Risk/Return Summary

FEES AND EXPENSES

This table shows the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of the Fund - Classes A, B and C. Each share class has different (or no) sales charges - known as loads - and expenses, but represents an investment in the same Fund. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."

Shareholder Fees 1 (paid directly from your investment)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
  5.50%   None   None  
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) imposed on
sales (as a percentage of the lower of original
purchase price or sale proceeds)
  1% 2   5% 3   1% 4  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
reinvested dividends and other distributions
  None   None   None  
Redemption fees   None   None   None  
Exchange fee   None   None   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (deducted from Fund assets)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Management fees     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %  
+ Distribution and service (12b-1) fees     .30 % 5     1.00 %     1.00 %  
+ Other expenses     .55 %     .55 %     .55 %  
= Total annual Fund operating expenses     1.55 %     2.25 %     2.25 %  
– Fee waiver     .05 % 5     None       None    
= Net annual Fund operating expenses 5     1.50 %     2.25 %     2.25 %  

 

1  Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares or an administrative fee on Fund balances, including income from Fund distributions.

2  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1%.

3  The CDSC for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

4  The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months of purchase for Class C shares purchased prior to February 2, 2004).

5  The expense information for Class A shares has been restated to reflect current fees. For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor of the Fund has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to an annual rate of .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Manager of the Fund has voluntarily agreed to limit the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service (12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Fund to 1.35% of its average daily net assets. The operating expense limitation may be discontinued partially or completely at any time.

8



Example

This example is intended to help you compare the fees and expenses of the Fund's different share classes and the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for any contractual distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations that may be in effect. Approximately seven years after purchase, Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis. The information in the ten years column reflects this conversion. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 694     $ 1,008     $ 1,344     $ 2,290    
Class B shares     728       1,003       1,305       2,326    
Class C shares     328       703       1,205       2,585    

 

You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 694     $ 1,008     $ 1,344     $ 2,290    
Class B shares     228       703       1,205       2,326    
Class C shares     228       703       1,205       2,585    

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund (the Small Cap Growth Fund)

The Fund's investment objective is maximum capital appreciation . This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our objective, we invest in the stocks of small companies that we believe will experience earnings growth at a rate faster than that of the U.S economy in general. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion (measured at the time of purchase). Because the Fund invests in small capitalization companies, the risk is greater than with larger companies because shares of small companies tend to be less liquid and more volatile than those of large companies.

9



Risk/Return Summary

Principal Risks:

Market risk. Since the Fund invests primarily in common stocks, there is the risk that the price of a particular stock the Fund owns could go down. Generally, the stock price of large companies is more stable than the stock price of smaller companies, but this is not always the case. In addition to an individual stock losing value, the value of a market sector or of the equity markets as a whole could go down. In addition, different parts of a market can react differently to adverse issuer, market, regulatory, political and economic developments.

Small company risk. The Fund invests primarily in stocks of smaller companies with a market capitali zation of under $2.5 billion. These companies usually offer a smaller range of products and services than larger companies. They may also have limited financial resources and may lack management depth . As a result, stocks issued by smaller companies tend to fluctuate in value more than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

Style risk. Since the Fund follows a growth investment style, there is the risk that the growth style may be out of favor for a period of time.

EVALUATING PERFORMANCE

A number of factors - including risk - can affect how the Fund performs. The following bar chart shows the Fund's performance for each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in the Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad measure of market performance and/or a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups do not include the effect of any sales charges or taxes that may apply for investors in the Fund. Market index returns do not reflect mutual fund operating expenses. Returns would be lower if they included the effect of these factors.

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares. After-tax returns for other classes will vary due to differing sales charges and expenses. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future. After-tax losses may be offset by other gains.

10



Small Cap Growth Fund

Annual Returns* (Class A shares)

BEST QUARTER:  19.77% (2nd quarter of 2003) WORST QUARTER: – 26.97% (3rd quarter of 2001)

*  These annual returns do not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual returns would be lower than those shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual returns would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-04 to 9-30-04 was – 1.35%.

Average Annual Total Returns 1   (as of 12/31/03)

    One Year   Since Inception
(11-3-99)
 
Class B shares     26.74 %     (25.83 %)   –5.74%     (– 6.19%)  
Class C shares     30.74       (29.83 )   –5.54     (– 5.98)  
Class A Shares  
Return Before Taxes     25.44       (24.59 )   –6.10     (– 6.52)  
Return After Taxes on Distributions     25.44       (24.59 )   –6.90     (– 7.33)  
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares     16.53       (15.69 )   –5.08     (– 5.48)  
Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)  
Russell 2000 Index 2     47.25             7.90          
Russell 2000 Growth Index 3     48.54             –1.26          
Lipper Average 4     44.36             2.01          

 

1  The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. During certain periods shown, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements were in effect. Without such expense reimbursements, the returns would have been lower, as indicated in parenthesis.

2  The Russell 2000 Index - an unmanaged index of the 2000 smallest U.S. companies included in the Russell 3000 Index - gives a broad look at how stock prices of smaller companies have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

3  The Russell 2000 Growth Index contains those securities in the Russell 2000 Index with an above-average growth orientation. Companies in this Index tend to exhibit higher price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios. Source: Lipper Inc.

4  The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.

11



Risk/Return Summary

FEES AND EXPENSES

This table shows the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of the Fund - Classes A, B and C. Each share class has different (or no) sales charges - known as loads - and expenses, but represents an investment in the same Fund. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."

Shareholder Fees 1 (paid directly from your investment)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on 
purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
  5.50%   None   None  
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) imposed on
sales (as a percentage of the lower of original
purchase price or sale proceeds)
  1% 2   5% 3   1% 4  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
reinvested dividends and other distributions
  None   None   None  
Redemption fees   None   None   None  
Exchange fee   None   None   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (deducted from Fund assets)

    Class A   Class B   Class C  
Management fees     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %  
+ Distribution and service (12b-1) fees     .30 % 5     1.00 %     1.00 %  
+ Other expenses     1.56 %     1.56 %     1.56 %  
= Total annual Fund operating expenses     2.56 %     3.26 %     3.26 %  
– Fee waiver     .05 % 5     None       None    
= Net annual Fund operating expenses 5     2.51 %     3.26 %     3.26 %  

 

1  Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares or an administrative fee on Fund balances, including income from Fund distributions.

2  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1%.

3  The CDSC for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

4  The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months of purchase for Class C shares purchased prior to February 2, 2004).

5  The expense information for Class A shares has been restated to reflect current fees. For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor of the Fund has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to an annual rate of .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Manager of the Fund has voluntarily agreed to limit the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service (12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Fund to 1.60% of its average daily net assets. The operating expense limitation may be discontinued partially or completely at any time.

12



Example

This example is intended to help you compare the fees and expenses of the Fund's different share classes and the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for any contractual distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations that may be in effect. Approximately seven years after purchase, Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis. The information in the ten years column reflects this conversion. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 790     $ 1,298     $ 1,831     $ 3,282    
Class B shares     829       1,304       1,802       3,324    
Class C shares     429       1,004       1,702       3,558    

 

You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 790     $ 1,298     $ 1,831     $ 3,282    
Class B shares     329       1,004       1,702       3,324    
Class C shares     329       1,004       1,702       3,558    

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund (the Small Cap Value Fund) The Fund's investment objective is above-average capital appreciation . This means that we seek investments that will increase in value. To achieve our objective, we invest in stocks of small companies that we believe are undervalued and have an above-average potential to increase in price, given the company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow and recent performance. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks of companies with a total market capitalization of less than $2.5 billion (measured at the time of purchase). Because the Fund invests in small capitalization companies, the risk is greater than with larger companies because shares of small companies tend to be less liquid and more volatile than those of large companies.

13



Risk/Return Summary

Principal Risks:

Market risk. Since the Fund invests primarily in common stocks, there is the risk that the price of a particular stock the Fund owns could go down. Generally, the stock price of large companies is more stable than the stock price of smaller companies, but this is not always the case. In addition to an individual stock losing value, the value of a market sector or of the equity markets as a whole could go down. In addition, different parts of a market can react differently to adverse issuer, market, regulatory, political and economic developments.

Small company risk. The Fund invests primarily in stocks of smaller companies with a market capitalization of under $2.5 billion. These companies usually offer a smaller range of products and services than larger companies. They may also have limited financial resources and may lack management depth. As a result, stocks issued by smaller companies tend to fluctuate in value more than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

Style risk. Since the Fund follows a value investment style, there is the risk that the value style may be out of favor for a period of time.

EVALUATING PERFORMANCE

A number of factors - including risk - can affect how the Fund performs. The following bar chart shows the Fund's performance for each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in the Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad measure of market performance and/or a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups do not include the effect of any sales charges or taxes that may apply for investors in the Fund. Market index returns do not reflect mutual fund operating expenses. Returns would be lower if they included the effect of these factors.

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares. After-tax returns for other classes will vary due to differing sales charges and expenses. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future. After-tax losses may be offset by other gains.

Since Class L, Class M and Class X shares are new, no performance information is available for these share classes.

14



Small Cap Value Fund

Annual Returns* (Class A shares)

BEST QUARTER:  20.14% (2nd quarter of 2003) WORST QUARTER: –15.65% (3rd quarter of 2002)

*  These annual returns do not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual returns would be lower than those shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual returns would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-04 to 9-30-04 was 9.46%.

Average Annual Returns 1 (as of 12/31/03)

Return Before Taxes   One Year   Since Inception
(11-3-99)
 
Class B shares     39.37 %     15.65 %     (15.57 %)  
Class C shares     43.37       15.80       (15.72 )  
Class A Shares      
Return Before Taxes     37.45       15.09       (15.02 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions     37.45       13.43       (13.35 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares     24.34       11.79       (11.71 )  
Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)      
Russell 2000 Index 2     47.25       7.90            
Russell 2000 Value Index 3     46.03       16.31             
Lipper Average 4     44.24       11.95            

 

1  The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. During certain periods shown, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements were in effect. Without such expense reimbursements, the returns would have been lower, as indicated in parentheses. Since Class L, Class M and Class X shares are new, no performance information is available for these share classes.

2  The Russell 2000 Index - an unmanaged index of the 2000 smallest U.S. companies included in the Russell 3000 Index - gives a broad look at how stock prices of smaller companies have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

3  The Russell 2000 Value Index contains those securities in the Russell 2000 Index with a below average growth orientation. Companies in this Index generally have low price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and lower forecasted growth values. Source: Lipper Inc.

4  The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Small-Cap Core Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.

15



Risk/Return Summary

FEES AND EXPENSES

This table shows the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of the Fund. Each share class has different sales charges - known as loads - and expenses, but represents an investment in the same Fund. Class L, Class M and Class X shares are not offered to new purchasers and are only available through exchange from the same class of shares offered by certain other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden Funds. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."

Shareholder Fees 1 (paid directly from your investment)

    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class L   Class M   Class X  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
  5.50%   None   None   None   None   None  
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) imposed on
sales (as a percentage of the lower of original
purchase price or sale proceeds)
  1% 2   5% 3   1% 4   1% 6   6% 7   6% 8  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
reinvested dividends and other distributions
  None   None   None   None   None   None  
Redemption fees   None   None   None   None   None   None  
Exchange fee   None   None   None   None   None   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (deducted from Fund assets)

    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class L   Class M   Class X  
Management fees     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %     .70 %  
+ Distribution and service (12b-1) fees     .30 % 5     1.00 %     1.00 %     .50 %     1.00 %     1.00 %  
+ Other expenses     .63 %     .63 %     .63 %     .63 %     .63 %     .63 %  
= Total annual Fund operating expenses     1.63 %     2.33 %     2.33 %     1.83 %     2.33 %     2.33 %  
– Fee waiver     .05 % 5     None       None       None       None       None    
= Net annual Fund operating expenses 5     1.58 %     2.33 %     2.33 %     1.83 %     2.33 %     2.33 %  

 

1  Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares or an administrative fee on Fund balances, including income from Fund distributions.

2  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1%.

3  The CDSC for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

4  The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months of purchase for Class C shares purchased prior to February 2, 2004).

5  The expense information for Class A shares has been restated to reflect current fees. For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor of the Fund has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to an annual rate of .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Manager of the Fund has voluntarily agreed to limit the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service (12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Fund to 1.70% of its average daily net assets. The operating expense limitation may be discontinued partially or completely at any time.

16



6  Investors who purchase at least $1 million of Class L shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds and who exchange those shares for Class L shares of the Fund will incur a 1% CDSC if the Fund shares are sold within 12 months after the original purchase.

7  The CDSC for Class M shares decreases by 1% annually to 2% in the fifth and sixth years after purchase, 1% in the seventh year and 0% in the eighth year after purchase. Class M shares convert to Class A shares approximately 8 years after purchase.

8  The CDSC for Class X shares decreases by 1% annually to 4% in the third and fourth years after purchase, 3% in the fifth year, 2% in the sixth and seventh years, 1% in the eighth year and 0% in the ninth year after purchase. Class X shares convert to Class A shares approximately 10 years (8 years if purchased before August 19, 1998) after purchase.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the fees and expenses of the Fund's different share classes and the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for any contractual distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations that may be in effect. Approximately seven years after purchase, Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis and approximately eight years after purchase, Class M shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis. The information in the ten years column reflects this conversion. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 702     $ 1,031     $ 1,383     $ 2,373    
Class B shares     736       1,027       1,345       2,410    
Class C shares     336       727       1,245       2,666    
Class L shares     186       576       990       2,148    
Class M shares     836       1,127       1,445       2,491    
Class X shares     836       1,127       1,545       2,666    

 

You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 702     $ 1,031     $ 1,383     $ 2,373    
Class B shares     236       727       1,245       2,410    
Class C shares     236       727       1,245       2,666    
Class L shares     186       576       990       2,148    
Class M shares     236       727       1,245       2,491    
Class X shares     236       727       1,245       2,666    

 

17



Risk/Return Summary

Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund (the Total Return Bond Fund) .

The Fund's investment objective is total return consisting of current income and capital appreciation . This means that we seek investments that will pay income as well as increase in value. To achieve this objective, we invest in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and its agencies, as well as debt obligations issued by U.S. companies, foreign companies and foreign governments and their agencies. The Fund can invest up to 20% of its total assets in foreign currency-denominated debt obligations.

The Fund invests in mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government entities including securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or "Fannie Mae") or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or "Freddie Mac") or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or "Ginnie Mae"). However, we may invest up to 25% of the Fund's assets in privately issued mortgage-related securities (those not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government). The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest may include collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped mortgage-backed securities and multi-class pass through securities. We may also use derivatives, such as futures, swaps and options for hedging purposes or to seek to improve the Fund's return.

We may also invest in asset-backed securities like automobile loans and credit card receivables. In addition, we may invest up to 20% of investable assets in convertible bonds, convertible preferred stock and non-convertible preferred stock. We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in "investment grade" debt obligations  - rated at least BBB by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group (S&P), Baa by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), or the equivalent by another major rating service - and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. However, we may invest up to 20% of the Fund's assets in high yield debt obligations ("junk bonds") that are rated at least B by S&P, Moody's or another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. The Fund may continue to hold an obligation even if it is later downgraded or no longer rated. The Fund may actively and frequently trade its portfolio securities. The Fund will maintain an average duration that normally ranges between two years below and two years above the average duration of the Fund's benchmark index.

18



Principal Risks:

Credit risk. The debt obligations in which the Fund invests are generally subject to the risk that the issuer may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the borrower to pay back debt. The Fund may invest in below-investment grade securities  - also known as "junk bonds"  - which have a higher risk of default and tend to be less liquid than higher-rated securities.

Interest rate risk. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of interest rate changes. Debt obligations with longer maturities typically offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than debt obligations with shorter maturities. The prices of debt obligations and the Fund's net asset value (or share price) generally move in opposite directions than interest rates.

Market risk. Debt obligations are also subject to market risk, which is the possibility that the market value of an investment may move up or down and that its movement may occur quickly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector or the entire market.

Prepayment risk.  The Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities and asset-backed securities, which are subject to prepayment risk. If these securities are prepaid, the Fund may have to replace them with lower-yielding securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are generally more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than other mortgage-related securities. Unlike mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities are usually not collateralized. If the issuer of a non-collateralized debt security defaults on the obligation, there is no collateral that the security holder may sell to satisfy the debt.

Derivatives risk. The Fund may use derivatives including swaps, options and futures as a principal investment strategy to improve its returns or to protect its assets. When used for hedging purposes, derivatives may not fully offset or match the Fund's underlying positions and this could result in losses to the Fund that would not otherwise have occurred.

Active trading risk. The Fund may actively and frequently trade its portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover results in higher transaction costs, which can affect the Fund's performance and have adverse tax consequences.

Foreign market risk.  The Fund may invest in foreign markets, including those in developing countries. Foreign markets, especially those in developing countries, tend to be more volatile than U.S. markets and are generally not subject to regulatory requirements comparable to those in the U.S. Because of differences in accounting standards and custody and settlement practices, investing in foreign securities generally involves more risk than investing in securities of U.S. issuers.

Currency risk. Changes in currency exchange rates may affect the value of foreign securities held by a Fund and the amount of income available for distribution. If a foreign currency grows weaker relative to the U.S. dollar, the value of securities denominated in that foreign currency generally decreases in terms of U.S. dollars. If a Fund does not correctly anticipate changes in exchange rates, certain hedging activities may also cause the Fund to lose money and reduce the amount of income available for distribution.

19



Risk/Return Summary

Political developments. Political developments may adversely affect the value of a Fund's foreign securities.

Leverage risk. The Fund may borrow from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls to take advantage of investment opportunities. This is known as using "leverage." If the Fund borrows money to purchase securities and those securities decline in value, then the value of the Fund's shares will decline faster than if the Fund were not leveraged.

EVALUATING PERFORMANCE

A number of factors - including risk - can affect how the Fund performs. The following bar chart shows the Fund's performance for each full calendar year of operations. The bar chart and tables below demonstrate the risk of investing in the Fund by showing how returns can change from year to year and by showing how the Fund's average annual total returns compare with a broad measure of market performance and/or a group of similar mutual funds. The returns of market indexes and mutual fund peer groups do not include the effect of any sales charges or taxes that may apply for investors in the Fund. Market index returns do not reflect mutual fund operating expenses. Returns would be lower if they included the effect of these factors.

After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts (IRAs). After-tax returns are shown only for Class A shares. After-tax returns for other classes will vary due to differing sales charges and expenses. Past performance, before and after taxes, does not mean that the Fund will achieve similar results in the future. After-tax losses may be offset by other gains.

Since Class L, Class M and Class X shares are new, no performance information is available for those share classes.

20



Total Return Bond Fund

Annual Returns* (Class A shares)

BEST QUARTER:  5.09% (3rd quarter of 2001) WORST QUARTER: –.27% (4th quarter of 2001)

*  These annual returns do not include sales charges. If the sales charges were included, the annual returns would be lower than that shown. Without the distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations, the annual returns would have been lower, too. The total return of the Fund's Class A shares from 1-1-04 to 9-30-04 was 3.31%.

Average Annual Returns 1   (as of 12/31/03)

    One Year   Since Inception
(11-3-99)
 
Class B shares     .68 %     (.58 )%     6.99 %     (6.92 )%  
Class C shares     4.64       (4.54 )     7.18       (7.11 )  
Class A Shares  
Return Before Taxes     1.38       (1.29 )     6.53       (6.46 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions     –.82       (– .91)     4.09       (4.02 )  
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares     1.05       (.96 )     4.07       (4.00 )  
Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)  
LGCI 2     4.31               8.43            
LABI 3     4.10               8.09            
Lipper Average 4     8.23               7.71            

 

1  The Fund's returns are after deduction of sales charges and expenses. During certain periods shown, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements were in effect. Without such expense reimbursements, the returns would have been lower, as indicated in parenthesis. Since Class L, Class M and Class X shares are new, no performance information is available for those share classes.

2  The Lehman Brothers Government/Credit Index (LGCI) - an unmanaged index of publicly traded intermediate-and long-term government and corporate debt with an average maturity of 10 years - gives a broad look at how bond prices have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

3  The Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (LABI) - an unmanaged index of investment grade securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and by corporations with between 1 and 10 years remaining to maturity - gives a broad look at how bond prices of short and intermediate-term bonds have performed. Source: Lipper Inc.

4  The Lipper Average is based on the average return of all mutual funds in the Lipper Corporate Debt BBB Funds category. Source: Lipper Inc.

21



Risk/Return Summary

FEES AND EXPENSES

This table shows the sales charges, fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of each share class of the Fund. Each share class has different sales charges - known as loads - and expenses, but represents an investment in the same Fund. Class L, Class M and Class X shares are not offered to new purchasers, and are only available through exchange from the same class of shares offered by certain other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden Funds. For more information about which share class may be right for you, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds."

Shareholder Fees 1 (paid directly from your investment)

    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class L   Class M   Class X  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
purchases (as a percentage ofoffering price)
  4.50%   None   None   None   None   None  
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a
percentage of the lower of original purchase
price or sale proceeds)
  1% 2   5% 3   1% 4   1% 6   6% 7   6% 8  
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on
reinvested dividends and other distributions
  None   None   None   None   None   None  
Redemption fees   None   None   None   None   None   None  
Exchange fee   None   None   None   None   None   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (deducted from Fund assets)

    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class L   Class M   Class X  
Management fees     .50 %     .50 %     .50 %     .50 %     .50 %     .50 %  
+ Distribution and service (12b-1) fees     .30 % 5     1.00 %     1.00 %     .50 %     1.00 %     1.00 %  
+ Other expenses     .51 %     .51 %     .51 %     .51 %     .51 %     .51 %  
= Total annual Fund operating expenses     1.31 %     2.01 %     2.01 %     1.51 %     2.01 %     2.01 %  
– Fee waiver     .05 % 5     .25 % 5     .25 % 5     None       None       None    
= Net annual Fund operating expenses 5     1.26 %     1.76 %     1.76 %     1.51 %     2.01 %     2.01 %  

 

1  Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases and sales of shares or an administrative fee on Fund balances, including income from Fund distributions.

2  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1%.

3  The CDSC for Class B shares decreases by 1% annually to 1% in the fifth and sixth years and 0% in the seventh year. Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

4  The CDSC for Class C shares is 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months of purchase for Class C shares purchased prior to February 2, 2004).

5  The expense information for each class of shares has been restated to reflect current fees. For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor of the Fund has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares to an annual rate of .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares and its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class B and Class C shares to an annual rate of .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class B and Class C shares, respectively. The Manager of the Fund has voluntarily agreed to limit the net annual operating expenses (exclusive of distribution and service (12b-1) fees) of each class of shares of the Fund to 0.80% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The operating expense limitation may be discontinued partially or completely at any time.

22



6  Investors who purchase at least $1 million of Class L shares of other Strategic Partners mutual funds and who exchange those shares for Class L shares of the Fund will incur a 1% CDSC if the Fund shares are sold within 12 months after the original purchase.

7  The CDSC for Class M shares decreases by 1% annually to 2% in the fifth and sixth years after purchase, 1% in the seventh year and 0% in the eighth year after purchase. Class M shares convert to Class A shares approximately 8 years after purchase.

8  The CDSC for Class X shares decreases by 1% annually to 4% in the third and fourth years after purchase, 3% in the fifth year, 2% in the sixth and seventh years, 1% in the eighth year and 0% in the ninth year after purchase. Class X shares convert to Class A shares approximately 10 years (8 years if purchased before August 19, 1998) after purchase.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the fees and expenses of the Fund's different share classes and the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same, except for any contractual distribution and service (12b-1) fee waiver and overall expense limitations that may be in effect. Approximately seven years after purchase, Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis and approximately eight years after purchase, Class M shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis. The information in the ten years column reflects this conversion. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 573     $ 842     $ 1,131     $ 1,954    
Class B shares     679       906       1,160       2,052    
Class C shares     279       606       1,060       2,318    
Class L shares     154       477       824       1,802    
Class M shares     804       1,030       1,283       2,157    
Class X shares     804       1,030       1,383       2,338    

 

You would pay the following expenses on the same investment if you did not sell your shares:

    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years  
Class A shares   $ 573     $ 842     $ 1,131     $ 1,954    
Class B shares     179       606       1,060       2,052    
Class C shares     179       606       1,060       2,318    
Class L shares     154       477       824       1,802    
Class M shares     204       630       1,083       2,157    
Class X shares     204       630       1,083       2,338    

 

23



How the Funds Invest

INVESTMENT POLICIES

EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

Large Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds

When we consider investing in a company's stock, we look at several factors to evaluate the stock's growth potential, including the company's historical profitability, the economic outlook for the company's industry, the company's position in that industry, and the qualifications of company management. For example, we may select a company's stock based on new products or services the company is introducing. Dividend income is only an incidental consideration. Generally, we will consider selling a security when we think it has achieved its growth potential, or when we think we can find better growth opportunities.

Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds

We consider a number of factors in choosing stocks, like a company's sales, earnings, book value, cash flow, recent performance and the industry it's in. We consider selling a stock if it has increased in value to the point where we no longer consider it to be undervalued.

DEBT PORTFOLIO - TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

In choosing portfolio securities, we consider economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. We also evaluate individual debt securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and consider factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.

Mortgage-Related Securities .   The Fund invests in mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government entities, including securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA or "Fannie Mae") or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC or "Freddie Mac") or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or "Ginnie Mae"). However, we may invest up to 25% of the Fund's assets in privately issued mortgage-related securities (those not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government). The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest may include collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped mortgage-backed securities and multi-class pass through securities.

24



Mortgage-related securities are usually pass-through instruments that pay investors a share of all interest and principal payments from an underlying pool of fixed or adjustable rate mortgages. Mortgage-related securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies include FNMAs, GNMAs and debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and government related entities. The U.S. Government or the issuing agency directly or indirectly guarantees the payment of interest and principal on these securities, but not their value. Private mortgage-related securities that are not guaranteed by U.S. governmental entities generally have one or more types of credit enhancement to ensure timely receipt of payments and to protect against default.

Mortgage backed securities include mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, multi-class pass-through securities and stripped mortgage-backed securities. A collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) is a security backed by an underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that may be issued or guaranteed by a bank or by U.S. governmental entities. A multi-class pass-through security is an equity interest in a trust composed of underlying mortgage assets. Payments of principal and interest on the mortgage assets and any reinvestment income thereon provide the cash to pay debt service on the CMO or to make scheduled distributions on the multi-class pass-through security. A stripped mortgage-backed security (MBS strip) may be issued by U.S. governmental entities or by private institutions. MBS strips take the pieces of a debt security (principal and interest) and break them apart. The resulting securities may be sold separately and may perform differently.

The values of mortgage-backed securities vary with changes in market interest rates generally and in yields among various kinds of mortgage-related securities. Such values are particularly sensitive to changes in prepayments of the underlying mortgages. For example, during periods of falling interest rates, prepayments tend to increase as homeowners and others refinance their higher-rate mortgages; these prepayments reduce the anticipated duration of the mortgage-related securities. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments can be expected to decline, which has the effect of extending the anticipated duration at the same time that the value of the securities declines. MBS strips tend to be even more highly sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than mortgage-related securities and CMOs generally.

Asset-Backed Securities .   The Fund may also invest in asset-backed debt securities. An asset-backed security is another type of pass-through instrument that pays interest based upon the cash flow of an underlying pool of assets, such as automobile loans and credit card receivables. Unlike mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities are usually not collateralized. However, credit related asset-backed securities may be collateralized by a portfolio of corporate bonds, including junk bonds, or other securities.

25



How the Funds Invest

Factors Considered in Making Investment Decisions

In choosing portfolio securities, the investment adviser to the Total Return Bond Fund considers economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. The investment adviser also evaluates individual debt securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and considers factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.

We normally invest at least 80% of the Fund's investable assets in "investment grade" debt obligations  - debt obligations rated at least BBB by S&P, Baa by Moody's, or the equivalent by another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. We may invest up to 20% of the Fund's investable assets in high yield debt obligations  - also known as "junk bonds"  - that are rated at least B by S&P, Moody's or another major rating service, and unrated debt obligations that we believe are comparable in quality. The Fund may continue to hold an obligation even if it is later downgraded or no longer rated. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its investable assets in convertible bonds, convertible preferred stock and non-convertible preferred stock.

When purchasing or selling portfolio securities, the factors that the investment adviser to the Fund may consider are economic conditions and interest rate fundamentals and, for foreign debt securities, country and currency selection. The investment adviser also evaluates individual debt securities within each fixed-income sector based upon their relative investment merit and considers factors such as yield, duration and potential for price or currency appreciation as well as credit quality, maturity and risk.

The average duration of the Fund's portfolio securities ranges between two years below and two years above the average duration of the Fund's benchmark bond index. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the average duration of the Fund's portfolio securities was 4.48 years.

Additional Information on Investments and Risk

For more information, see "Investment Risks" below and the Statement of Additional Information, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks." The Statement of Additional Information - which we refer to as the SAI - contains additional information about the Funds. To obtain a copy, see the back cover page of this prospectus.

26



Although we make every effort to achieve each Fund's objective, we can't guarantee success. Each Fund's investment objective is a fundamental policy that cannot be changed without shareholder approval. The Board of the Trust can change investment policies that are not fundamental.

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND STRATEGIES

In addition to the Funds' principal strategies described above, unless otherwise specified below, we may also use the following investment strategies to try to increase the Funds' returns or protect their assets if market conditions warrant.

Temporary Defensive Investments.  In response to adverse market, economic or political conditions, we may temporarily invest up to 100% of a Fund's assets in money market instruments or U.S. Government securities. Investing heavily in these securities limits our ability to achieve our investment objective, but can help to preserve a Fund's assets when the markets are unstable.

Money Market Instruments. Each Fund may invest in high quality money market instruments for cash management purposes. Money market instruments include the commercial paper of U.S. and foreign corporations, obligations of U.S. and foreign banks, certificates of deposit and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or a foreign government.

Each Fund will generally purchase money market instruments in one of the two highest short-term quality ratings of a major rating service. The Funds may also invest in money market instruments that are not rated, but which we believe are of comparable quality to the instruments described above.

U.S. Government Securities. Each Fund may invest in debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury. Treasury securities have varying interest rates and maturities, but they are all backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Each Fund may also invest in other debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and government-related entities. Some of these debt securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, like GNMA obligations. Debt securities issued by other government entities, like obligations of FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or "Sallie Mae"), are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. However, these issuers have the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet their obligations. In contrast, the debt securities of other issuers, like the Farm Credit System, depend entirely upon their own resources to repay their debt.

27



How the Funds Invest

The U.S. Government sometimes "strips" its debt obligations into their component parts: the U.S. Government's obligation to make interest payments and its obligation to repay the amount borrowed. These stripped securities are sold to investors separately. Stripped securities do not make periodic interest payments. They are usually sold at a discount and then redeemed for their face value on their maturity dates. These securities increase in value when interest rates fall and lose value when interest rates rise. However, the value of stripped securities generally fluctuates more in response to interest rate movements than the value of traditional debt obligations. A Fund may try to earn money by buying stripped securities at a discount and either selling them after they increase in value or holding them until they mature.

Debt Obligations

In addition to their principal investments, the Large Cap Value and   Small Cap Value Funds  may invest in debt obligations for their appreciation potential. These Funds may invest in debt obligations issued by U.S. and foreign companies that are rated at least A by S&P or by Moody's or the equivalent by another major rating service. The Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds also may invest in asset-backed securities from time to time. See "Asset-Backed Securities" above.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund borrows money on a temporary basis by selling a security with an obligation to repurchase it at an agreed-upon price and time.

When the Fund enters into a dollar roll, the Fund sells securities to be delivered in the current month and repurchases substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities to be delivered on a specified future date by the same party. The Fund is paid the difference, between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase as well as the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale.

Leverage

The Total Return Bond Fund may borrow from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls to take advantage of investment opportunities. This is known as using "leverage." If the Fund borrows money to purchase securities and those securities decline in value, then the value of the Fund's shares will decline faster than if the Fund were not leveraged.

28



Short Sales

The Total Return Bond Fund may make short sales of a security. This means that the Fund may sell a security that it does not own when we think the value of the security will decline. The Fund generally borrows the security to deliver to the buyer in a short sale. The Fund must then buy the security at its market price when the borrowed security must be returned to the lender. Short sales involve costs and risks. The Fund must pay the lender interest on the security it borrows, and the Fund will lose money if the price of the security increases between the time of the short sale and the date when the Fund replaces the borrowed security. Although the Fund's gain is limited to the price at which it sold the securities short, its potential loss is limited only by the maximum attainable price of the securities, less the price at which the security was sold and may, theoretically, be unlimited. The Fund may also make short sales "against the box." In a short sale against the box, at the time of sale, the Fund owns or has the right to acquire the identical security at no additional cost. When selling short against the box, the Fund gives up the opportunity for capital appreciation in the security.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may also use repurchase agreements, where a party agrees to sell a security to the Fund and then repurchase it at an agreed-upon price at a stated time. This creates a fixed return for a Fund, and is, in effect a loan by the Fund. Repurchase agreements are used for cash management purposes.

Convertible and Preferred Securities

Each Fund may also invest in convertible and preferred securities, including convertible bonds, convertible preferred stock and non-convertible preferred stock. These are securities - such as bonds, corporate notes and preferred stock - that we can convert into the company's common stock or some other equity security.

Derivative Strategies

The Total Return Bond Fund may use various derivatives strategies to try to improve its returns. The Fund may also use hedging strategies to try to protect the Fund's assets. We cannot guarantee that these strategies will work, that the instruments necessary to implement these strategies will be available or that the Fund will not lose money. The derivatives in which this Fund may invest include (but are not limited to) futures, options, options on futures and swaps. In addition, the  Total Return Bond Fund may enter into foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency exchange contracts and purchase commercial paper that is indexed to foreign currency exchange rates.

Derivatives involve costs and can be volatile. With derivatives, the investment adviser tries to predict whether the underlying investment - a security, market index, currency, interest rate or some other benchmark - will go up or down at some future date. We may use derivatives to try to reduce risk or to increase return consistent with a Fund's overall investment objective. The investment adviser will consider other factors (such as cost) in deciding whether to employ any particular strategy or use any

29



How the Funds Invest

particular instrument. Any derivatives we use may not match or offset a Fund's underlying positions and this could result in losses to the Fund that would not otherwise have occurred. When the Fund uses derivative strategies, the Fund designates certain assets as segregated, as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission). For more information about these strategies, see the SAI, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks - Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies."

Options

The Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on securities, swap agreements, securities indexes, futures contracts and currencies traded on U.S. or foreign securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. An option is the right to buy or sell securities or currencies in exchange for a premium. The options may be on debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes and U.S. Government securities. The Fund will sell only covered options.

Futures Contracts and Related Options and Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and related options with respect to, among other things, interest rates, debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, currencies, financial indexes or U.S. Government securities. A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a set quantity of underlying asset at a future date or to make or receive a cash payment based on the value of a securities index, or some other asset, at a future date. The terms of futures contracts are generally standardized. In the case of a financial futures contract based upon a broad index, there is no delivery of the securities comprising the index, margin is uniform, a clearing corporation or an exchange is the counterparty and a Fund makes daily margin payments based on price movements in the index. The Total Return Bond Fund also may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of its assets against future changes in the level of foreign currency exchange rates. A foreign currency forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a given currency on a future date and at a set price or to make or receive a cash payment based on the value of a given currency at a future date.

Swaps

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in index, interest rate, credit, long and short credit default, currency and total return swap agreements (or a combination of these swap agreements or other similar swap agreements or options on swap agreements). The swap may, among other things, preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of the Fund, or protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or transfer or allocate credit

30



risk. Swaps and swap options are subject to the risks that they may be difficult to sell at the time or price desired and that they may be difficult to value precisely.

For more information about these strategies, see the SAI, "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks - Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies" in the SAI.

Additional Strategies

Each Fund may also use other non-principal strategies, such as purchasing debt securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. When a Fund makes this type of purchase, the price and interest rate are fixed at the time of purchase, but delivery and payment for the debt obligations take place at a later time. The Fund does not earn interest income until the date the debt obligations are delivered.

Each Fund also follows certain policies when it borrows money (the Total Return Bond Fund may borrow up to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its total assets, while each other Fund may borrow up to 20% of the value of its total assets); and holds illiquid securities (each Fund may hold up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale, those without a readily available market and repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days).

Each Fund, other than the Total Return Bond Fund, may participate in the initial public offering (IPO) market. The prices of securities purchased in IPOs can be very volatile. The effects of IPOs on the performance of a Fund depends on a variety of factors, including the number of IPOs a Fund invests in relative to the size of the Fund and whether and to what extent a security purchased in an IPO appreciates or depreciates in value. As a Fund's asset base increases, IPOs often have a diminished effect on a Fund's performance.

Each Fund is subject to certain investment restrictions that are fundamental policies, which means they cannot be changed without shareholder approval. For more information about these restrictions, see the SAI.

Portfolio Turnover

As a result of the strategies described above, the Total Return Bond Fund had annual portfolio turnover rates over 100% during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004. Portfolio turnover is generally the percentage found by dividing the lesser of portfolio purchases or sales by the monthly average value of the portfolio. High portfolio turnover (100% or more) results in higher transaction costs and can affect a Fund's performance. It can also result in a greater amount of distributions as ordinary income rather than long-term capital gains.

31



How the Funds Invest

INVESTMENT RISKS

As noted previously, all investments involve risk, and investing in the Funds is no exception. Since a Fund's holdings can vary significantly from broad market indexes, performance of that Fund can deviate from performance of the indexes. This chart outlines the key risks and potential rewards of the Funds' principal strategies and certain of the Funds' non-principal strategies. Unless otherwise noted, a Fund's ability to engage in a particular type of investment is expressed as a percentage of investable assets. See "Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks" in the SAI.

32



Investment Type

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Common stocks
Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Value, Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Value
At least 80%
  n Individual stocks could lose value
n The equity markets could go down, resulting in a decline in value of a Fund's investments
n Companies that pay dividends may not do so if they don't have profits or adequate cash flow
n Changes in economic or political conditions, both domestic and international, may result in a decline in value of a Fund's investments
  n Historically, stocks have outperformed other investments over the long-term
n Generally, economic growth means higher corporate profits, which leads to an increase in stock prices, known as capital appreciation
n May be a source of dividend income
 
Small capitalization stocks (market capitalization below $2.5 billion)
Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Value Funds
At least 80%
  n Stocks of small companies are more volatile and may decline more than those in the S&P 500
n Small companies are more likely to reinvest earnings and not pay dividends
n  Changes in interest rates may lead to an increase in price volatility of the securities of small companies more than the securities of larger companies
  n Highly successful smaller companies can outperform larger ones  

 

33



How the Funds Invest

Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Debt obligations
Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value
Up to 20%
Total Return Bond Fund
At least 80%; up to 100%
  n A Fund's share price, yield and total return will fluctuate in response to bond market movements
n Credit risk - the default of an issuer would leave a Fund with unpaid interest or principal. The lower a bond's quality, the higher its potential volatility
n Market risk - the risk that the market value of an investment may move up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector, or the market as a whole
n Interest rate risk - the value of most bonds will fall when interest rates rise. The longer a bond's maturity and the lower its credit quality, the more its value typically falls. It can lead to price volatility, particularly for junk bonds and stripped securities
  n Bonds have generally outperformed money market instruments over the long term with less risk than stocks
n Most bonds will rise in value when interest rates fall
n Regular interest income
n High-quality debt obligations are generally more secure than stocks since companies must pay their debts before they pay dividends
n Investment-grade bonds have a lower risk of default than junk bonds
n Bonds with longer maturity dates typically have higher yields
n Intermediate-term securities may be less susceptible to loss of principal than longer term securities
 

 

34



Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Foreign securities
Total Return Bond Fund Up to 20%
  n Foreign markets, economies and political systems may not be as stable as in the U.S., particularly those in developing countries
n Currency risk - changing value of foreign currencies can cause losses
n May be less liquid than U.S. stocks and bonds
n Differences in foreign laws, accounting standards, public information, custody and settlement practices provide less reliable information on foreign investments and involve more risk
n Not all government securities are insured or guaranteed by government, but only by the issuing agency
  n Investors can participate in the growth of foreign markets through investment in companies operating in those markets
n May profit from changing value of foreign currencies
n Opportunities for diversification
n Principal and interest on foreign government securities may be guaranteed by the issuing government
 

 

35



How the Funds Invest

Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
U.S. Government securities
All Funds
Percentage varies, and up to 100% on a temporary basis
  n Not all are insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, but only by the issuing agency
n Limits potential for capital appreciation
n  Market risk - the risk that the market value of an investment may move up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector, or the market as a whole
n Interest rate risk - the value of most bonds will fall when interest rates rise. The longer a bond's maturity and the lower its credit quality, the more its value typically falls. It can lead to price volatility, particularly for junk bonds and stripped securities
  n Regular interest income
n The U.S. government guarantees interest and principal payments on certain securities
n Generally more secure than lower quality debt securities and equity securities
n May preserve a Fund's assets
 
Money market instruments
All Funds
Up to 35% on a normal basis and to 100% on a temporary basis
  n U.S. government money market securities offer a lower yield than lower-quality or longer-term securities
n Limits potential for capital appreciation
n Credit risk - the default of an issuer would leave a Fund with unpaid interest or principal. The lower a bond's quality, the higher its potential volatility
n  Market risk - the risk that the market value of an investment may move up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector, or the market as a whole
  n May preserve a Fund's assets  

 

36



Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Mortgage-related securities
Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies; usually less than 75%
  n Prepayment risk - the risk that the underlying mortgage may be prepaid partially or completely, generally during periods of falling interest rates, which could adversely affect yield to maturity and could require a Fund to reinvest in lower-yielding securities.
n Credit risk - the risk that the underlying mortgages will not be paid by debtors or by credit insurers or guarantors of such instruments. Some private mortgage securities are unsecured or secured by lower-rated insurers or guarantors and thus may involve greater risk
n  Market risk - the risk that the market value of an investment may move up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector, or the market as a whole.
n Interest rate risk
  n Regular interest income
n The U.S. government guarantees interest and principal payments on certain securities
n May benefit from security interest in real estate collateral
n Pass-through instruments provide greater diversification than direct ownership of loans
 

 

37



How the Funds Invest

Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
High yield debt securities (junk bonds)
Total Return Bond Fund
Up to 20%
  n Higher credit risk than higher-grade debt securities
n Higher market risk than higher-grade debt securities
n More volatile than higher-grade debt securities
n May be more illiquid (harder to value and sell), in which case valuation would depend more on investment adviser's judgment than is generally the case with higher-rated securities
  n May offer higher interest income than higher-grade debt securities and higher potential gains  

 

38



Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Asset-backed securities
Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds
Percentage varies; usually less than 10%
Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies; usually less than 25%
  n Prepayment risks - the risk that the underlying receivable may be prepaid partially or completely, generally during periods of falling interest rates, which could adversely affect yield to maturity and could require a Fund to reinvest in lower-yielding securities.
n The security interest in the underlying collateral may not be as great as with mortgage-related securities
n Credit risk - the risk that the underlying receivables will not be paid by debtors or by credit insurers or guarantors of such instruments. Some asset-backed securities are unsecured or secured by lower-rated insurers or guarantors and thus may involve greater risk
n Market risk - the risk that the market value of an investment may move up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Market risk may affect an industry, a sector, or the market as a whole
n Interest rate risk
  n Regular interest income
n Prepayment risk is generally lower than with mortgage-related securities
n Pass-through instruments provide greater diversification than direct ownership of loans
 

 

39



How the Funds Invest

Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Derivatives
Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies
  n The value of derivatives (such as futures and options) that are used to hedge a portfolio security is determined independently from that security and could result in a loss to a Fund when the price movement of the derivative does not correlate with a change in the value of the Fund security
n Derivatives may not have the intended effects and may result in losses or missed opportunities
n The other party to a derivatives contract could default
n Derivatives can increase share price volatility and derivatives that involve leverage could magnify losses
n Certain types of derivatives involve costs to a Fund that can reduce returns
  n A Fund could make money and protect against losses if the investment analysis proves correct
n One way to manage a Fund's risk/return balance is by locking in the value of an investment ahead of time
n Derivatives that involve leverage could generate substantial gains at low cost
n May be used to hedge against changes in currency exchange rates
 

 

40



Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls
Total Return Bond Fund
Up to 33 1 / 3 %
When-issued and delayed-delivery securities
All Funds, other than Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies; usually less than 10%
Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies; usually less than 75%
  n May magnify underlying investment losses
n Investment costs may exceed potential underlying investment gains
  n May magnify underlying investment gains  
Borrowing
Total Return Bond Fund
Up to 33 1 / 3 %
Other Funds
Up to 20%
  n Leverage borrowing for investments may magnify losses
n Interest costs and investment fees may exceed potential investment gains
  n Leverage may magnify investment gains  
Adjustable/floating rate securities
Large Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds
Percentage varies
  n Value lags value of fixed-rate securities when interest rates change   n Can take advantage of rising interest rates  

 

41



How the Funds Invest

Investment Type (cont'd)

% of Investable Assets   Risks   Potential Rewards  
Stripped securities
Total Return Bond Fund
Percentage varies; usually less than 20%
  n More volatile than securities that have not separated principal and interest
n Mortgage-backed stripped securities have more prepayment and interest rate risk than other mortgage-related securities
  n Value rises faster when interest rates fall  
Swaps
Total Return Bond Fund
Up to 15% (of net assets)
  n Speculative technique including risk of loss of interest payment swapped
n May be difficult to value precisely
n May be difficult to sell at the time or price desired
n The other party to a swap agreement could default
  n Helps protect the return on an investment  
Illiquid securities
All Funds
Up to 15% (of net assets) 
  n May be difficult to value precisely
n May be difficult to sell at the time or price desired
  n May offer a more attractive yield or potential for growth than more widely traded securities  

 

42



How the Trust is Managed

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

The Board of Trustees (the Board) oversees the actions of the Manager, the subadvisers and the Distributor and decides on general policies. The Board also oversees the Trust's officers, who conduct and supervise the daily business operations of each Fund.

MANAGER

Prudential Investments LLC (PI)
Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street
Newark, NJ 07102

Under a management agreement with the Trust, PI manages each Fund's investment operations, administers its business affairs and is responsible for supervising the subadviser(s) (each of which we call an Adviser) for each of the Funds. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, each Fund paid PI the management fees set forth in the table below (shown as a percentage of average net assets).

Fund   Annual Management Fee Paid to PI  
Large Cap Growth Fund     0.70 %  
Large Cap Value Fund     0.70 %  
Small Cap Growth Fund     0.70 %  
Small Cap Value Fund     0.70 %  
Total Return Bond Fund     0.50 %  

 

PI and its predecessors have served as manager or administrator to investment companies since 1987. As of September 30, 2004 PI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential), served as the investment manager to all of the Prudential U.S. and offshore open-end investment companies, with aggregate assets of approximately $88.4 billion.

Subject to the supervision of the Board, PI is responsible for conducting the initial review of prospective Advisers for the Trust. In evaluating a prospective Adviser, PI considers many factors, including the firm's experience, investment philosophy and historical performance. PI is also responsible for monitoring the performance of the Trust's Advisers.

PI and the Trust operate under an exemptive order (the Order) from the Commission that generally permits PI to enter into or amend agreements with Advisers without obtaining shareholder approval each time. This authority is subject to certain conditions, including the requirement that the Board must approve any new or amended agreements with each Adviser. Shareholders of each Fund still have the right to terminate these agreements for the Fund at any time by a vote of the majority of outstanding shares of the Fund. The Trust will notify shareholders of any new Advisers or material amendments to advisory agreements made pursuant to the Order.

43



How the Trust is Managed

ADVISERS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Introduction

The Advisers are responsible for the day-to-day management of each Fund, or portion thereof, that they manage, subject to the supervision of PI and the Board. The Advisers are paid by PI, not the Trust.

The Large Cap Growth  and Large Cap Value Funds each have two Advisers, each of which manages approximately 50% of the respective Fund's assets. For each of these Funds, PI hired two Advisers with different investment philosophies. For example, one of the Advisers for the Large Cap Growth Fund concentrates in market sectors believed to have the greatest long-term growth potential while the other Adviser looks for stocks of companies that exhibit positive business momentum and earnings surprise. In addition, one of the Advisers for the Large Cap Value Fund employs a traditional value investment approach while the other Adviser follows a quantitative investment approach. PI believes that at any given time, certain investment philosophies will be more successful than others and that a combination of different investment approaches may benefit these Funds and help reduce their volatility. PI periodically rebalances these Funds to maintain the approximately equal allocation of their assets between the two Advisers.

Reallocations of assets among Advisers may result in higher portfolio turnover and correspondingly higher transactional costs. In addition, a Fund may experience wash transactions - where one Adviser buys a security at the same time another Adviser sells it. To the extent this happens, the Fund's position in that security remains unchanged, but the Fund has paid additional transaction costs.

Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Value Funds

Each Fund has two more Advisers, each of which manages the portion of each Fund allocated to it by PI, consistent with the overall small capitalization investment strategy of the Fund and PI periodically rebalances daily cash inflows (i.e., purchases and reinvested dividends) and outflows (i.e., redemptions and expense items) among the Advisers of each Fund. In addition, PI periodically reallocates assets among Advisers.

By using two or more Advisers for each Fund, and by periodically rebalancing or reallocating each Fund's assets among its Advisers, PI seeks long-term benefits from a balance of different investment disciplines. PI believes that, at any given time, certain investment philosophies will be more successful than others and that a combination of different investment approaches may benefit the Funds and help reduce their volatility. In addition, the use of several Advisers for each Fund may help to protect the Funds from capacity risk (an Adviser's determination to manage a limited amount of assets because of a lack of investment opportunities that appear attractive to that Adviser).

44



Reallocations of assets among Advisers may result in higher portfolio turnover and correspondingly higher transactional costs. In addition, a Fund may experience wash transactions - where one Adviser buys a security at the same time another Adviser sells it. To the extent this happens, the Fund's position in that security remains unchanged, but the Fund has paid additional transaction costs.

Large Cap Growth Fund

Columbus Circle Investors (CCI) and Oak Associates, Ltd. (Oak) are the Advisers for the Large Cap Growth Fund.

CCI has specialized in large-cap equity investing since it was established in 1975. As of September 30, 2004, CCI had approximately $2.9 billion in assets under management for corporate, nonprofit, government, union and mutual fund clients. The address of CCI is Metro Center, One Station Place, 8th Floor, Stamford, CT 06902.

Anthony Rizza , a Managing Director of CCI, has been primarily responsible for managing CCI's part of the Fund since its inception. Mr. Rizza is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the Hartford Society of Security Analysts. He has been a portfolio manager with CCI since 1991.

Oak has specialized in large-cap equity investing since it was founded in 1985. Oak provides investment management services to both individual and institutional clients. As of September 30, 2004, Oak had approximately $7 billion in assets under management. The address of Oak is 3875 Embassy Parkway, Suite 250, Akron, OH 44333.

James D. Oelschlager , President of Oak since 1985, has managed Oak's part of the Fund since its inception. Donna Barton, Douglas Mackay  and  Dr. Edward Yardeni assist Mr. Oelschlager in managing the Fund's assets. Ms. Barton has been with Oak since 1985, and Mr. MacKay has been a research analyst with Oak since 1990. Dr. Yardeni joined Oak in 2004 as Chief Investment Strategist. Prior to joining Oak, Dr. Yardeni served as Chief Investment Strategist and Managing Director of Prudential Equity Group from 2002-2004 and as Chief Investment Strategist of Deutsche Bank from 1991-2002.

Large Cap Value Fund

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (J.P. Morgan) and Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (Hotchkis and Wiley) are the Advisers for the Large Cap Value Fund.

J.P. Morgan is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co., a publicly held bank holding company and global financial services firm. J.P. Morgan manages assets for governments, corporations, endowments, foundations, and individuals worldwide. As of September 30, 2004, J.P. Morgan and its affiliated companies had approximately $735 billion in assets under management worldwide. The address of J.P. Morgan is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036.

45



How the Trust is Managed

Nanette Buziak has managed the J.P. Morgan segment of the Portfolio since 2000. Raffaele Zingone has managed the assets of this segment since 2002 and Cris Posada, since 2004. Ms. Buziak is a Vice President of J.P. Morgan and a portfolio manager in the U.S. Equity Group. She joined J.P. Morgan in 1997. Mr. Zingone, a Vice President of J.P. Morgan, is a portfolio manager in the U.S. Equity Group. He joined J.P. Morgan in 1991. Mr. Posada, a Vice President of J.P. Morgan, is a client portfolio manager in the U.S. Equity Group. An employee since 1997, he is responsible for product management and client servicing across J.P. Morgan's large cap equity spectrum of products.

Hotchkis and Wiley is a registered investment adviser, the primary members of which are HWCap Holdings, a limited liability company whose members are employees of Hotchkis and Wiley, and Stephens-H&W, a limited liability company whose primary member is Stephen Group, Inc., which is a diversified holding company. As of September 30, 2004, Hotchkis and Wiley had approximately $14.7 billion in assets under management. Hotchkis and Wiley's address is 725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 3900, Los Angeles, California 90017-5439.

Sheldon J. Lieberman , a principal and portfolio manager of Hotchkis and Wiley, has managed the assets of the Fund since August 2000. Mr. Lieberman has been with Hotchkis and Wiley and its predecessors since 1994.

Small Cap Growth Fund

Westcap Investors, LLC (Westcap)  and  RS Investment Management, L.P. (RS Investments) are the Advisers for the Small Cap Growth Fund.

Westcap , a registered investment adviser, is a privately held firm that has managed institutional accounts, including mutual funds, since 1992. Westcap, located at 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90025, had approximately $2.6 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2004.

Gregory S. Weirick has managed the Westcap segment of the Fund since July 2003 and leads the investment team that manages the Westcap segment of the Fund. Mr. Weirick, a Managing Director and Co-founder of Westcap, has been with the firm since its inception in 1992. He has specialized in the small cap growth category for over 10 years.

The other members of the team are Joshua D. Shaskan, CFA, Jeffrey J. Hoo, CFA, and John J. Huber . Mr. Shaskan, a Senior Vice President/Portfolio Manager, joined Westcap in 1998 and has 11 years of investment industry experience. Prior to Westcap, Mr. Shaskan served as an Investment Specialist at Wells Fargo Securities. Mr. Hoo, a Senior Vice President/Security Analyst at Westcap, joined Westcap in 1997 and has 7 years of investment industry experience. Prior to Westcap, Mr. Hoo was a Finance Manager at Sony Pictures Entertainment and an Auditor at KPMG Peat

46



Marwick. Mr. Huber, a Vice President/Security Analyst, joined Westcap in 2000, and prior to Westcap, he was a Senior Associate at Wilshire Associates and an Information Technology Consultant at Arthur Andersen.

RS Investments is an independent, privately held money management firm that specializes in domestic small and mid-cap stocks. As of September 30, 2004, the firm managed over $7 billion in no-load mutual funds, institutional accounts, and alternative investments. The principal office of RS Investments is at 388 Market Street, Suite 1700, San Francisco, CA 94111.

Bill Wolfenden , a Principal of RS Investments and lead portfolio manager of their small-cap growth accounts, has managed the RS Investments segment of the Fund since October 2003. Prior to joining RS in April 2001, he was at Dresdner RCM Global Investors since 1994, where he served on the micro-cap and small-cap growth investment management teams. He holds a B.A. in economics from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A. with a dual concentration in finance and accounting from Vanderbilt University.

Small Cap Value Fund

EARNEST Partners, LLC (EARNEST Partners) NFJ Investment Group (NFJ), Lee Munder Investments Ltd. L.P. (Lee Munder)   and  J.P. Morgan  are the Advisers for the Small Cap Value Fund.

NFJ Investment Group (NFJ) , formed in 1989, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. As of September 30, 2004, the firm had over $7.3 billion of worldwide assets under management and advice. NFJ, a disciplined, value-oriented equity manager, is located at 2121 San Jacinto, Dallas, TX 75201.

The NFJ segment of the Fund has been managed since October 2003 by Chris Najork, CFA , Managing Director, who is a founding partner of NFJ Investment Group. He has 36 years of experience encompassing equity research and portfolio management. Prior to the formation of NFJ, he was a senior vice president, senior portfolio manager and analyst at NationsBank, which he joined in 1974. Mr. Najork received his BA and MBA from Southern Methodist University.

Cliff Hoover, CFA , Managing Director, is a portfolio manager at NFJ with responsibilities for the Funds. He has 19 years of investment experience in corporate banking, investment analysis, and research. Prior to joining NFJ in 1997, he was a vice president at Credit Lyonnais. Mr. Hoover received his BBA and MS-Finance from Texas Tech University.

Paul Magnuson , Managing Director, is the senior research analyst and a portfolio manager at NFJ. He has 19 years of investment experience in equity analysis and

47



How the Trust is Managed

portfolio management. Prior to joining NFJ in 1992, he was an assistant vice president at NationsBank, which he joined in 1985. Mr. Magnuson received his BBA from the University of Nebraska.

EARNEST Partners is a wholly owned subsidiary of EARNEST Holdings, LLC, an employee-owned company in which Paul E. Viera, Jr. (whose background is described below) holds a controlling interest. Founded in 1998, EARNEST Partners had $10.9 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2004. The address of EARNEST Partners is 75 14th St., Suite 2300, Atlanta, GA 30309.

Paul E. Viera, Jr. , Chief Executive Officer and Partner of EARNEST Partners, has managed the EARNEST Partners portion of the Small Cap Value Fund since December 2001. A founding member of EARNEST Partners, he previously served as a Global Partner of, and portfolio manager with, INVESCO Capital Management from 1991 to 1998.

Lee Munder, 700 Clarendon Street, Boston MA 02116, was founded in 2000 and is 77% owned by its employees with the remainder of the firm owned by Castanea Partners. As of September 30, 2004 Lee Munder managed approximately $2.86 billion in assets.

R. Todd Vingers serves as the portfolio manager for the portion of the Fund managed by Lee Munder. Mr. Vingers joined Lee Munder in June 2002 as a small cap value portfolio manager. Mr. Vingers has over 14 years of investment experience and most recently served as vice president and senior portfolio manager for American Century Investments. Prior to joining American Century Investments, Mr. Vingers was a valuation analyst for the Hawthorne Company. Mr. Vingers earned a B.A. from the University of St. Thomas and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business. Mr. Vingers is a member of the Institute of Chartered Financial Analysts and the Association for Investment Management and Research (AIMR).

JP Morgan is described above under "Large Cap Value Fund".

Christopher T. Blum and Dennis S. Ruhl are the portfolio managers for the portion of the Fund managed by J.P. Morgan. Mr. Blum, a vice president, is a portfolio manager in the U.S. Small Cap Equity Group. He rejoined the firm in 2001 and is currently responsible for managing structured small cap core and small cap value accounts. Previously, Mr. Blum spent two years as a research analyst responsible for the valuation and acquisition of private equity assets at Pomona Capital. Prior to that, he spent over three years in the U.S. Structured Equity Group at J.P. Morgan where he focused on structured small cap core and small cap value accounts. Mr. Ruhl, a vice president, is a portfolio manager in the U.S. Small Cap Equity Group. An employee since 1999, his current responsibility includes managing structured small cap core

48



and value accounts. Previously, he worked on quantitative equity research (focusing on trading) as well as business development.

Total Return Bond Fund

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO) is the Adviser to the Total Return Bond Fund.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ("PIMCO"), a Delaware limited liability company, is a majority-owned subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., ("ADAM LP"). Allianz Aktiengesellschaft ("Allianz AG") is the indirect majority owner of ADAM LP. Allianz AG is a European-based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company. Pacific Life Insurance Company holds an indirect minority interest in ADAM LP. PIMCO has specialized in fixed income investing since the firm was established in 1971. As of September 30, 2004, PIMCO had approximately $415 billion of assets under management. The address of PIMCO is 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660.

William H. Gross , Managing Director, Chief Investment Officer and founding member of PIMCO, has, since the inception of the Fund, led a portfolio management team responsible for developing and implementing the Fund's investment strategy. Chris Dialynas , a Managing Director, portfolio manager and a senior member of PIMCO's investment strategy group, has managed the Fund since August 2000. Mr. Dialynas has been associated with PIMCO since 1980.

DISTRIBUTOR

Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS) distributes the Trust's shares under a Distribution Agreement with the Trust. The Trust has Distribution and Service Plans under Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act. Under the Plans and the Distribution Agreement, PIMS pays the expenses of distributing each Fund's Class A, B and C shares and, for the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds, the Class L, M and X shares. PIMS also provides certain shareholder support services. Each Fund pays distribution and other fees to PIMS as compensation for its services for each class of shares. These fees - known as 12b-1 fees - are shown in the "Fees and Expenses" tables.

Investors who buy shares of the Trust should be aware of some important tax issues. For example, each Fund distributes dividends of ordinary income and any realized net capital gains to shareholders. These distributions are subject to taxes, unless you hold your shares in a 401(k) plan, an IRA, or some other qualified tax-deferred plan or account. Dividends and distributions from the Funds also may be subject to state and local income taxes.

Also, if you sell shares of a Fund for a profit, you may have to pay capital gains taxes on the amount of your profit, again unless your shares are held in a qualified tax deferred plan or account.

49



Fund Distributions and Tax Issues

The following briefly discusses some of the important federal income tax issues you should be aware of, but is not meant to be tax advice. For tax advice, please speak with your tax adviser.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Each Fund distributes dividends of any net investment income to shareholders on a regular basis as shown below.

Fund   Dividends  
Total Return Bond Fund   Declared daily,
paid monthly
 
Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Value, Small Cap Growth and
Small Cap Value Funds
  Declared and
paid annually
 

 

For example, if a Fund owns ACME Corp. stock and the stock pays a dividend, the Fund will pay out a portion of this dividend to its shareholders, assuming the Fund's income is more than its costs and expenses. The dividends you receive from each Fund will be taxed as ordinary income, whether or not they are reinvested in the Fund.

For Funds that invest in foreign securities, the amount of income available for distribution to shareholders will be affected by any foreign currency gains or losses generated by the Fund and cannot be predicted. This fact, coupled with the different tax and accounting treatment of certain currency gains and losses, increases the possibility that distributions, in whole or in part, may be a return of capital to shareholders.

Each Fund also distributes realized net capital gains to shareholders - typically once a year. Capital gains are generated when a Fund sells its assets for a profit. For example, if a Fund bought 100 shares of ACME Corp. stock for a total of $1,000 and more than one year later sold the shares for a total of $1,500, the Fund has net long-term capital gains of $500, which it will pass on to shareholders (assuming the Fund's total gains are greater than any losses it may have). Capital gains are taxed differently depending on how long the Fund holds the security - if a security is held more than one year before it is sold, long-term capital gains are taxed at rates of up to 15%, but if the security is held one year or less, short-term capital gains are taxed at ordinary income rates of up to 35%. Different rates apply to corporate shareholders.

Under recently enacted legislation, a portion of dividends paid to individuals and other non-corporate shareholders of the Fund may be eligible for the maximum 15% tax rate applicable for long-term capital gain. Such rate generally would not apply to dividends received from the Total Return Bond Fund. To the extent a Fund's income is derived from certain dividends received from U.S. corporations, a portion of the dividends paid to corporate shareholders of the Fund will be eligible for the 70% dividends received deduction.

50



For your convenience, a Fund's distributions of dividends and capital gains are automatically reinvested in the Fund without any sales charge. If you ask us to pay the distributions in cash, we will send you a check if your account is with the Transfer Agent. Otherwise, if your account is with a broker, you will receive a credit to your account. Either way, the distributions may be subject to income taxes, unless your shares are held in a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account. For more information about automatic reinvestment and other shareholder services, see "Step 4: Additional Shareholder Services" in the next section.

TAX ISSUES
Form 1099

Every year, you will receive a Form 1099, which reports the amount of dividends and capital gains we distributed to you during the prior year unless you own shares of the Fund as part of a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account. If you do own shares of a Fund as part of a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account, your taxes are deferred, so you will not receive a Form 1099. However, you will receive a Form 1099 when you take any distributions from your qualified or tax-deferred plan or account.

Fund distributions are generally taxable to you in the calendar year in which they are received, except when we declare certain dividends in the fourth quarter and actually pay them in January of the following year. In such cases, the dividends are treated as if they were paid on December 31 of the prior year. Corporate shareholders may be eligible for the 70% dividends-received deduction for certain dividends paid by a Fund.

Withholding Taxes

If federal tax law requires you to provide the Fund with your taxpayer identification number and certifications as to your tax status, and you fail to do this, or if you are otherwise subject to backup withholding, we will withhold and pay to the U.S. Treasury a portion (currently 28%) of your distributions and sale proceeds. Dividends of net investment income and net short-term capital gains paid to a nonresident foreign shareholder generally will be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30%. This rate may be lower, depending on any tax treaty the U.S. may have with the shareholder's country.

If You Purchase Just Before Record Date

If you buy shares of a Fund just before the record date for a distribution (the date that determines who receives the distribution), we will pay that distribution to you. As explained above, the distribution may be subject to ordinary income or capital gains taxes. You may think you've done well since you bought shares one day and soon thereafter received a distribution. That is not so, because when dividends are paid out, the value of each share of the Fund decreases by the amount of the dividend to reflect the payout, although this may not be apparent because the value of each share of the Fund also will be affected by the market changes, if any. The distribution you receive makes up for the decrease in share value. However, the timing of your purchase does mean that part of your investment came back to you as taxable income.

51



Fund Distributions and Tax Issues

Qualified and Tax-Deferred Retirement Plans

Retirement plans and accounts allow you to defer paying taxes on investment income and capital gains. Contributions to these plans may also be tax deductible, although distributions from these plans generally are taxable. In the case of Roth IRAs, contributions are not tax deductible, but distributions from the plan may be tax-free.

IF YOU SELL OR EXCHANGE YOUR SHARES

If you sell any shares of a Fund for a profit, you have realized a capital gain , which is subject to tax, unless you hold shares in a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account. The amount of tax you pay depends on how long you owned your shares and when you bought them. If you sell shares of a Fund for a loss, you may have a capital loss, which you may use to offset certain capital gains you have.

If you sell shares and realize a loss, you will not be permitted to use the loss to the extent you replace the shares (including pursuant to the reinvestment of a dividend) within a 61-day period (beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the sale of the shares). If you acquire shares of a Fund and sell your shares within 90 days, you may not be allowed to include certain charges incurred in acquiring the shares for purposes of calculating gain or loss realized upon the sale of the shares.

Exchanging your shares of a Fund for the shares of a JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual fund is considered a sale for tax purposes. In other words, it's a taxable event . Therefore, if the shares you exchanged have increased in value since you purchased them, you have capital gains, which are subject to the taxes described above.

Any gain or loss you may have from selling or exchanging Fund shares will not be reported on the Form 1099; however, proceeds from the sale or exchange will be reported on Form 1099-B. Therefore, unless you hold your shares in a qualified or tax-deferred plan or account, you or your financial adviser should keep track of the dates on which you buy and sell - or exchange - Fund shares, as well as the amount of any gain or loss on each transaction. For tax advice, please see your tax adviser.

Automatic Conversion of Class B, Class M and Class X Shares

You will not have a federal tax gain or loss when Class B, Class M and Class X shares of a Fund automatically convert into Class A shares - which happens automatically approximately seven, eight or ten (eight years if purchased prior to August 19, 1998) years, respectively, after purchase - because it does not involve an actual sale of your Class B, Class M and Class X shares. For more information about the automatic conversion of Class B, Class M and Class X shares, see "Class B, Class M and Class X Shares Convert to Class A Shares" in the next section.

52



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

HOW TO BUY SHARES
Step 1: Open an Account

If you don't have an account with us or a securities firm that is permitted to buy or sell shares of the Funds for you, call Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS) at (800) 225-1852 or contact:

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC
Attn: Investment Services
P.O. Box 8179
Philadelphia, PA 19101

You may purchase shares by check or wire. We do not accept cash or money orders. To purchase by wire, call the number above to obtain an application. After PMFS receives your completed application, you will receive an account number. We have the right to reject any purchase order (including an exchange into a Fund) or suspend or modify a Fund's sale of its shares.

Step 2: Choose a Share Class

Individual investors can choose among Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. Class L, Class M and Class X shares offered by the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds are not offered to new purchasers and are available only through exchanges from the same class of shares of certain other Strategic Partners and Jennison Dryden funds. There are no sales charges on exchanges.

Multiple share classes let you choose a cost structure that meets your needs:

n   Class A shares purch ased in amounts of less than $1 million require you to pay a sales charge at the time of purchase, b ut the operating expenses of Class A shares are lower than the operating expenses of Class B and Cla ss C shares. Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares withi n 12 months of purchase are also subject to a CDSC of 1%.

n   Class B shares do not require you to pay a sales charge at the time of purchase, but do require you to pay a sales charge if you sell your s hares within six years (that is why it is called a CDSC). The operating expenses of Class B shares a re higher than the operating expenses of Class A shares.

n   Class C shares do not require you to pay a sales charge at the time of purchase, but do require you to pay a sales charge if you sell your sh ares within 12 months of purchase. The operating expenses of Class C shares are higher than the oper ating expenses of Class A shares.

53



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

When choosing a share class, you should consider the following fac tors:

n   The amount of your investment and any previous or planned future investments, which may qual ify you for reduced sales charges for Class A shares under Rights of Accumulation or a Letter of Int ent.

n   The length of time you expect to hold the shares and the impact of varying distribution fees. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying o ther types of sales charges. For this reason, Class C shares may not be appropriate for investors wh o plan to hold their shares for more than 4 years.

n   The different sales charges that apply to each share class - Class A's front-end sales charge vs. Class B's CDSC vs. Class C's low CDSC.

n   The fact t hat Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

n   Class B shares purchased in amounts greater than $100,000 for equity funds, $100,000 for taxable fixed income funds, and $250,000 for municipal bond funds are generally less advantageous than purch asing Class A shares. Purchase orders for Class B shares exceeding these amounts generally will not be accepted.

n   Class C shares purchased in amounts greater than $1 million are generally less advant ageous than purchasing Class A shares. Purchase orders for Class C shares above these amounts genera lly will not be accepted.

n   The fact that Class A, Class B and Class C shares are available for direct purchase in all Funds, but Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds are available only through exchange.

See "How to Sell Your Shares" for a description of the impact of CDSCs.

So me investors purchase or sell shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries and broker-dealers who maintain omnibus accounts that aggregate the orders of multiple investors and forward the aggre gate orders to the Fund. Although the Fund is unable to monitor or enforce the above limitations for underlying shareholders submitting orders through omnibus accounts, the Fund has advised the financ ial intermediaries and broker-dealers who maintain such accounts of these limitations.

54



Share Class Comparison. Use this chart to help you compare the Funds' different share classes. The discussion following this chart will tell you whether you are entitled to a reduction or waiver of any sales charges.

   
All Funds
  Small Cap Value and
Total Return Bond Funds only
 
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class L   Class M   Class X  
Minimum purchase
amount 1
  $ 1,000     $ 1,000         $ 2,500       N/A 2     N/A 2       N/A 2      
Minimum amount for
subsequent purchases 1
  $ 100     $ 100         $ 100     $ 100     $ 100         $ 100        
Maximum initial sales
charge
    5.50 % of
the public
offering
price (4.50%
for Total
Return
Bond Fund)
    None       None     N/A 2     N/A 2       N/A 2      
Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge (CDSC) 3
    1 % 4     If Sold
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Years 5/6
Year 7
  During:
5 %
4 %
3 %
2 %
1 %
0 %
  1 % on
sales made
within
12 months
of purchase 5
    1 % 6   If Sold
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5/6
Year 7
Year 8
  During:
6 %
5 %
4 %
3 %
2 %
1 %
0 %
  If Sold
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3/4
Year 5
Year 6/7
Year 8
Year 9/10
  During:
6 %
5 %
4 %
3 %
2 %
1 %
0 %
 
Annual distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
shown as a percentage
of average net assets 8
    .30 of 1%
(.25 of 1%
currently)
    1 %
Total Return
Bond Fund
(.75 % of 1%
currently)
      1 %
Total Return
Bond Fund
(.75 % of 1%
currently)
    .50 of 1%     1 %         1 %      

 

1  The minimum investment requirements do not apply to certain custodial accounts for minors. The minimum initial and subsequent investment for purchases made through the Automatic Investment Plan is $50. For more information, see "Additional Shareholder Services - Automatic Investment Plan."

2  Class L, Class M and Class X shares are available in the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds only, and are closed to new initial purchases. Class L, Class M and Class X shares are only available through exchanges from the same class of shares of certain other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden funds.

3  For more information about the CDSC and how it is calculated, see "How to Sell Your Shares - Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)."

4  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell shares within 12 months of purchase are subject to a 1% CDSC.

5  For Class C shares purchased before February 2, 2004, the Class C CDSC applies for shares redeemed within 18 months of purchase.

6  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class L shares of other Strategic Partners funds and subsequently exchange them for Class L shares of the Small Cap Value or Total Return Bond Funds, and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase are subject to a 1% CDSC.

7  In the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998, the CDSC imposed will be 6% during the first year after purchase, 5% during the second year, 4% during the third year, 3% during the fourth year, 2% during the fifth and sixth years, 1% during the seventh year, and none thereafter.

8  These distribution and service (12b-1) fees are paid from each Fund's assets on a continuous basis. The service fee for Class A, Class B and Class C shares is .25 of 1%. The distribution fee for Class A shares is .30 of 1% (including the .25 of 1% service fee). Class B and Class C shares pay a distribution fee (in addition to the service fee) of .75 of 1%. With respect to Class L, Class M and Class X shares, the service fee is up to .25 of 1% of the Fund's Class L, Class M and Class X shares, respectively. The distribution fee for Class L shares is up to .50 of 1% (including the .25 of 1% service fee), and for Class M and Class X shares, is up to 1% (including the .25 of 1% service fee). For the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor has contractually agreed to reduce its distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares of each Fund to .25 of 1% of the relevant Fund's Class A shares' average daily net assets. For the period ending November 30, 2005 the Distributor has contractually agreed to reduce its 12b-1 fees for Class B and Class C shares of the Total Return Bond Fund to an annual rate of .75 of 1% of the Fund's Class B and Class C shares' respective average daily net assets.

55



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

Reducing or Waiving Class A's Initial Sales Charge

The following describes the different ways investors can reduce or avoid paying Class A's initial sales charge.

Increase the Amount of Your Investment. You can reduce Class A's sales charge by increasing the amount of your investment. This table show you how the sales charge decreases as the amount of your investment increases.

Amount of Purchase   Sales Charge as % of
Offering Price
  Sales Charge as % of
Amount Invested
  Dealer
Reallowance
 
Less than $25,000     5.50 %     5.82 %     5.00 %  
$25,000 to $49,999     5.00       5.26       4.50    
$50,000 to $99,999     4.50       4.71       4.00    
$100,000 to $249,999     3.75       3.90       3.25    
$250,000 to $499,999     2.75       2.83       2.50    
$500,000 to $999,999     2.00       2.04       1.75    
$1 million to $4,999,999*     None       None       1.00 **  

 

*  If you invest $1 million or more, you can buy only Class A shares. If you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and sell these shares within 12 months of purchase, you will be subject to a 1% CDSC.

**  For investments of $5 million to $9,999,999, the dealer allowance is 0.50%. For investments of $10 million and over, the dealer allowance is 0.25%.

Total Return Bond Fund

Amount of Purchase   Sales Charge as % of
Offering Price
  Sales Charge as % of
Amount Invested
  Dealer
Reallowance
 
Less than $50,000     4.00 %     4.17 %     3.75 %  
$50,000 to $99,999     3.50 %     3.63 %     3.25 %  
$100,000 to $249,999     2.75 %     2.83 %     2.50 %  
$250,000 to $499,999     2.00 %     2.04 %     1.90 %  
$500,000 to $999,999     1.50 %     1.52 %     1.40 %  
$1 million and above *     None       None       None    

 

*  If you invest $1 million or more, you can buy only Class A shares. If you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you will be subject to a 1% CDSC for shares redeemed within 12 months of pur chase. This charge is waived for all such Class A shareholders other than those who purchase their s hares through certain broker-dealers that are not affiliated with Prudential.

To satisfy the purchase amounts above, you can:

n   Use your Rights of Accumula tion , which allow you or an eligible group of related investors to combine (1) the current value of JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual fund shares you or the group already own (2) the value of money market shares you or an eligible group of related investors have received for shares of other JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual funds in an exchange

56



transaction and (3) the value of the shares you or an eligible group of related investors are purchasing, or

n   Sign a Letter of Inten t , stating in writing that you or an eligible group of related investors will purchase a certain amount of shares in the Fund and other JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual funds within 13 months, or

n   Use your Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege , which allows you and an eligible group of related investors to combine the value of Class A shares of this Fund with the value of Class A shares of other JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual funds that you or the group are purchasing at the same time.

An eligible group of related investors includes any combination of the following:

n   an individual

n   the individual's spouse, their children and parents

n   the individual's and spouse's Individual Retirement Account (IRA)

n   any company controlled by the individual (a person, entity or group that holds 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a company will be deemed to control the company, and a partnership will be deemed to be controlled by each of its general partners), with the exception of employee benefit plans of a company controlled by the individual

n   a trust created by the individual, the beneficiaries of which are the individual, his or her spouse, parents or children

n   a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act/ Uniform Transfers to Minors Act account created by the individual or the individual's spouse

The value of shares held by you or an eligible group of related investors will be determined as follows:

n   for Class A shares, the value of existing shares is determined by the maximum offering price (NAV plus maximum sales charge) as of the previous business day.

n   for Class B shares and Class C shares, the value of existing shares is determined by the NAV as of the previous business day.

If your shares are held directly by the Transfer Agent, and you believe you qualify for a reduction or waiver of Class A's initial sales charge, you must notify the Transfer Agent at the time of the qualifying share purchase in order to receive the applicable reduction or waiver. If your shares are held through a broker or other financial intermediary, and you believe you qualify for a reduction or waiver of Class A's initial sales charge, you must notify your broker or intermediary at the time of the qualifying purchase in order to receive the applicable reduction or waiver. Shares held through a broker or other financial intermediary will not be systematically aggregated with shares held directly by the Transfer Agent for purposes of receiving a reduction or waiver of Class A's initial sales charge. The reduced or waived sales charge will be granted subject to confirmation of account holdings.

If your shares are held directly by the Transfer Agent, you must identify the eligible group of related investors. Although the Transfer Agent does not require any specific

57



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

form of documentation in order to establish your eligibility to receive a waiver or reduction of Class A's initial sales charge, you may be required to provide appropriate documentation if the Transfer Agent is unable to establish your eligibility.

If your shares are held through a broker or other intermediary, the broker or intermediary is responsible for determining the specific documentation, if any, that you may need in order to establish your eligibility to receive a waiver or reduction of Class A's initial sales charge. Your broker or intermediary is also responsible for notifying the Transfer Agent if your share purchase qualifies for a reduction or waiver of Class A's initial sales charge.

Purchases of $1 million or mo re. If you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you will not be subject to an initial sales charge, although a CDSC may apply, as previously noted.

Benefit Plans. Certain group retirement and savings plans may purchase Class A shares without paying the initial sales charge if they meet the required minimum for amount of assets, average account balance or number of eligible employees. For more information about these requirements, call us at (800) 353-2847.

Mutual Fund Programs. The initial sales charge will be waived for investors in certain programs sponsored by broker-dealers, investment advisers and financial planners who have agreements with the Distributor relating to:

n   Mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs; where the sponsor places fund trades, links its clients' accounts to a master account in the sponsor's name and charges its clients a management, consulting or other fee for its services, or

n   Mutual fund "supermarket" programs; where the sponsor links its clients' accounts to a master account in the sponsor's name and the sponsor charges a fee for its services.

Broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners sponsoring these mutual fund programs may offer their clients more than one class of shares in the Fund in connection with different pricing options for their programs. Investors should consider carefully any separate transaction and other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.

Other Types of Investors. Certain other types of investors may purchase Class A shares without paying the initial sales charge, including:

n   certain directors, officers, employees (and certain members of their families) of Prudential and its affiliates, the JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual

58



funds, and the investment advisers of the JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual funds

n   persons who have retired directly from active service with Prudential or one of its subsidiaries

n   certain real estate brokers, agents and employees of real estate brokerage companies affiliated with the Prudential Real Estate Affiliates

n   registered representatives and employees of brokers that have entered into dealer agreements with the Distributor

n   investors in Individual Retirement Accounts, provided that (a) the purchase is made either from a directed rollover to such Individual Retirement Account or with the proceeds of a tax-free rollover of assets from a Benefit Plan for which Prudential Retirement (the institutional Benefit Plan recordkeeping entity of Prudential) provides administrative or recordkeeping services, in each case provided that such purchase is made within 60 days of receipt of the Benefit Plan distribution, or (b) recordkeeping for the Individual Retirement Account is performed by Prudential Retirement as part of its "Rollover IRA" program (regardless of whether or not the assets of the Individual Retirement Account consist of proceeds of a tax-free rollover of assets from a Benefit Plan described in (a) above).

To qualify for a waiver of the Class A sales charge at the time of purchase, you must notify the Transfer Agent or the Distributor must be notified by the broker facilitating the purchase that the transaction qualifies for a waiver of the Class A sales charge. The waiver will be granted subject to confirmation of your account holdings.

Additional Information About Red ucing or Waiving Class A's Sales Charge. Additional information concerning the reduction or waiver of Class A's initial sales charge is available in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information (SAI), which is available free of charge upon request. The Fund also makes available free of charge, on the Fund's website at www.prudential.com, in a clear and prominent format, information relating to the Fund's Class A initial sales charge, and the different ways that investors can reduce or avoid paying the initial sales charge. The Fund's website includes hyperlinks that facilitate access to this information.

The Distributor may reallow Class A's sales charge to dealers.

Payments to Third Parties

In connection with the sale of Fund shares, the Manager, Distributor or one of their affiliates may provide additional compensation, out of their own resources and without additional cost to a Fund or its shareholders, to financial firms, including affiliates of the Manager. Such compensation, which is sometimes referred to as "revenue sharing," may incentivize firms to recommend or sell shares of a Fund to you. These payments are in addition to the sales charges (including Rule 12b-1 fees) paid by the Fund. The Manager, Distributor or one of their affiliates may enter into 

59



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

arrangements with insurance companies, banks, selected broker-dealers or other financial firms to make additional payments based on a percentage of Fund assets and/or sale of Fund shares attributable to a particular firm. Any additional payments to such firms are negotiated based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, reputation in the industry, ability to attract and retain assets, target markets, customer relationships and scope and quality of services provided. No one factor is determinative of the type or amount of additional compensation to be provided. In addition, the Manager, Distributor or one of their affiliates may make ongoing payments from their own resources to firms for providing recordkeeping or otherwise facilitating the maintenance of shareholder accounts. Please contact your financial service provider for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Class B, Class M and Class X Shares Convert to Class A Shares

If you buy Class B shares and hold them for approximately seven years, or if you buy Class M or Class X shares of the Small Cap Value or Total Return Bond Fund and hold them for approximately eight years or ten years (eight years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998) respectively, we will automatically convert them into Class A shares without charge. At that time, we will also convert any Class B shares that you purchased with reinvested dividends and other distributions. Since the distribution and service (12b-1) fees for Class A shares are lower than for Class B, Class M and Class X shares, converting to Class A shares lowers your Fund expenses.

Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions will be converted to Class A shares according to the procedures utilized by the broker-dealer through which the Class B, Class M and Class X shares were purchased, to the extent the shares are carried on the books of the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer provides subaccounting services to the Fund. Otherwise, the procedures utilized by Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, or its affiliates, will be used. The use of different procedures may result in a timing differential in the conversion of Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

When we do the conversion, you will get fewer Class A shares than the number of converted Class B, Class M or Class X shares if the price of the Class A shares is higher than the price of the Class B, Class M or Class X shares. The total dollar value will be the same, so you will not have lost any money by getting fewer Class A shares. We do the conversions quarterly, not on the anniversary date of your purchase. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Conversion Feature - Class B, Class M and Class X Shares."

60



Step 3: Understanding the Price You'll Pay

The price you pay for each share of a Fund is based on the share value. The share value of a mutual fund - known as the net asset value or NAV  - is determined by a simple calculation: it's the total value of a Fund (assets minus liabilities) divided by the total number of shares outstanding. For example, if the value of the investments held by Fund XYZ (minus its liabilities) is $1,000 and there are 100 shares of Fund XYZ owned by shareholders, the price of one share of the fund - or the NAV - is $10 ($1,000 divided by 100). Each Fund's portfolio securities are valued based upon market quotations or, if not readily available, at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures established by the Board. A Fund also may use fair value pricing if it determines that a market quotation is not reliable based, among other things, on events that occur after the quotation is derived or after the closing of the primary market on which the security is traded, but before the time that the Fund's NAV is determined. This use of fair value pricing most commonly occurs with securities that are primarily traded outside the U.S., but also may occur with U.S.-traded securities. The fair value of a portfolio security that a Fund uses to determine its NAV may differ from a security's quoted or published price. If a Fund needs to implement fair value pricing after the NAV publishing deadline but before capital shares are processed, the NAV you receive may differ from the published NAV price. For purposes of computing a Fund's NAV, we will value the Fund's futures contracts 15 minutes after the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Except when we fair value securities or as noted below, we normally value each foreign security held by a Fund as of the close of the security's primary market.

We determine each Fund's NAV once each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. We do not price, and you will not be able to purchase or redeem, a Fund's shares on days when the NYSE is closed but the primary markets for the Fund's foreign securities are open, even though the value of these securities may have changed. Conversely, a Fund will ordinarily price its shares, and you may purchase and redeem shares, on days that the NYSE is open but foreign securities markets are closed. We may not determine a Fund's NAV on days when we have not received any orders to purchase, sell or exchange Fund shares, or when changes in the value of the Fund's portfolio do not materially affect its NAV. Most national newspapers report the NAVs of most mutual funds, which allows investors to check the prices of mutual funds daily.

What Price Will You Pay For Shares of the Fund?

For Class A shares, you'll pay the public offering price, which is the NAV next determined after we receive your order to purchase, plus an initial sales charge

Mutual Fund Shares

The NAV of mutual fund shares changes every day because the value of a fund's portfolio changes constantly. For example, if Fund XYZ holds ACME Corp. stock in its portfolio and the price of ACME stock goes up while the value of the fund's other holdings remains the same and expenses don't change, the NAV of Fund XYZ will increase.

61



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

(unless you're entitled to a waiver). For Class B and Class C shares, you will pay the NAV next determined after we receive your order to purchase (remember, there are no up-front sales charges for these share classes). Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for purchases of shares. Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds are closed to new purchases and are only available through exchange.

Unless regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m., your order to purchase must be received by 4:00 p.m. New York time in order to receive that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to purchase is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE.

Step 4: Additional Shareholder Services

As a Fund shareholder, you can take advantage of the following services and privileges:

Automatic Reinvestment. As we explained in the "Fund Distributions and Tax Issues" section, each Fund pays out - or distributes - its net investment income and capital gains to all shareholders. For your convenience, we will automatically reinvest your distributions in a Fund at NAV without any sales charge. If you want your distributions paid in cash, you can indicate this preference on your application, notify your broker or notify the Transfer Agent in writing (at the address below) at least five business days before the date we determine who receives dividends.

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC
Attn: Account Maintenance
P.O. Box 8159
Philadelphia, PA 19101

Automatic Investment Plan. You can make regular purchases of a Fund for as little as $50 by having the funds automatically withdrawn from your bank or brokerage account at specified intervals.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan. A Systematic Withdrawal Plan is available that will provide you with monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual redemption checks. Remember, the sale of Class A or Class L shares (in certain cases) and Class B, Class C, Class M and Class X shares, may be subject to a CDSC. The Systematic

62



Withdrawal Plan is not available to participants in certain retirement plans. Please contact PMFS at (800) 225-1852 for more details.

Reports to Shareholders. Every year we will send you an annual report (along with an updated prospectus) and a semi-annual report, which contain important financial information about each Fund. To reduce Fund expenses, we may send one annual shareholder report, one semi-annual shareholder report and one annual prospectus per household, unless you instruct us or your broker otherwise. If each Fund shareholder in your household would like to receive a copy of the Fund's prospectus, shareholder report and proxy statement, please call us toll free at (800) 225-1852. We will begin sending additional copies of these documents within 30 days of receipt of your request.

HOW TO SELL YOUR SHARES

You can sell your shares of a Fund for cash (in the form of a check) at any time, subject to certain restrictions.

When you sell shares of a Fund - also known as redeeming your shares - the price you will receive will be the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or your broker receives your order to sell (less any applicable CDSC). If your broker holds your shares, your broker must receive your order to sell by 4:00 p.m. New York time to process the sale on that day. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Otherwise contact:

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC
Attn: Redemption Services
P.O. Box 8149
Philadelphia, PA 19101

Generally, we will pay you for the shares that you sell within seven days after the Transfer Agent, the Distributor or your broker receives your sell order. If you hold shares through a broker, payment will be credited to your account. If you are selling shares you recently purchased with a check, we may delay sending you the proceeds until your check clears, which can take up to 10 days from the purchase date. You can avoid delay if you purchase shares by wire, certified check or cashier's check. Your broker may charge you a separate or additional fee for sales of shares.

Restrictions on Sales

There are certain times when you may not be able to sell shares of a Fund, or when we may delay paying you the proceeds from a sale. As permitted by the Commission, this may happen only during unusual market conditions or emergencies when a Fund can't determine the value of its assets or sell its holdings. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Sale of Shares."

63



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

If you hold your shares directly with the Transfer Agent, you will need to have the signature on your sell order guaranteed by an "eligible financial institution" if:

n   you are selling more than $100,000 of shares,

n   you want the redemption proceeds made payable to someone that is not in our records,

n   you want the redemption proceeds sent to some place that is not in our records, or

n   you are a business or a trust.

An "eligible financial institution" includes any bank, broker-dealer, savings association or credit union. For more information, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Sale of Shares - Signature Guarantee."

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC)

If you sell Class B shares within six years of purchase, Class C shares within 12 months of purchase (within 18 months if purchased before February 2, 2004), Class M shares within seven years of purchase or Class X shares within eight years of purchase (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998), you will have to pay a CDSC. In addition, investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1% for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. To keep the CDSC as low as possible, we will sell amounts representing shares in the following order:

n   Amounts representing shares you purchased with reinvested dividends and distributions,

n   Amounts representing the increase in NAV above the total amount of payments for shares made during the past 12 months for Class A and Class L shares (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares, 12 months for Class C shares (18 years if purchased before February 2, 2004), seven years for Class M shares and eight years for Class X shares (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998), and

n   Amounts representing the cost of shares held beyond the CDSC period (12 months for Class A and Class L shares (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares, 12 months for Class C shares (18 years if purchased before February 2, 2004), seven years for Class M shares and eight years for Class X shares (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998)).

Since shares that fall into any of the categories listed above are not subject to the CDSC, selling them first helps you to avoid - or at least minimize - the CDSC.

Having sold the exempt shares first, if there are any remaining shares that are subject to the CDSC, we will apply the CDSC to amounts representing the cost of shares held

64



for the longest period of time within the applicable CDSC period.

As we noted before in the "Share Class Comparison" chart, the CDSC for Class B shares is 5% in the first year, 4% in the second, 3% in the third, 2% in the fourth and 1% in the fifth and sixth years; the CDSC for Class M shares is 6% in the first year, 5% in the second, 4% in the third, 3% in the fourth, 2% in the fifth and sixth years, and 1% in the seventh year; the CDSC for Class X shares is 6% in the first year, 5% in the second, 4% in the third and fourth years, 3% in the fifth, 2% in the sixth and seventh years, and 1% in the eighth year. In the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998, the CDSC is 6% in the first year, 5% in the second, 4% in the third, 3% in the fourth, 2% in the fifth and sixth years, and 1% in the seventh year. The rate decreases on the first day of the month following the anniversary date of your purchase, not on the anniversary date itself. The CDSC is 1% for Class C shares - which is applied to shares sold within 12 months of purchase (18 years if purchased before February 2, 2004). As previously noted, Class A and Class L shares are subject to a CDSC, in certain cases of 1% that is applied to Class A and Class L shares sold within 12 months of purchase. For all share classes, the CDSC is calculated based on the lesser of the original purchase price or the redemption proceeds. For purposes of determining how long you've held your shares, all purchases during the month are grouped together and considered to have been made on the last day of the month.

The holding period for purposes of determining the applicable CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after initial purchase, excluding any time shares were held in a money market fund.

Waiver of the CDSC - Class B, Class M and Class X Shares

The CDSC will be waived if the Class B, Class M or Class X shares are sold:

n   After a shareholder is deceased or disabled (or, in the case of a trust account, the death or disability of the grantor). This waiver applies to individual shareholders, as well as shares owned in joint tenancy, provided the shares were purchased before the death or disability,

n   To provide for certain distributions - made without IRS penalty - from a tax-deferred retirement plan, IRA or Section 403(b) custodial account, and

n   On certain sales effected through a Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

For more information on the above and other waivers, see the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge - Class B, Class M and Class X Shares."

Waiver of the CDSC - Class C Shares

Benefit Plans. The CDSC will be waived for redemptions from Benefit Plans holding shares through a broker for which the broker provides administrative or recordkeeping services.

65



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

Redemption in Kind

If the sales of Fund shares you make during any 90-day period reach the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the value of a Fund's net assets, we can then give you securities from the Fund's portfolio instead of cash. If you want to sell the securities for cash, you would have to pay the costs charged by a broker.

Small Accounts

If you make a sale that reduces your account value to less than $500, we may sell the rest of your shares (without charging any CDSC) and close your account. We would do this to minimize Fund expenses paid by other shareholders. We will give you 60 days' notice, during which time you can purchase additional shares to avoid this action. This involuntary sale does not apply to shareholders who own their shares as part of a 401(k) plan, an IRA or some other qualified or tax-deferred plan or account.

90-Day Repurchase Privilege

After you redeem your shares, you have a 90-day period during which you may reinvest any of the redemption proceeds in shares of the same Fund and account without paying an initial sales charge. Also, if you paid a CDSC when you redeemed your shares, we will credit your account with the appropriate number of shares to reflect the amount of the CDSC you paid. In order to take advantage of this one-time privilege, you must notify the Transfer Agent or your broker at the time of the repurchase. See the SAI, "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Sale of Shares."

Retirement Plans

To sell shares and receive a distribution from a retirement plan or account, call your broker or the Transfer Agent for a distribution request form. There are special distribution and income tax withholding requirements for distributions from retirement plans and accounts and you must submit a withholding form with your request to avoid delay. If your retirement plan or account is held for you by your employer or plan trustee, you must arrange for the distribution request to be signed and sent by the plan administrator or trustee. For additional information, see the SAI.

HOW TO EXCHANGE YOUR SHARES

You can exchange your shares of a Fund for shares of the same class in any other Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual fund as well as shares of Special Money Market Fund, Inc. (Special Money Fund), if you satisfy the minimum investment requirements. For example, you can exchange Class A shares of a Fund for Class A shares

66



of another Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual fund, but you can't exchange Class A shares for Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M, Class R, Class X or Class Z shares. After an exchange into the Special Money Fund, at redemption the CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after initial purchase, excluding any time shares were held in Special Money Fund. We may change the terms of the exchange privilege after giving you 60 days' notice.

If you hold shares through a broker, you must exchange shares through your broker. Otherwise contact:

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC
Attn: Exchange Processing
P.O. Box 8157
Philadelphia, PA 19101

There is no sales charge for such exchanges. However, if you exchange - and then sell - Class B shares within approximately six years of your original purchase, Class C shares within 12 months of your original purchase (18 months if purchased before February 2, 2004), Class M shares within seven years of your original purchase or Class X shares within eight years of your original purchase (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998), you must still pay the applicable CDSC. If you have exchanged Fund shares into Special Money Fund, the time you hold the shares in that money market account will not be counted in calculating the required holding period for CDSC liability.

Remember, as we explained in the section entitled "Fund Distributions and Tax Issues - If You Sell or Exchange Your Shares," exchanging shares is considered a sale for tax purposes. Therefore, if the shares you exchange are worth more than the amount that you paid for them, you may have to pay capital gains tax. For additional information about exchanging shares, see the SAI, "Shareholder Investment Account - Exchange Privilege."

Frequent Trading

Frequent trading of Fund shares in response to short-term fluctuations in the market - also known as "market timing" - may make it very difficult to manage a Fund's investments. When market timing occurs, a Fund may have to sell portfolio securities to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer's shares. This can happen at a time when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the Fund's performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because we cannot predict how much cash the Fund will have to invest. When, in our opinion, such activity would have a disruptive effect on portfolio management, each Fund reserves the right to refuse purchase orders and exchanges into the Fund. The decision may be based upon dollar amount, volume or frequency of trading. Each Fund will notify a market timer of

67



How to Buy, Sell and
Exchange Shares of the Funds

rejection of an exchange or purchase order. There can be no assurance that the Funds' procedures will be effective in identifying the practice of market timing in all cases.

TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS OR EXCHANGES

You may redeem or exchange your shares in any amount by calling the Trust at (800) 225-1852 before 4:00 p.m. New York time to receive a redemption or exchange amount based on that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell or exchange is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE.

The Transfer Agent will record your telephone instructions and request specific account information before redeeming or exchanging shares. A Fund will not be liable if it follows instructions that it reasonably believes are made by the shareholder. If a Fund does not follow reasonable procedures, it may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions.

In the event of drastic economic or market changes, you may have difficulty in redeeming or exchanging your shares by telephone. If this occurs, you should consider redeeming or exchanging your shares by mail.

The telephone redemption and exchange privileges may be modified or terminated at any time. If this occurs, you will receive a written notice from the Fund.

EXPEDITED REDEMPTION PRIVILEGE

If you have selected the Expedited Redemption Privilege, you may have your redemption proceeds sent directly to your bank account. Expedited redemption requests may be made by telephone or letter, must be received by the relevant Fund prior to 4:00 p.m. New York time, to receive a redemption amount based on that day's NAV and are subject to the terms and conditions regarding the redemption of shares. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. For more information, see "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares - Expedited Redemption Privilege" in the SAI. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be modified or terminated at any time without notice.

68



Financial Highlights

The financial highlights will help you evaluate each Fund's financial performance. The  total return in each chart represents the rate that a shareholder earned on an investment in one share of that share class of a Fund held throughout the year, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions. The information is for each share class for the periods indicated, except that there is no financial performance information available for Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds as of the date of this Prospectus, because these classes are new.

A copy of the Trust's annual report is available, upon request at no charge, as described on the back cover of this prospectus.

69



Financial Highlights

LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the financial highlights were part of the financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report was unqualified. The financial highlights for the periods presented through July 31, 2003 were part of the financial statements audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report on those financial statements was unqualified.

Class A Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.55     $ 5.68     $ 8.45     $ 13.19     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
     
Net investment loss     (.05 )     (.04 )     (.05 )     (.06 )     (.06 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .31       .91       (2.72 )     (4.68 )     3.25    
Total from investment operations     .26       .87       (2.77 )     (4.74 )     3.19    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 6.81     $ 6.55     $ 5.68     $ 8.45     $ 13.19    
Total return (b)       3.97 %     15.32 %     (32.78 )%     (35.94 )%     31.90 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 22,195     $ 23,355     $ 19,187     $ 33,180     $ 38,227    
Average net assets (000)   $ 24,075     $ 19,782     $ 27,440     $ 40,028     $ 28,788    
Ratios to average net assets:  
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees (d)  
    1.43 %     1.50 %     1.36 %     1.34 %     1.17 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.18 %     1.25 %     1.11 %     1.09 %     .92 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (.69 )%     (.68 )%     (.65 )%     (.60 )%     (.62 )% (c)    
For Classes A, B and C shares:  
Portfolio turnover rate     53 %     57 %     74 %     64 %     39 % (f)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  The distributor of the Fund contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares.

(e)  Calculations based on average shares outstanding for the year.

(f)  Not annualized.

70



LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

Class B Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.37     $ 5.56     $ 8.34     $ 13.11     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
             
Net investment loss     (.10 )     (.08 )     (.10 )     (.15 )     (.12 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .31       .89       (2.68 )     (4.62 )     3.23    
Total from investment operations     .21       .81       (2.78 )     (4.77 )     3.11    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 6.58     $ 6.37     $ 5.56     $ 8.34     $ 13.11    
Total return (b)       3.30 %     14.57 %     (33.33 )%     (36.38 )%     31.10 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 30,055     $ 32,505     $ 33,990     $ 59,452     $ 75,819    
Average net assets (000)   $ 33,995     $ 30,456     $ 48,934     $ 75,820     $ 59,151    
Ratios to average net assets:      
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.18 %     2.25 %     2.11 %     2.09 %     1.92 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.18 %     1.25 %     1.11 %     1.09 %     .92 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (1.44 )%     (1.42 )%     (1.40 )%     (1.35 )%     (1.36 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations based on average shares outstanding for the year.

71



Financial Highlights

LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

Class C Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.37     $ 5.56     $ 8.34     $ 13.11     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
     
Net investment loss     (.10 )     (.08 )     (.10 )     (.15 )     (.12 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .31       .89       (2.68 )     (4.62 )     3.23    
Total from investment operations     .21       .81       (2.78 )     (4.77 )     3.11    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 6.58     $ 6.37     $ 5.56     $ 8.34     $ 13.11    
Total return (b)       3.30       14.57 %     (33.33 )%     (36.38 )%     31.10 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 45,695     $ 53,817     $ 53,328     $ 98,015     $ 145,187    
Average net assets (000)   $ 53,712     $ 49,591     $ 78,451     $ 129,942     $ 128,884    
Ratios to average net assets:  
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.18 %     2.25 %     2.11 %     2.09 %     1.92 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.18 %     1.25 %     1.11 %     1.09 %     .92 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (1.44 )%     (1.43 )%     (1.40 )%     (1.35 )%     (1.32 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations based on average shares outstanding for the year.

72



LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the financial highlights were part of the financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report was unqualified. The financial highlights for the periods presented through July 31, 2003 were part of the financial statements audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report on those financial statements was unqualified.

Class A Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)   

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.32     $ 9.13     $ 11.01     $ 9.33     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
                     
Net investment income     .04       .08       0.07       0.07       0.05    
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    2.05       1.13       (1.84 )     1.77       (0.69 )  
Total from investment operations     2.09       1.21       (1.77 )     1.84       (0.64 )  
Less Distributions:              
Dividends from net investment income     (.08 )     (.02 )     -       (0.10 )     (0.03 )  
Distributions from net realized gains 
on investments
    -       -       (.11 )     (0.06 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.08 )     (.02 )     (.11 )     (0.16 )     (0.03 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 12.33     $ 10.32     $ 9.13     $ 11.01     $ 9.33    
Total Return (b)       20.29 %     13.29 %     (16.16 )%     19.84 %     (6.42 )%  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999(a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 15,762     $ 9,973     $ 8,503     $ 10,091     $ 5,162    
Average net assets (000)   $ 13,304     $ 8,718     $ 9,523     $ 7,565     $ 4,119    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees (d)  
    1.50 %     1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.65 % (e)       2.36 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.25 %     1.35 % (e)       1.35 % (e)       1.40 % (e)       2.11 % (c)    
Net investment income     .60 %     .86 % (e)       .66 % (e)       .71 % (e)       .63 % (c)    
For Classes A, B and C shares:              
Portfolio turnover rate     57 %     50 %     55 %     46 %     58 % (f)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  The distributor of the Fund contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 1.78%, 1.68% and 1.84% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment income ratios would have been .68%, .58% and .51% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

(f)  Not annualized.

73



Financial Highlights

LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

Class B Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.14     $ 9.01     $ 10.96     $ 9.28     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
                     
Net investment income (loss)     (.02 )     0.01       (0.01 )     - (d)       - (d)    
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    1.98       1.12       (1.83 )     1.76       (0.70 )  
Total from investment operations     1.96       1.13       (1.84 )     1.76       (0.70 )  
Less Distributions:              
Dividends from net investment income     (.01 )     -       -       -       -    
Distributions in excess of net investment
income
    -       -       -       (0.02 )     (0.02 )  
Distributions from net realized gains 
on investments
    -       -       (.11 )     (0.06 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.01 )     -       (.11 )     (0.08 )     (0.02 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 12.09     $ 10.14     $ 9.01     $ 10.96     $ 9.28    
Total Return (b)       19.33 %     12.54 %     (16.87 )%     19.05 %     (7.02 )%  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 24,370     $ 19,645     $ 18,614     $ 21,724     $ 11,418    
Average net assets (000)   $ 23,051     $ 17,776     $ 21,374     $ 17,188     $ 8,794    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.25 %     2.35 % (e)       2.35 % (e)       2.40 % (e)       3.11 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.25 %     1.35 % (e)       1.35 % (e)       1.40 % (e)       2.11 % (c)    
Net investment income (loss)     (.14 )%     .12 %(e)     (.09 )% (e)       (.02 )% (e)       (.13 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Less than $.005 per share.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.53%, 2.43% and 2.59% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment loss ratios would have been (.06)%, (.17)% and (.22)% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

74



LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

Class C Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.14     $ 9.01     $ 10.96     $ 9.28     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
             
Net investment income (loss)     (.02 )     0.01       (0.01 )     - (d)       - (d)    
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    1.98       1.12       (1.83 )     1.76       (0.70 )  
Total from investment operations     1.96       1.13       (1.84 )     1.76       (0.70 )  
Less Distributions:      
Dividends from net investment income     (.01 )     -       -       -       -    
Distributions in excess of net investment
income
    -       -       -       (0.02 )     (0.02 )  
Distributions from net realized gains 
on investments
    -       -       (.11 )     (0.06 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.01 )     -       (.11 )     (0.08 )     (0.02 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 12.09     $ 10.14     $ 9.01     $ 10.96     $ 9.28    
Total Return (b)       19.29 %     12.54 %     (16.87 )%     19.05 %     (7.02 )%  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003   2002   2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 20,805     $ 19,116     $ 17,843     $ 18,211     $ 12,845    
Average net assets (000)   $ 21,218     $ 17,279     $ 18,866     $ 16,051     $ 12,693    
Ratios to average net assets:      
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.25 %     2.35 % (e)       2.35 % (e)       2.40 % (e)       3.11 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.25 %     1.35 % (e)       1.35 % (e)       1.40 % (e)       2.11 % (c)    
Net investment income (loss)     (.14 )%     .12 % (e)       (.09 )% (e)       .01 % (e)       (.02 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Less than $.005 per share.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.53%, 2.43% and 2.59% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment loss ratios would have been (.06)%, (.18)% and (.18)% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

75



Financial Highlights

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the financial highlights were part of the financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report was unqualified. The financial highlights for the periods presented through July 31, 2003 were part of the financial statements audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report on those financial statements was unqualified.

Class A Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)   

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003   2002 (d)     2001 (d)     November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.67     $ 6.02     $ 9.36     $ 12.62     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment operations:      
Net investment loss     (.12 )     (.09 )     (.13 )     (.19 )     (.20 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .54       .74       (3.21 )     (2.12 )     2.82    
Total from investment operations     .42       .65       (3.34 )     (2.31 )     2.62    
Less Distributions:      
Distributions from net realized gains     -       -       -       (.95 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 7.09     $ 6.67     $ 6.02     $ 9.36     $ 12.62    
Total return (b)       6.30 %     10.80 %     (35.68 )%     (18.58 )%     26.20 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data  
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 5,024     $ 4,566     $ 3,730     $ 5,887     $ 4,667    
Average net assets (000)   $ 5,038     $ 3,791     $ 5,059     $ 5,109     $ 4,799    
Ratios to average net assets:      
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees (g)  
    1.85 % (e)       1.85 % (e)       1.85 % (e)       2.15 % (e)       2.69 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.90 % (e)       2.44 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (1.68 )% (e)       (1.60 )% (e)       (1.59 )% (e)       (1.78 )% (e)       (2.10 )% (c)    
For Classes A, B and C shares:      
Portfolio turnover rate     165 %     210 %     151 %     149 %     112 % (f)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.51%, 2.76%, 2.38% and 2.42% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment loss ratios would have been (2.36)%, (2.51)%, (2.12)% and (2.08)% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

(f)  Not annualized.

(g)  The distributor of the Fund contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares.

76



SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

Class B Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003   2002 (d)     2001 (d)     November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.47     $ 5.88     $ 9.22     $ 12.54     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment operations:  
Net investment loss     (.17 )     (.13 )     (.18 )     (.27 )     (.19 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .53       .72       (3.16 )     (2.10 )     2.73    
Total from investment operations     .36       .59       (3.34 )     (2.37 )     2.54    
Less Distributions:  
Distributions from net realized gains     -       -       -       (.95 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 6.83     $ 6.47     $ 5.88     $ 9.22     $ 12.54    
Total return (b)       5.56 %     10.20 %     (36.16 )%     (19.29 )%     25.40 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data  
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 7,243     $ 6,444     $ 6,228     $ 9,199     $ 8,568    
Average net assets (000)   $ 7,553     $ 5,674     $ 8,093     $ 9,243     $ 5,881    
Ratios to average net assets:  
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.60 % (e)       2.60 % (e)       2.60 % (e)       2.90 % (e)       3.44 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.90 % (e)       2.44 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (2.43 )% (e)       (2.35 )% (e)       (2.34 )% (e)       (2.52 )% (e)       (2.90 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 3.26%, 3.51%, 3.13% and 3.17% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment loss ratios would have been (3.10)%, (3.26)%, (2.87)% and (2.79)% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

77



Financial Highlights

SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

Class C Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003   2002 (d)     2001 (d)     November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 6.47     $ 5.88     $ 9.22     $ 12.54     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment operations:              
Net investment loss     (.17 )     (.13 )     (.18 )     (.27 )     (.23 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    .53       .72       (3.16 )     (2.10 )     2.77    
Total from investment operations     .36       .59       (3.34 )     (2.37 )     2.54    
Less Distributions:              
Distributions from net realized gains     -       -       -       (.95 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 6.83     $ 6.47     $ 5.88     $ 9.22     $ 12.54    
Total return (b)       5.56 %     10.20 %     (36.16 )%     (19.29 )%     25.40 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data (d)    
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 7,112     $ 7,424     $ 6,222     $ 7,772     $ 7,659    
Average net assets (000)   $ 8,268     $ 5,982     $ 7,253     $ 7,782     $ 6,468    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.60 % (e)       2.60 % (e)       2.60 % (e)       2.90 % (e)       3.44 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.60 % (e)       1.90 % (e)       2.44 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (2.43 )% (e)       (2.35 )% (e)       (2.34 )% (e)       (2.52 )% (e)       (2.94 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 3.26%, 3.51%, 3.13% and 3.17% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment loss ratios would have been (3.08)%, (3.26)%, (2.87)% and (2.78)% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

78



SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the financial highlights were part of the financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report was unqualified. The financial highlights for the periods presented through July 31, 2003 were part of the financial statements audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report on those financial statements was unqualified.

Class A Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 12.19     $ 11.71     $ 13.18     $ 11.08     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
                     
Net investment income (loss)     .02       (.09 )     (.09 )     (.02 )     (.11 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    3.47       2.00       (.51 )     2.49       1.19    
Total from investment operations     3.49       1.91       (.60 )     2.47       1.08    
Less Distributions:              
Distributions from net realized gains     -       (1.43 )     (.87 )     (.37 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.68     $ 12.19     $ 11.71     $ 13.18     $ 11.08    
Total return (b)       28.63 %     18.99 %     (4.80 )%     22.90 %     10.80 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 23,589     $ 11,151     $ 8,637     $ 7,986     $ 3,863    
Average net assets (000)   $ 14,764     $ 9,198     $ 8,818     $ 5,582     $ 5,083    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees (f)  
    1.58 %     1.91 %     1.86 %     1.80 % (e)       3.24 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.33 %     1.66 %     1.61 %     1.55 % (e)       2.99 % (c)    
Net investment income (loss)     .12 %     (.82 )%     (.66 )%     (.16 )% (e)       (1.37 )% (c)    
For Class A, B and C shares:              
Portfolio turnover rate     69 %     61 %     142 %     54 %     34 % (g)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratio including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 2.46% and the net investment loss ratio would have been (.82)% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2001.

(f)  The distributor of the Fund contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares.

(g)  Not annualized.

79



Financial Highlights

SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

Class B Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 11.79     $ 11.46     $ 13.00     $ 11.01     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
             
Net investment loss     (.09 )     (.17 )     (.18 )     (.08 )     (.16 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investment transactions
    3.36       1.93       (.49 )     2.44       1.17    
Total from investment operations     3.27       1.76       (.67 )     2.36       1.01    
Less Distributions:      
Distributions from net realized gains     -       (1.43 )     (.87 )     (.37 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.06     $ 11.79     $ 11.46     $ 13.00     $ 11.01    
Total return (b)       27.74 %     18.01 %     (5.44 )%     22.03 %     10.10 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 21,341     $ 16,433     $ 15,818     $ 12,888     $ 5,379    
Average net assets (000)   $ 19,998     $ 14,990     $ 15,328     $ 8,432     $ 3,564    
Ratios to average net assets:      
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.33 %     2.66 %     2.61 %     2.55 % (e)       3.99 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.33 %     1.66 %     1.61 %     1.55 % (e)       2.99 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (.65 )%     (1.57 )%     (1.41 )%     (.92 )% (e)       (2.20 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratio including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 3.21% and the net investment loss ratio would have been (1.58)% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2001.

80



SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

Class C Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 11.79     $ 11.46     $ 13.00     $ 11.01     $ 10.00    
Income (loss) from investment
operations:
                     
Net investment loss     (.09 )     (.17 )     (.18 )     (.08 )     (.17 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investment transactions
    3.36       1.93       (.49 )       2.44       1.18    
Total from investment operations     3.27       1.76       (.67 )     2.36       1.01    
Less distributions:              
Distributions from net realized gains     -       (1.43 )     (.87 )     (.37 )     -    
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.06     $ 11.79     $ 11.46     $ 13.00     $ 11.01    
Total return (b)       27.74 %     18.01 %     (5.44 )%     22.03 %     10.10 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004 (d)     2003 (d)     2002 (d)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000 (d)  
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 19,793     $ 17,437     $ 16,896     $ 8,986     $ 4,354    
Average net assets (000)   $ 19,308     $ 15,880     $ 13,161     $ 6,346     $ 3,776    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    2.33 %     2.66 %     2.61 %     2.55 % (e)       3.99 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.33 %     1.66 %     1.61 %     1.55 % (e)       2.99 % (c)    
Net investment loss     (.67 )%     (1.57 )%     (1.41 )%     (.92 )% (e)       (2.16 )% (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Calculatations are based on average shares outstanding during the period.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratio including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 3.21% and the net investment loss ratio would have been (1.58)% for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2001.

81



Financial Highlights

TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the financial highlights were part of the financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report was unqualified. The financial highlights for the periods presented through July 31, 2003 were part of the financial statements audited by another independent registered public accounting firm, whose report on those financial statements was unqualified.

Class A Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99     $ 10.00    
Income from investment operations:      
Net investment income     .22       .34       .35       .53       .33    
Net realized and unrealized gain
on investment transactions
    .37       .45       .19       .54       - (d)    
Total from investment operations     .59       .79       .54       1.07       .33    
Less dividends and distributions:      
Dividends from net investment income     (.28 )     (.32 )     (.36 )     (.53 )     (.33 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment
income
    -       -       -       -       (.01 )  
Distributions from net realized gains
on investments
    (.37 )     (.23 )     (.26 )     (.10 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.65 )     (.55 )     (.62 )     (.63 )     (.34 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 10.53     $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99    
Total return (b)       5.70 %     7.67 %     5.31 %     11.11 %     3.32 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 24,280     $ 22,142     $ 20,796     $ 15,205     $ 9,875    
Average net assets (000)   $ 24,186     $ 22,632     $ 17,564     $ 10,677     $ 11,760    
Ratios to average net assets: (c)        
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees (f)  
    1.05 % (e)       1.05 % (e)       1.05 % (e)       1.05 % (e)       1.96 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       1.71 % (c)    
Net investment income     1.88 % (e)       2.90 % (e)       3.32 % (e)       5.07 % (e)       4.66 % (c)    
For Classes A, B and C shares:      
Portfolio turnover rate     385 %     572 %     530 %     638 %     423 % (g)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Less than $.005 per share.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 1.26%, 1.10%, 1.22% and 1.36% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment income ratios would have been 1.67%, 2.85%, 3.15% and 4.15% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

(f)  The distributor of the Fund contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Class A Shares.

(g)  Not Annualized.

82



TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

Class B Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99     $ 10.00    
Income from investment operations:              
Net investment income     .17       .29       .31       .48       .29    
Net realized and unrealized gain
on investment transactions
    .37       .45       .18       .54       - (d)    
Total from investment operations     .54       .74       .49       1.02       .29    
Less dividends and distributions:              
Dividends from net investment income     (.23 )     (.27 )     (.31 )     (.48 )     (.29 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment
income
    -       -       -       -       (.01 )  
Distributions from net realized gains
on investments
    (.37 )     (.23 )     (.26 )     (.10 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.60 )     (.50 )     (.57 )     (.58 )     (.30 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 10.53     $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99    
Total return (b)       5.18 %     7.14 %     4.79 %     10.57 %     2.95 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 50,908     $ 64,845     $ 52,250     $ 25,376     $ 9,739    
Average net assets (000)   $ 58,123     $ 62,440     $ 36,575     $ 16,527     $ 7,304    
Ratios to average net assets:              
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       2.46 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       1.71 % (c)    
Net investment income     1.46 % (e)       2.40 % (e)       2.79 % (e)       4.57 % (e)       4.23 % (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Less than $.005 per share.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 1.76%, 1.60%, 1.72% and 1.86% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment income ratios would have been 1.26%, 2.35%, 2.63% and 4.26% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

83



Financial Highlights

TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

Class C Shares (fiscal year ended 7-31)

Per Share Operating Performance   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99     $ 10.00    
Income from investment operations:      
Net investment income     .17       .29       .31       .48       .29    
Net realized and unrealized gain
on investment transactions
    .37       .45       .18       .54       - (d)    
Total from investment operations     .54       .74       .49       1.02       .29    
Less dividends and distributions:      
Dividends from net investment income     (.23 )     (.27 )     (.31 )     (.48 )     (.29 )  
Distributions in excess of net investment
income
    -       -       -       -       (.01 )  
Distributions from net realized gains
on investments
    (.37 )     (.23 )     (.26 )     (.10 )     -    
Total dividends and distributions     (.60 )     (.50 )     (.57 )     (.58 )     (.30 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 10.53     $ 10.59     $ 10.35     $ 10.43     $ 9.99    
Total return (b)       5.17 %     7.14 %     4.79 %     10.57 %     2.95 %  
Ratios/Supplemental Data   2004   2003 (e)     2002 (e)     2001   November 3, 1999 (a)
Through
July 31, 2000
 
Net assets, end of period (000)   $ 29,390     $ 43,274     $ 38,503     $ 14,059     $ 5,849    
Average net assets (000)   $ 35,764     $ 44,100     $ 23,935     $ 7,938     $ 6,393    
Ratios to average net assets:      
Expenses, including distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       1.55 % (e)       2.46 % (c)    
Expenses, excluding distribution and
service (12b-1) fees
    .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       .80 % (e)       1.71 % (c)    
Net investment income     1.48 % (e)       2.40 % (e)       2.77 % (e)       4.56 % (e)       4.16 % (c)    

 

(a)  Commencement of investment operations.

(b)  Total return does not consider the effects of sales loads. Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns for periods less than one full year are not annualized.

(c)  Annualized.

(d)  Less than $.005 per share.

(e)  Net of expense subsidy. If the investment manager had not subsidized expenses, the expense ratios including distribution and service (12b-1) fees would have been 1.76%, 1.60%, 1.72% and 1.86% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively. The net investment income ratios would have been 1.29%, 2.35%, 2.60% and 4.25% for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, July 31, 2003, July 31, 2002 and July 31, 2001, respectively.

84



Appendix I: Description of Security Ratings

Description of S&P long-term issue credit ratings:

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB: An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Description of S&P short-term issue credit ratings:

A-1: A short-term obligation rated "A-1" is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated "A-2" is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

85



Appendix I: Description of Security Ratings

Description of Moody's credit ratings:

Aaa: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of these issues.

Aa: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B: Bonds and preferred stock which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

86



Note: Moody's applies the numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Description of Moody's short-term and commercial paper ratings:

Moody's short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor senior financial obligations and contracts. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

n    Leading market positions in well-established industries.

n   High rates of return on funds employed.

n   Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

n   Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

n    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Prime-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

87



Notes



Notes



Notes



Notes



Notes



Notes



FOR MORE INFORMATION

Please read this prospectus before you invest in the Funds and keep it for future reference. For information or shareholder questions contact:

n   MAIL

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC P.O. Box 8098 Philadelphia, PA 19101

n   TELEPHONE

(800) 225-1852

(732) 482-7555 (Calling from outside the U.S.)

n    WEBSITE

www.strategicpartners.com

E-DELIVERY

To receive your mutual fund documents on-line, go to www.icsdelivery.com/prudential/funds and enroll. Instead of receiving printed documents by mail, you will receive notification via e-mail when new materials are available. You can cancel your enrollment or change your e-mail address at any time by clicking on the change/cancel enrollment option at the icsdelivery website address.

n   Outside Brokers should contact: Prudential Investment Management Services LLC
P.O. Box 8310
Philadelphia, PA 19101

n   TELEPHONE

(800) 778-8769

You can also obtain copies of Fund documents from the Securities and Exchange Commission as follows:

n   BY MAIL

Securities and Exchange Commission Public Reference Section Washington, DC 20549-0102

n   BY ELECTRONIC REQUEST

publicinfo@sec.gov Note: (The SEC charges a fee to copy documents)

n   IN PERSON

Public Reference Room in Washington, DC For hours of operation, call 1-(202)-942-8090

n   VIA THE INTERNET

on the EDGAR Database at http://www.sec.gov

Additional information about the Trust can be obtained without charge and can be found in the following documents:

n   STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)

(incorporated by reference into this prospectus)

n   ANNUAL REPORT

(contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds' performance during the last fiscal year)

n   SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT

Large Capitalization Growth Fund

Class   A   B   C  
Nasdaq     TBDAX       TBDBX       TBDCX    
CUSIP     862934106       862934205       862934304    

 

Large Capitalization Value Fund

Class   A   B   C  
Nasdaq     PLVAX       TLCBX       TLCCX    
CUSIP     862934403       862934502       862934601    

 

Small Capitalization Growth Fund

Class   A   B   C  
Nasdaq     PCZAX       PCZBX       PCZCX    
CUSIP     862934700       862934809       862934882    

 

Small Capitalization Value Fund

Class   A   B   C   L   M   X  
Nasdaq     PZVAX       PZVBX       PZVCX       -       -       -    
CUSIP     862934874       862934866       862934858       862934775       862934767       862934759    

 

Total Return Bond Fund

Class   A   B   C   L   M   X  
Nasdaq     TATRX       TBTRX       PTRCX       -       -       -    
CUSIP     862934817       862934791       862934783       862934742       862934734       862934726    

 

MFSP503A    Each Fund's Investment Company Act File No. is 811-09439.



STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Statement of Additional Information
November 22, 2004

Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (formerly Target Funds) (the Trust) is an open-end, management investment company currently composed of five separate investment portfolios (the Funds) professionally managed by Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager). Each Fund benefits from discretionary advisory services provided by one or more subadvisers (each, an Adviser, collectively, the Advisers) identified, retained, supervised and compensated by the Manager. The Trust consists of the following five Funds:

•   Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund (the Large Cap Growth Fund)

•   Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund (the Large Cap Value Fund)

•   Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund (the Small Cap Growth Fund)

•   Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund (the Small Cap Value Fund)

•   Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund (the Total Return Bond Fund)

The Trust's address is Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and its telephone number is (800) 225-1852.

This statement of additional information (SAI) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Trust's prospectus dated November 22, 2004, a copy of which may be obtained at no charge from the Trust upon request at the address or telephone number noted above. The Trust's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004 are incorporated in this SAI by reference to the Trust's 2004 annual report to shareholders (File No. 811-09439). You may obtain a copy of the Trust's annual report at no charge by request to the Trust at the address or telephone number noted above.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page  
History of the Trust   B-2  
Description of the Funds, Their Investments and Risks   B-2  
Investment Restrictions   B-28  
Management of the Trust   B-30  
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities   B-36  
Investment Advisory and Other Services   B-37  
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices   B-45  
Capital Shares, Other Securities and Organization   B-48  
Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Fund Shares   B-48  
Shareholder Investment Account   B-57  
Net Asset Value   B-61  
Taxes, Dividends and Distributions   B-62  
Performance Information   B-65  
Financial Statements   B-66  
Appendix I-General Investment Information   I-1  
Appendix II-Description of Proxy Voting Policies and Recordkeeping Procedures   II-1  

 

MFSP503B



HISTORY OF THE TRUST

The Trust was organized as a statutory trust on July 8, 1999 under the laws of the State of Delaware under the name "Target Funds." On September 4, 2001, the Trust amended its Certificate of Trust, changing its name to "Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds."

DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNDS, THEIR INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

Classification

The Trust is an open-end management investment company. Each of the Funds is classified as a diversified fund.

Investment Strategies, Policies and Risks

The investment objectives are set forth in the Trust's prospectus. This section provides additional information on the principal investment policies and strategies of the Funds, as well as information on certain non-principal investment policies and strategies. The Funds may not be successful in achieving their respective objectives and you could lose money.

U.S. Government Securities

Each Fund may invest in U.S. Government securities.

U.S. Treasury Securities. U.S. Treasury securities include bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. These instruments are direct obligations of the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the "full faith and credit" of the United States. They differ primarily in their interest rates, the lengths of their maturities and the dates of their issuances.

Obligations Issued or Guaranteed by U.S. Government Agencies and Instrumentalities. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government include, but are not limited to, GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC securities. Obligations of GNMA, the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration and the Export-Import Bank are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the Trust must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Such securities include obligations issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA), FNMA and FHLMC, each of which may borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations, although the U.S. Treasury is under no obligation to lend to such entities. GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC may also issue collateralized mortgage obligations.

Stripped U.S. Government Securities. A Fund may invest in component parts of U.S. Government securities, namely either the corpus (principal) of such obligations or one of the interest payments scheduled to be paid on such obligations. These obligations may take the form of (1) obligations from which the interest coupons have been stripped; (2) the interest coupons that are stripped; and (3) book-entries at a Federal Reserve member bank representing ownership of obligation components.

Mortgage-Related Securities Issued or Guaranteed by U.S. Government Agencies and Instrumentalities. A Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities and other derivative mortgage products, including those representing an undivided ownership interest in a pool of mortgages, e.g. , GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC certificates where the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the payment of interest and principal of these securities. However, these guarantees do not extend to the securities' yield or value, which are likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in interest rates, nor do these guarantees extend to the yield or value of a Fund's shares. See "Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset Backed Securities" below.

Mortgages backing the securities that a Fund may purchase include conventional thirty-year fixed-rate mortgages, graduated payment mortgages, fifteen-year mortgages, adjustable rate mortgages and balloon payment mortgages. A balloon payment mortgage-backed security is an amortized mortgage security with installments of principal and interest, the last installment of which is predominantly principal. All of these mortgages can be used to create "pass-through securities." A pass-through security is formed when mortgages are pooled together and undivided interests in the pool or pools are sold. The cash flow from the mortgages is passed through to the holders of the securities in the form of periodic payments of interest, principal and prepayments (net of a service fee). Prepayments occur when the holder of an undivided mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgage's scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity would indicate. The remaining expected average life of a pool of mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-backed security is a prediction of when the mortgage loans will be repaid and is based upon a variety of factors, such as the

B-2



demographic and geographic characteristics of the borrowers and the mortgaged properties, the length of time that each of the mortgage loans has been outstanding, the interest rates payable on the mortgage loans and the current interest rate environment.

In addition to GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC certificates through which the holder receives a share of all interest and principal payments from the mortgages underlying the certificate, a Fund may also invest in mortgage pass-through securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies and instrumentalities, commonly referred to as mortgage-backed security strips or MBS strips. MBS strips are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or "IO" class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or "PO" class). The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially adversely affected.

During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. When mortgage obligations are prepaid, a Fund reinvests the prepaid amounts in securities, the yields which reflect interest rates prevailing at that time. Therefore, a Fund's ability to maintain a portfolio of high-yielding mortgage-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent that prepayments of mortgages are reinvested in securities that have lower yields than the prepaid mortgages. Moreover, prepayments of mortgages that underlie securities purchased at a premium generally will result in capital losses. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to decline, extending the projected average maturity of the mortgage-backed securities. This maturity extension risk may effectively change a security which was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities.

Zero Coupon Securities. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities are debt obligations that are issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities do not require the periodic payment of interest. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. These investments may experience greater volatility in market value than U.S. Government securities that make regular payments of interest. A Fund accrues income on these investments for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and that, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Fund's distribution obligations, in which case the Fund will forego the purchase of additional income producing assets with these funds. Zero coupon U.S. Government securities include STRIPS and CUBES, which are issued by the U.S. Treasury as component parts of U.S. Treasury bonds and represent scheduled interest and principal payments on the bonds.

Special Considerations. U.S. Government securities are considered among the most creditworthy of fixed-income investments. The yields available from U.S. Government securities are generally lower than the yields available from corporate debt securities. The values of U.S. Government securities will change as interest rates fluctuate. During periods of falling U.S. interest rates, the values of outstanding long-term fixed-rate U.S. Government securities generally rise and conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the values of such securities generally decline. The magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater for securities with longer maturities. Although changes in the value of U.S. Government securities will not affect investment income from those securities, they may affect the net asset value (NAV) of a Fund.

At a time when a Fund has written call options on a portion of its U.S. Government securities, its ability to profit from declining interest rates will be limited. Any appreciation in the value of the securities held in the Fund above the strike price would likely be partially or wholly offset by unrealized losses on call options written by a Fund. The termination of option positions under these conditions would generally result in the realization of capital losses, which would reduce a Fund's capital gains distribution. Accordingly, a Fund would generally seek to realize capital gains to offset realized losses by selling portfolio securities. In such circumstances, however, it is likely that the proceeds of such sales would be reinvested in lower yielding securities.

B-3



Custodial Receipts

Each Fund may invest in receipts evidencing the component parts (corpus or coupons) of U.S. Government obligations that have not actually been stripped. Such receipts evidence ownership of component parts of U.S. Government obligations (corpus or coupons) purchased by a third party (typically an investment banking firm) and held on behalf of the third party in physical or book entry form by a major commercial bank or trust company pursuant to a custody agreement with the third party. These custodial receipts include "Treasury Receipts," "Treasury Investment Growth Receipts" (TIGRs) and "Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities" (CATS). Each Fund will not invest more than 5% of its net assets in such custodial receipts.

Custodial receipts held by a third party are not issued or guaranteed by the United States Government and are not considered U.S. Government securities. Each Fund also may invest in such custodial receipts.

Money Market Instruments

Each Fund may invest in high-quality money market instruments, including commercial paper of a U.S. or non-U.S. company or foreign government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and time deposits of domestic and foreign banks, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities. Money market obligations will be generally U.S. dollar denominated. Commercial paper will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least "A-2" by Standard & Poor's (S&P) or "Prime-2" by Moody's Investors Service (Moody's), or the equivalent by another nationally recognized securities rating organization (NRSRO) or, if not rated, issued by an entity having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least "A" or "A-2" by S&P or "A" or "Prime-2" by Moody's or the equivalent by another NRSRO.

Corporate and Other Debt Obligations

The Large Cap Value Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Total Return Bond Fund may each invest in corporate and other debt obligations. Except where otherwise indicated, each such Fund will invest in securities rated A or better, except that the Total Return Bond Fund may invest in securities rated B or better, or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. These debt securities may have adjustable or fixed rates of interest and in certain instances may be secured by assets of the issuer. Adjustable rate corporate debt securities may have features similar to those of adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities, but corporate debt securities, unlike mortgage-backed securities, are not subject to prepayment risk other than through contractual call provisions that generally impose a penalty for prepayment. Fixed-rate debt securities may also be subject to call provisions.

The market value of fixed-income obligations of the Funds will be affected by general changes in interest rates, which will result in increases or decreases in the value of the obligations held by the Funds. The market value of the obligations held by a Fund can be expected to vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates. Investors also should recognize that, in periods of declining interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing market rates and, in periods of rising interest rates, a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat lower. Also, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net new money to a Fund from the continuous sale of its shares will tend to be invested in instruments producing lower yields than the balance of its portfolio, thereby reducing the Fund's current yield. In periods of rising interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur. In addition, securities in which a Fund may invest may not yield as high a level of current income as might be achieved by investing in securities with less liquidity, less creditworthiness or longer maturities.

Ratings made available by S&P, Moody's and other NRSROs are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, each Adviser will also make its own evaluation of these securities on behalf of the Fund. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuers to pay principal and interest and general economic trends.

Medium and Lower-Rated Securities. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in medium ( i.e. , rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO) and lower-rated securities ( i.e. , rated lower than Baa by Moody's or lower than BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO) or determined by the investment adviser to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund will not purchase any security rated lower than B by Moody's or S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO or determined by the investment adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO, although considered investment grade, possess speculative characteristics, including the risk of default, and changes in economic or other conditions are more likely to impair the ability of issuers of these securities to make interest and principal payments than is the case with respect to issuers of higher-grade bonds.

Generally, medium or lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality, sometimes referred to as "junk bonds" ( i.e. , securities rated lower than Baa by Moody's or BBB by S&P or the equivalent by another NRSRO), offer a higher current yield than is offered by higher-rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some quality and protective

B-4



characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-quality bonds. In addition, medium and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater because medium and lower-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The Advisers, under the supervision of the Manager and the Trustees, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue whether rated or unrated, take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer's financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of and the community support for the facility financed by the issue, the ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.

In addition, the market value of securities in lower-rated categories is more volatile than that of higher-quality securities, and the markets in which medium and lower-rated or unrated securities are traded are more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets may make it more difficult for each Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for a Fund to purchase and may also have the effect of limiting the ability of a Fund to sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets.

Lower-rated debt obligations also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls the obligation for redemption, a Fund may have to replace the security with a lower-yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors. Also, as the principal value of bonds moves inversely with movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held by a Fund may decline proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher-rated securities. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to sell its higher-rated bonds, resulting in a decline in the overall credit quality of the securities held by the Fund and increasing the exposure of the Fund to the risks of lower-rated securities.

Ratings of fixed-income securities represent the rating agency's opinion regarding their credit quality and are not a guarantee of quality. Rating agencies attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value. Also, rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent events, so that an issuer's current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. See "Description of Security Ratings" in the Prospectus.

Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require sale of these securities by the Fund, but the Adviser will consider this event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the monthly dollar-weighted average ratings of the debt obligations held by the Total Return Bond Fund, expressed as a percentage of the Fund's total investments, were as follows:

    Percentage of Total Investments  
Ratings   Total Return Bond Fund  
AAA/Aaa     83.6 %  
AA/Aa     0.6 %  
A/A     4.4 %  
BBB/Baa     5.6 %  
BB/Ba     1.2 %  
B/B     1.0 %  
Caa     0.8 %  
Unrated     2.8 %  

 

Commercial Paper. Each Fund may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.

B-5



Adjustable Rate Securities. The Large Cap Value Fund and Total Return Bond Fund may each invest in adjustable rate securities. Adjustable rate securities are debt securities having interest rates which are adjusted or reset at periodic intervals ranging from one month to three years. The interest rate of an adjustable rate security typically responds to changes in general market levels of interest. The interest paid on any particular adjustable rate security is a function of the index upon which the interest rate of that security is based.

The adjustable rate feature of the securities in which a Fund may invest will tend to reduce sharp changes in a Fund's net asset value in response to normal interest rate fluctuations. As the coupon rates of a Fund's adjustable rate securities are reset periodically, yields of these portfolio securities will reflect changes in market rates and should cause the net asset value of a Fund's shares to fluctuate less dramatically than that of a fund invested in long-term fixed-rate securities. However, while the adjustable rate feature of such securities will tend to limit sharp swings in a Fund's net asset value in response to movements in general market interest rates, it is anticipated that during periods of fluctuations in interest rates, the net asset value of a Fund will fluctuate.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds issued by governmental entities and corporations. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Such bonds generally are issued at an interest rate lower than typical bonds, but are expected to retain their principal value over time. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing principal value, which has been adjusted for inflation.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Foreign Securities

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in foreign equity and debt securities, including securities of foreign corporations, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and securities issued by foreign governments. For purposes of this policy, foreign companies and financial institutions are those that are organized under the laws of a foreign country, those that derive more than 50% of their revenues from activities in foreign countries, and companies and financial institutions that have at least 50% of their assets located abroad.

A Fund's investments in foreign government securities may include debt securities issued or guaranteed, as to payment of principal and interest, by governments, semi-governmental entities, governmental agencies, supranational entities and other governmental entities (collectively, the Government Entities) of countries considered stable by an Adviser. A "supranational entity" is an entity constituted by the national governments of several countries to promote economic development. Examples of such supranational entities include, among others, the World Bank, the European Investment Bank and the Asian Development Bank. Debt securities of "semi-governmental entities" are issued by entities owned by a national, state, or equivalent government or are obligations of a political unit that are not backed by the national government's "full faith and credit" and general taxing powers. Examples of semi-governmental issuers include, among others, the Province of Ontario and the City of Stockholm. Foreign government securities also include mortgage-backed securities issued by foreign government entities including semi-governmental entities.

A Fund may also invest in mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by foreign government entities including semi-governmental entities, and Brady Bonds, which are long-term bonds issued by government entities in developing countries as part of a restructuring of their commercial loans.

The values of foreign investments are affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, restrictions or prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies, application of foreign tax laws, including withholding taxes, changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy (in the United States or abroad) or changed circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are also incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, foreign brokerage commissions and custody fees are generally higher than those charged in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than in the United States. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and could be subject to extended clearance and settlement periods.

Special Considerations of Investing in Euro-Denominated Securities

The adoption by the participating member states of the euro beginning January 1, 2002 has eliminated the substantial currency risk among participating member states that formerly each used a unique currency, and will likely affect the investment

B-6



process and considerations of a Fund's investment adviser. To the extent a Fund holds non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities, including those denominated in the euro, the Fund will still be subject to currency risk due to fluctuations in those currencies as compared to the U.S. dollar.

The medium- to long-term impact of the introduction of the euro in member states cannot be determined with certainty at this time. In addition to the effects described above, it is likely that more general short- and long-term ramifications can be expected, such as changes in economic environment and change in behavior of investors, all of which will impact the Fund's investments.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-backed Securities

Mortgage-Backed Securities-General.  The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. There are currently three basic types of mortgage-backed securities: (1) those issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, such as GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, described under "U.S. Government Securities" above; (2) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by mortgage backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities; and (3) those issued by private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities without a government guarantee but usually having some form of private credit enhancement.

GNMA Certificates.  Certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA Certificates) are mortgage-backed securities that evidence an undivided interest in a pool or pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates are the "modified pass-through" type, which entitle the holder to receive timely payment of all interest and principal payments due on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the "issuer" and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. The GNMA Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (1) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (3) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (4) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (5) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (6) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (7) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower's monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans ("buydown" mortgage loans); (8) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (9) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be FHA Loans or VA Loans and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully-amortizing loans secured by first liens on one-to-four family housing units.

FNMA Certificates.  The Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending. FNMA acquires funds to purchase home mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly.

Each FNMA Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts, representing such holder's pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such FNMA Certificate's pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such FNMA Certificate and such holder's proportionate interestin the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on each FNMA Certificate will be guaranteed by FNMA, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

FHLMC Securities.  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the FHLMC Act). Its purpose is to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages. The principal activity of FHLMC consists of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans so purchased in the form of mortgage securities, primarily FHLMC Certificates.

FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities, mortgage participation certificates (PCs) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (GMCs).PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owned on the underlying pool. FHLMC guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of principal.

B-7



FHLMC Certificates.  FHLMC guarantees to each registered holder of the FHLMC Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such FHLMC Certificate, whether or not received. FHLMC also guarantees to each registered holder of a FHLMC Certificate ultimate collection of all principal on the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of FHLMC under its guarantee are obligations solely of FHLMC and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

FHLMC Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a FHLMC Certificate group) purchased by FHLMC. The mortgage loans underlying the FHLMC Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. An FHLMC Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another FHLMC Certificate group.

The market value of mortgage securities, like other securities, will generally vary inversely with changes in market interest rates, declining when interest rates rise and rising when interest rates decline. However, mortgage securities, while having comparable risk of decline during periods of rising rates, usually have less potential for capital appreciation than other investments of comparable maturities due to the likelihood of increased prepayments of mortgages as interest rates decline. In addition, to the extent such mortgage securities are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments generally will result in some loss of the holders' principal to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if such mortgage securities are purchased at a discount, an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income that, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities.  Adjustable rate mortgage securities (ARMs) are pass-through mortgage securities collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. Generally, ARMs have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMs will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal.

The amount of interest on an ARM is calculated by adding a specified amount, the "margin," to the index, subject to limitations on the maximum and minimum interest that can be charged. Because the interest rate on ARMs generally moves in the same direction as market interest rates, the market value of ARMs tends to be more stable than that of long-term fixed rate securities.

Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.  Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed-rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Types of credit enhancements are described under "Types of Credit Enhancement" below.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-Through Securities.  CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as "Mortgage Assets"). Multiclass pass-through securities are equity interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. The issuer of a series of CMOs may elect to be treated as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC). All future references to CMOs include REMICs.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a "tranche," is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO series in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the

B-8



more predictable the cash flow on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities.

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in other classes or series of bonds. The Total Return Bond Fund also may invest in, among other things, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class that, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. PAC Bonds always are parallel pay CMOs with the required principal payment on such securities having the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes.

In reliance on a Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission) interpretation, the Fund's investments in certain qualifying collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), including CMOs that have elected to be treated as REMICs, are not subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), limitation on acquiring interests in other investment companies. In order to be able to rely on the Commission's interpretation, the CMOs and REMICs must be unmanaged, fixed-asset issuers, that (1) invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities, (2) do not issue redeemable securities, (3) operate under general exemptive orders exempting them from all provisions of the 1940 Act and (4) are not registered or regulated under the 1940 Act as investment companies. To the extent that the Fund selects CMOs or REMICs that do not meet the above requirements, the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its assets in all such entities, may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in a single entity, and may not acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any single such entity.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities or MBS strips are derivative multiclass mortgage securities. In addition to MBS strips issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, the Total Return Bond Fund may purchase MBS strips issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. See "U.S. Government Securities-Mortgage-Related Securities Issued or Guaranteed by U.S. Government Agencies and Instrumentalities" above.

Asset-Backed Securities.  Each of the Large Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds may invest in asset-backed securities. Through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations, various types of assets, primarily automobile and credit card receivables and home equity loans, have been securitized in pass-through structures similar to the mortgage pass-through structures or in a pay-through structure similar to the CMO structure. A Fund may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future. Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of a security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, some of which may reduce the ability to obtain full payment. In the case of automobile receivables, the security interests in the underlying automobiles are often not transferred when the pool is created, with the resulting possibility that the collateral could be resold. In general, these types of loans are of shorter average life than mortgage loans and are less likely to have substantial prepayments.

Types of Credit Enhancement.  Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support that fall into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to seek to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default seeks to ensure ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security. A Fund will not pay any additional fees for credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the price of a security.

Risk Factors Relating to Investing in Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities.  The yield characteristics of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities differ from traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Alternatively, if a Fund purchases

B-9



these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity. Moreover, slower than expected prepayments may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally lead to increased volatility of net asset value because they tend to fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest a portion of its assets in derivative mortgage backed securities such as MBS strips, that are highly sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates. Each Adviser will seek to manage these risks (and potential benefits) by diversifying its investments in such securities and, in certain circumstances, through hedging techniques.

In addition, mortgage-backed securities that are secured by manufactured (mobile) homes and multi-family residential properties, such as GNMA and FNMA certificates, are subject to a higher risk of default than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

Although the extent of prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans depends on various economic and other factors, as a general rule prepayments on fixed-rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates and decrease during a period of rising interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the Total Return Bond Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates. Asset-backed securities, although less likely to experience the same prepayment rates as mortgage-backed securities, may respond to certain of the same factors influencing prepayments, while at other times different factors will predominate. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixedincome securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment of mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities can be expected to decline, extending the projected average maturity of the mortgage-backed securities. This maturity extension risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or intermediate-term securities.

Convertible Securities

Each Fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is typically a bond, debenture, corporate note, preferred stock or other similar security that may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities are generally senior to common stocks in a corporation's capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar nonconvertible securities. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security's underlying common stock. Convertible securities also include preferred stocks, which technically are equity securities.

In general, the market value of a convertible security is at least the higher of its "investment value" ( i.e. , its value as a fixed-income security) or its "conversion value" ( i.e. , its value upon conversion into its underlying common stock). As a fixed-income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and tends to decrease in value when interest rates rise. However, the price of a convertible security is also influenced by the market value of the security's underlying common stock. The price of a convertible security tends to increase as the market value of the underlying common stock rises, whereas it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. While no securities investment is without some risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common stock of the same issuer.

Loan Participations

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in high quality participation interests having remaining maturities not exceeding one year in loans extended by banks to United States and foreign companies. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, usually banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan. The loan agreement among the corporate borrower and the co-lenders identifies the agent bank as well as sets forth the rights and duties of the parties. The agreement often (but not always) provides for the collateralization of the corporate borrower's obligations thereunder and includes various types of restrictive covenants that must be met by the borrower.

The participation interests acquired by the Fund may, depending on the transaction, take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another participant, or a

B-10



participation in the seller's share of the loan. Typically, the Fund will look to the agent bank to collect principal of and interest on a participation interest, to monitor compliance with loan covenants, to enforce all credit remedies, such as foreclosures on collateral, and to notify co-lenders of any adverse changes in the borrower's financial condition or declarations of insolvency. The agent bank in such cases will be qualified to serve as a custodian for a registered investment company such as the Trust. The agent bank is compensated for these services by the borrower pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement.

When the Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when the Fund acquires a participation interest the terms of which provide that the Fund will be in privity with the corporate borrower, the Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower in the event the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where the Fund lacks such direct recourse, the Fund will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower.

The Manager believes that the principal credit risk associated with acquiring participation interests from a co-lender or another participant is the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. The Fund may incur additional credit risk, however, when it is in the position of participant rather than a co-lender because it must assume the risk of insolvency of the co-lender from which the participation interest was acquired and that of any person interpositioned between the Fund and the co-lender. However, in acquiring participation interests, the Fund will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of each such co-lender and participant to ensure that the participation interest meets the Fund's high quality standard and will continue to do so as long as it holds a participation. For purposes of the Fund's requirement to maintain diversification for tax purposes, the issuer of a loan participation will be the underlying borrower. In cases where the Fund does not have recourse directly against the borrower, both the borrower and each agent bank and co-lender interposed between the Fund and the borrower will be deemed issuers of the loan participation for tax diversification purposes.

For purposes of the Fund's fundamental investment restriction against investing 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry, the Fund will consider all relevant factors in determining who is the issuer of a loan participation including the credit quality of the underlying borrower, the amount and quality of the collateral, the terms of the loan participation agreement and other relevant agreements (including any intercreditor agreements), the degree to which the credit of such intermediary was deemed material to the decision to purchase the loan participation, the interest environment, and general economic conditions applicable to the borrower and such intermediary.

Repurchase Agreements

A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, whereby the seller of the security agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed-upon time and at a price in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon rate of return effective for the period of time the Fund's money is invested in the repurchase agreement. The period of maturity is usually quite short, possibly overnight or a few days, although it may extend over a number of months. A Fund's repurchase agreements will at all times be fully collateralized in an amount at least equal to the resale price. The instruments held as collateral are valued daily, and if the value of instruments decline, a Fund will require additional collateral. If the seller defaults, the Fund will require additional collateral. If the seller defaults and the value of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement declines, the Fund may incur a loss.

A Fund will enter into repurchase transactions only with parties meeting creditworthiness standards approved by the Fund's Adviser. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a seller, the Fund may liquidate the collateral.

A Fund may participate in a joint repurchase account with other investment companies managed by PI pursuant to an order of the Commission. On a daily basis, any uninvested cash balances of a Fund may be aggregated with those of such investment companies and invested in one or more repurchase agreements. Each Fund participates in the income earned or accrued in the joint account based on the percentage of its investment.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The proceeds from such transactions will be used for the clearance of transactions or to take advantage of investment opportunities.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by the Fund of securities concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same assets at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement period, the Fund continues to receive principal and interest payments on these securities.

Dollar rolls involve sales by the Fund of securities for delivery in the current month and a simultaneous contract to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date from the same party. During the roll period, the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the "drop") as well as by the interest earned on the cash

B-11



proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security position that matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction.

The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase under the agreement. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund's use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund's obligation to repurchase the securities.

Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, including covered dollar rolls, are speculative techniques involving leverage and are considered borrowings by the Fund for purposes of the percentage limitations applicable to borrowings. See "Borrowing" below.

Swap Agreements

The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into interest rate, index, credit, currency exchange rate, long and short credit default and total return swap agreements (or a combination of these swap agreements or other similar swap agreements). The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). These transactions may be entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost to the Fund than if it had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods typically ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In one type of "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on, or calculated with respect to particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a "notional amount,"  i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index or other investments or instruments. In another type of swap one party (a credit protection seller) receives a premium from another party (a credit protection buyer) for assuming the credit risk of a specified issuer and/or reference obligation. In exchange for the premium, the credit protection seller has the obligation to purchase obligations of the issuer at par upon the occurrence of a credit event. Typical credit events include the bankruptcy of the issuer and the failure by the issuer to pay when due obligations in respect of borrowed money. Alternatively, the credit protection seller may be required to make a cash payment to the credit protection buyer. This cash payment is typically equal to the difference between the par value of the reference obligation and its market value following the relevant credit event. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap"; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or "floor"; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.

Most swap agreements entered into by the Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a "net basis." Consequently, the Fund's current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). The Fund's net obligations in respect of all swap agreements ( i.e. the aggregate net amount owed by the Fund) is limited to 15% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund's current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Portfolio's portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be considered "senior securities" for purposes of the Portfolio's investment restriction concerning senior securities.

For purposes of applying the Funds' investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the Funds at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a Fund ( i.e. , where the Fund is selling credit default protection), however, the Fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the Funds for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.

Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Adviser's ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce a better result than

B-12



other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the Funds' repurchase agreement guidelines). The Fund may engage in swap agreements of any duration with a counterparty whose long-term credit is rated at least "A" by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Certain restrictions imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, may limit the Fund's ability to use swap agreements. Developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, may adversely affect the Fund's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA") and therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the CFTC. To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by "eligible contract participants," which includes the following, provided the participants' total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, the swap agreement must be subject to individual negotiation by the parties and not be executed or transacted on a trading facility.

Event-Linked Bonds

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in event-linked bonds. Event-linked bonds are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific "trigger" event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as "catastrophe bonds." If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indexes, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose the portfolio to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer (credit) default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk. Issuers of event-linked bonds include government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or offshore entities. The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in these type of bonds.

Emerging Markets Debt

The Total Return Bond Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in emerging markets debt, including (but not limited to) Brady Bonds. The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stock), certain foreign bank obligations and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities.

Securities traded in certain emerging market countries, including the emerging market countries in Eastern Europe, may be subject to risks in addition to risks typically posed by international investing due to economies that are generally less diverse and mature, political systems which can be expected to have less stability than those of developed countries, the inexperience of financial intermediaries, the lack of modern technology and the lack of a sufficient capital base to expand business operations. Additionally, former Communist regimes of a number of Eastern European countries previously expropriated a large amount of property, the claims on which have not been entirely settled. There can be no assurance that the Fund's investments in Eastern Europe will not also be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated.

B-13



The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the Brady Plan). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay and Venezuela. In addition, Brazil has concluded a Brady-like plan. It is expected that other countries will undertake a Brady Plan in the future, including Panama and Peru.

Brady Bonds do not have a long payment history. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year's interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to "value recovery payments" in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (1) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (2) the collateralized interest payments; (3) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (4) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the "residual risk").

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds and therefore are to be viewed as speculative. In addition, in the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds which will continue to be outstanding at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The government entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity's policy toward the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity's implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Funds) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

B-14



A Fund's investments in foreign currency denominated and certain other debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund's income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal tax purposes.

Each Fund will consider an issuer to be economically tied to a country with an emerging securities market if (1) it is organized under the laws of, or maintains its principal place of business in, the country, (2) its securities are principally traded in the country's securities markets, or (3) it derived at least half of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in the country, or has at least half of its assets in that country.

Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may hold up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. If a Fund were to exceed this limit, the Adviser(s) would take prompt action to reduce the Fund's holdings in illiquid securities to no more than 15% of its net assets as required by applicable law. Illiquid securities include repurchase agreements that have a maturity of longer than seven days, certain securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted securities). Repurchase agreements subject to demand are deemed to have a maturity equal to the notice period.

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

In recent years, a large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchas agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities, convertible securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.

Rule 144A under the Securities Act allows for a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Restricted securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and privately placed commercial paper for which there is a readily available market are treated as liquid only when deemed liquid under procedures established by the Trustees. The Advisers will monitor the liquidity of such restricted securities subject to the supervision of the Trustees. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Advisers will consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (that is, the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer). In addition, in order for commercial paper that is issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to be considered liquid, (1) it must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSRO), or if only one NRSRO rates the securities, by that NRSRO, or, if unrated, be of comparable quality in the view of the Adviser; and (2) it must not be "traded flat" ( i.e. , without accrued interest) or in default as to principal or interest. A Fund's investments in Rule 144A securities could have the effect of increasing illiquidity to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities.

The staff of the Commission has taken the position that purchased over-the-counter options and the assets used as "cover" for written over-the-counter options are illiquid securities unless the Fund and the counterparty have provided for the Fund, at the Fund's election, to unwind the over-the-counter option. The exercise of such an option ordinarily would involve the payment by the Fund of an amount designated to effect the counterparty's economic loss from an early termination, but does allow the Fund to treat the assets used as "cover" as "liquid."

B-15



When a Fund enters into interest rate swaps on other than a net basis, the entire amount of the Fund's obligations, if any, with respect to such interest rate swaps will be treated as illiquid. To the extent that a Fund enters into interest rate swaps on a net basis, the net amount of the excess will be treated as illiquid. The Funds will also treat non-U.S. Government POs and IOs as illiquid securities so long as the staff of the Commission maintains its position that such securities are illiquid.

Investment Company Securities

The Funds may invest in securities issued by other investment companies that invest in short-term debt securities and that seek to maintain a $1.00 net asset value per share (money market funds). The Funds may also invest in securities issued by other investment companies with similar investment objectives. Securities of other investment companies will be acquired within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company's expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the expenses each Fund bears in connection with its own operations.

Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies

The Total Return Bond Fund may engage in various portfolio strategies, including using derivatives, to seek to reduce certain risks of its investments and to enhance return. The Fund, and thus its investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies. These strategies currently include the use of foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency exchange contracts, options, futures contracts and options thereon. The Fund's ability to use these strategies may be limited by various factors, such as market conditions, regulatory limits and tax considerations, and there can be no assurance that any of these strategies will succeed. See "Taxes, Dividends and Distributions." If new financial products and risk management techniques are developed, each Fund may use them to the extent consistent with its investment objectives and policies.

Risks of Risk Management and Return Enhancement Strategies-General.  Participation in the options and futures markets and in currency exchange transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which a Fund would not be subject absent the use of these strategies. The Fund, and thus its investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies. If an Adviser's predictions of movements in the direction of the securities, foreign currency or interest rate markets are inaccurate, the adverse consequences to the Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if such strategies were not used. Risks inherent in the use of these strategies include (but is not limited to) (1) dependence on the Adviser's ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates, securities prices and currency markets; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of options and futures contracts and options thereon and movements in the prices of the securities being hedged; (3) the fact that skills needed to use these strategies are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at any time; (5) the risk that the counterparty may be unable to complete the transaction; and (6) the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable for it to do so, or the possible need for the Fund to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time, due to the need for the Fund to maintain "cover" or to segregate assets in connection with hedging transactions.

Options Transactions.  The Fund may purchase and write (that is, sell) put and call options on securities, currencies and financial indexes that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market (OTC) to seek to enhance return or to protect against adverse price fluctuations in securities in its portfolio. These options will be on debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes (for example, S&P 500), futures contracts and U.S. Government securities. The Fund may write covered put and call options to attempt to generate additional income through the receipt of premiums, purchase put options in an effort to protect the value of a security that it owns against a decline in market value and purchase call options in an effort to protect against an increase in price of securities or currencies it intends to purchase. The Fund may also purchase put and call options to offset previously written put and call options of the same series.

A call option gives the purchaser, in exchange for a premium paid, the right for a specified period of time to purchase the securities or currency subject to the option at a specified price (the exercise price or strike price) or, depending on the terms of the option contract, to receive a specified amount of cash. The writer of a call option, in return for the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver, depending upon the terms of the option contract, the underlying securities or a specified amount of cash to the purchaser upon receipt of the exercise price. When the Fund writes a call option, the Fund gives up the potential for gain on the underlying securities or currency in excess of the exercise price of the option during the period that the option is open. There is no limitation on the amount of call options the Fund may write.

A put option gives the purchaser, in return for a premium, the right, for a specified period of time, to sell the securities or currency subject to the option to the writer of the put at the specified exercise price. The writer of the put option, in return for the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to acquire the securities or currency underlying the option

B-16



at the exercise price. The Fund, as the writer of a put option, might, therefore, be obligated to purchase the underlying securities or currency for more than their current market price.

The writer of an option retains the amount of the premium, although this amount may be offset or exceeded, in the case of a covered call option, by an increase and, in the case of a covered put option, by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period.

The Fund will write only "covered" options. A written option is covered if, so long as the Fund is obligated under the option, it (1) owns an offsetting position in the underlying security or currency or (2) segregates cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to or greater than its obligation under the option. Under the first circumstance, the Fund's losses are limited because it owns the underlying security; under the second circumstance, in the case of a written call option, the Fund's losses are potentially unlimited. The Fund may only write covered put options to the extent that cover for such options does not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund will not purchase an option if, as a result of such purchase, more than 20% of its total assets would be invested in premiums for options and options on futures.

Options on Securities.  The purchaser of a call option has the right, for a specified period of time, to purchase the securities subject to the option at a specified price (the exercise price or strike price) or depending on the terms of the option contract, to receive a specified amount of cash. By writing a call option, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying securities or a specified amount of cash to the purchaser against receipt of the exercise price. When the Fund writes a call option, the Fund loses the potential for gain on the underlying securities in excess of the exercise price of the option during the period that the option is open.

The purchaser of a put option has the right, for a specified period of time, to sell the securities subject to the option to the writer of the put at the specified exercise price. By writing a put option, the Fund becomes obligated during the term of the option, upon exercise of the option, to purchase the securities underlying the option at the exercise price. The Fund might, therefore, be obligated to purchase the underlying securities for more than their current market price.

The writer of an option retains the amount of the premium, although this amount may be offset or exceeded, in the case of a covered call option, by an increase and, in the case of a covered put option, by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period.

The Fund may wish to protect certain portfolio securities against a decline in market value at a time when put options on those particular securities are not available for purchase. The Fund may therefore purchase a put option on other securities, the values of which the Adviser expects will have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of such portfolio securities. If the Adviser's judgment is correct, changes in the value of the put options should generally offset changes in the value of the portfolio securities being hedged. If the Adviser's judgment is not correct, the value of the securities underlying the put option may decrease less than the value of the Fund's investments and therefore the put option may not provide complete protection against a decline in the value of the Fund's investments below the level sought to be protected by the put option.

The Fund may similarly wish to hedge against appreciation in the value of debt securities that it intends to acquire at a time when call options on such securities are not available. The Fund may, therefore, purchase call options on other debt securities the values of which the Adviser expects will have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the debt securities that the Fund intends to acquire. In such circumstances the Fund will be subject to risks analogous to those summarized above in the event that the correlation between the value of call options so purchased and the value of the securities intended to be acquired by the Fund is not as close as anticipated and the value of the securities underlying the call options increases less than the value of the securities to be acquired by the Fund.

The Fund may write options on securities in connection with buy-and-write transactions; that is, the Fund may purchase a security and concurrently write a call option against that security. If the call option is exercised, the Fund's maximum gain will be the premium it received for writing the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the Fund's purchase price of the security and the exercise price of the option. If the option is not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of the decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.

The exercise price of a call option may be below (in-the-money), equal to (at-the-money) or above (out-of-the-money) the current value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. The Fund may also buy and write straddles ( i.e. , a combination of a call and a put written on the same security at the same strike price where the same segregated collateral is considered "cover" for both the put and the call). In such cases, the Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is "in-the-money,"  i.e. , the amount by which the exercise price of the put exceeds the current market value of the underlying security. It is contemplated that the Fund's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the Fund's net assets (meaning that the securities used for cover or segregated as described above will not exceed 5%

B-17



of the Fund's net assets at the time the straddle is written). The writing of a call and a put on the same security at the same stock price where the call and put are covered by different securities is not considered a straddle for the purposes of this limit. Buy-and-write transactions using in-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain flat or decline moderately during the option period. Buy-and-write transactions using at-the-money call options may be used when it is expected that the price of the underlying security will remain fixed or advance moderately during the option period. A buy-and-write transaction using an out-of-the-money call option may be used when it is expected that the premium received from writing the call option plus the appreciation in the market price of the underlying security up to the exercise price will be greater than the appreciation in the price of the underlying security alone. If the call option is exercised in such a transaction, the Fund's maximum gain will be the premium received by it for writing the option, adjusted upwards or downwards by the difference between the Fund's purchase price of the security and the exercise price of the option. If the option is not exercised and the price of the underlying security declines, the amount of the decline will be offset in part, or entirely, by the premium received.

Prior to being notified of exercise of the option, the writer of an exchange-traded option that wishes to terminate its obligation may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. (Options of the same series are options with respect to the same underlying security, having the same expiration date and the same strike price.) The effect of the purchase is that the writer's position will be cancelled by the exchange's affiliated clearing organization. Likewise, an investor who is the holder of an exchange-traded option may liquidate a position by effecting a "closing sale transaction" by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There is no guarantee that either a closing purchase or a closing sale transaction can be effected.

Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, gives its guarantee to the fulfillment of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counter-party with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the dealer from which it has purchased the OTC option to make or take delivery of the securities underlying the option. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. As such, the value of an OTC option is particularly dependent upon the financial viability of the OTC counterparty.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while OTC options may not. When the Fund writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to close out the OTC options prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to which the Fund originally wrote the OTC option. While the Fund will enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to, and who are expected to be capable of, entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Until the Fund is able to effect a closing purchase transaction in a covered OTC call option the Fund has written, it will not be able to liquidate securities used as cover until the option expires or is exercised or different cover is substituted. In the event of insolvency of the counter party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option. With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction could result in material losses to the Fund.

OTC options purchased by a Fund will be treated as illiquid securities subject to any applicable limitation on such securities. Similarly, the assets used to "cover" OTC options written by the Fund will be treated as illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any OTC options it writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The "cover" for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

A call option written by the Fund is "covered" if the Fund owns the security underlying the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional consideration (or for additional consideration segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds on a share-for-share basis a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written; where the exercise price of the call held is greater than the exercise price of the call written, the Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets with its custodian. A put option written by the Fund is "covered" if the Fund holds on a share-for-share basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written; otherwise the Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets with its custodian equivalent in value to the exercise price of the option. This means that so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of a call option, it will own the underlying securities subject to the option or an option to purchase the same underlying securities, having an exercise price equal to or less than the exercise price of the "covered" option, or will segregate with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the

B-18



exercise price of the option. In the case of a straddle written by the Fund, the amount segregated will equal the amount, if any, by which the put is "in-the-money."

Options on GNMA Certificates.  Options on GNMA Certificates are not currently traded on any exchange. However, the Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and write such options should they commence trading on any exchange and may purchase or write OTC Options on GNMA certificates.

Since the remaining principal balance of GNMA Certificates declines each month as a result of mortgage payments, the Fund, as a writer of a covered GNMA call holding GNMA Certificates as "cover" to satisfy its delivery obligation in the event of assignment of an exercise notice, may find that its GNMA Certificates no longer have a sufficient remaining principal balance for this purpose. Should this occur, the Fund will enter into a closing purchase transaction or will purchase additional GNMA Certificates from the same pool (if obtainable) or replacement GNMA Certificates in the cash market in order to remain covered.

A GNMA Certificate held by the Fund to cover an option position in any but the nearest expiration month may cease to represent cover for the option in the event of a decline in the GNMA coupon rate at which new pools are originated under the FHA/VA loan ceiling in effect at any given time. Should this occur, the Fund will no longer be covered, and the Fund will either enter into a closing purchase transaction or replace the GNMA Certificate with a GNMA Certificate that represents cover. When the Fund closes its position or replaces the GNMA Certificate, it may realize an unanticipated loss and incur transaction costs.

Risks of Options Transactions.  An exchange-traded option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some exchange-traded options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that the Fund would have to exercise its exchange-traded options in order to realize any profit and may incur transaction costs in connection therewith. If the Fund as a covered call option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date, to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of the facilities of any of the clearing corporations inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special procedures that may interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.

In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in options transactions, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker. Similarly, in the event of the bankruptcy of the writer of an OTC option purchased by the Fund, the Fund could experience a loss of all or part of the value of the option. Transactions are entered into by the Fund only with brokers or financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.

Options on Securities Indexes.  The Total Return Bond Fund may purchase and write call and put options on securities indexes in an attempt to hedge against market conditions affecting the value of securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase, and not for speculation. Through the writing or purchase of index options, the Fund can achieve many of the same objectives as through the use of options on individual securities. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on a security except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of a security at a specified price, an option on a securities indexes gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.

B-19



This amount of cash is equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. Unlike security options, all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends upon price movements in the market generally (or in a particular industry or segment of the market), rather than upon price movements in individual securities. Price movements in securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase will probably not correlate perfectly with movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the Fund bears the risk that a loss on an index option would not be completely offset by movements in the price of such securities.

When the Fund writes an option on a securities index, it will be required to deposit with its custodian, and mark-to-market, eligible securities equal in value to 100% of the exercise price in the case of a put, or the contract value in the case of a call. In addition, where the Fund writes a call option on a securities index at a time when the contract value exceeds the exercise price, the Fund will segregate and mark-to-market, until the option expires or is closed out, cash or cash equivalents equal in value to such excess.

Options on a securities index involve risks similar to those risks relating to transactions in financial futures contracts described below. Also, an option purchased by the Fund may expire worthless, in which case the Fund would lose the premium paid therefor.

Risks of Options on Indexes.  The Fund's purchase and sale of options on indexes will be subject to risks described above under "Risks of Options Transactions." In addition, the distinctive characteristics of options on indexes create certain risks that are not present with stock options.

Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks included in the index is interrupted. Trading in index options also may be interrupted in certain circumstances, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this occurred, the Fund would not be able to close out options that it had purchased or written and, if restrictions on exercise were imposed, may be unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses to the Fund. It is the policy of the Fund to purchase or write options only on indexes that include a number of stocks sufficient to minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in the index.

The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. It is not certain that this market will develop in all index option contracts. The Fund will not purchase or sell any index option contract unless and until, in the Adviser's opinion, the market for such options has developed sufficiently that the risk in connection with such transactions is no greater than the risk in connection with options on securities in the index.

Special Risks of Writing Calls on Indexes.  Because exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as the Fund cannot determine the amount of its settlement obligations in advance and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot provide in advance for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. However, the Fund will write call options on indexes only under the circumstances described herein.

Price movements in the Fund's security holdings probably will not correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore, the Fund bears the risk that the price of the securities held by the Fund may not increase as much as the index. In such event, the Fund would bear a loss on the call that is not completely offset by movements in the price of the Fund's security holdings. It is also possible that the index may rise when the Fund's stocks do not rise. If this occurred, the Fund would experience a loss on the call that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio and might also experience a loss in its portfolio. However, because the value of a diversified portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same direction as the market, movements in the value of the Fund in the opposite direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short period or to a small degree.

Unless the Fund has other liquid assets that are sufficient to satisfy the exercise of a call, the Fund would be required to liquidate portfolio securities in order to satisfy the exercise. Because an exercise must be settled within hours after receiving the notice of exercise, if the Fund fails to anticipate an exercise, it may have to borrow from a bank pending settlement of the sale of securities in its portfolio and would incur interest charges thereon.

When the Fund has written a call, there is also a risk that the market may decline between the time the Fund has a call exercised against it, at a price that is fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of exercise, and the time the Fund is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As with stock options, the Fund will not learn that an index option has been exercised until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock where the Fund would be able to deliver the underlying securities in settlement, the Fund may have to sell part of its investment portfolio in order to make settlement in cash, and the price of such securities might decline before they can be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies involving more than one option substantially more risky with index options than with stock options. For example, even if an index call that the Fund has written is "covered" by an index call held by the Fund with the same strike price, the Fund will bear the risk that the level of the index

B-20



may decline between the close of trading on the date the exercise notice is filed with the clearing corporation and the close of trading on the date the Fund exercises the call it holds or the time the Fund sells the call that, in either case, would occur no earlier than the day following the day the exercise notice was filed.

If the Fund holds an index option and exercises it before final determination of the closing index value for that day, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may change before closing. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer. Although the Fund may be able to minimize this risk by withholding exercise instructions until just before the daily cutoff time or by selling rather than exercising an option when the index level is close to the exercise price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff times for index options may be earlier than those fixed for other types of options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.

Futures Contracts.  The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into futures contracts and related options that are traded on a commodities exchange or board of trade to reduce certain risks of its investments and to attempt to enhance returns, in each case in accordance with regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). The Fund, and thus its investors, may lose money through any unsuccessful use of these strategies.

As a purchaser of a futures contract (futures contract), the Fund incurs an obligation to take delivery of a specified amount of the obligation underlying the futures contract at a specified time in the future for a specified price. As a seller of a futures contract, the Fund incurs an obligation to deliver the specified amount of the underlying obligation at a specified time in return for an agreed upon price. The Fund may purchase futures contracts with respect to, but not limited to, interest rate, debt securities, aggregates of debt securities, financial indexes and U.S. Government securities including futures contracts or options linked to LIBOR.

Although most futures contracts call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, the contracts usually are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. A futures contract sale is closed out by effecting a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security and the same delivery date. If the sale price exceeds the offsetting purchase price, the seller would be paid the difference and would realize a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller would pay the difference and would realize a loss. Similarly, a futures contract purchase is closed out by effecting a futures contract sale for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of security and the same delivery date. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser would realize a gain, whereas if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to enter into a closing transaction.

When the Fund enters into a futures contract it is initially required to deposit with its custodian, in a segregated account in the name of the broker performing the transaction an "initial margin" of cash or other liquid securities equal to approximately 2-3% of the contract amount. Initial margin requirements are established by the exchanges on which futures contracts trade and may, from time to time, change. In addition, brokers may establish margin deposit requirements in excess of those required by the exchanges.

Initial margin in futures transactions is different from margin in securities transactions in that initial margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by a brokers' client but is, rather, a good faith deposit on a futures contract that will be returned to the Fund upon the proper termination of the futures contract. The margin deposits made are marked-to-market daily and the Fund may segregate with its custodian, cash or U.S. Government securities, called "variation margin," in the name of the broker, which are reflective of price fluctuations in the futures contract.

The Fund may also invest in futures contracts on interest rate swaps ("Swap Futures") to hedge the Fund's assets, that is, to protect the Fund's assets from a decline in value.

Futures contracts on Swap Futures, introduced by the Chicago Board of Trade in October 2001, are a vehicle for hedging credit and interest rate exposure, referenced to long-dated LIBOR. Swap Futures cash settle at expiration at a price based on the International Swaps and Derivatives Association Benchmark Rate for a 10-year U.S. dollar interest rate swap on the last day of trading, as published on the following business day by the Federal Reserve Board in its Daily Update to the H. 15 Statistical Release. Swap Futures attempt to replicate the pricing of interest rate swaps.

The $100,000 par value trading unit of a Swap Futures contract represents the fixed-rate side of a 10-year interest rate swap with a $100,000 notional value that exchanges semiannual fixed-rate payments at a 6% annual rate for floating-rate payments based on 3-month LIBOR. Swap Futures trade in price terms quoted in points ($1,000) and 32nds of a point ($31.25) of the $100,000 notional par value. The contract settlement-date cycle is March, June, September and December, which is comparable to other fixed-income futures contracts.

B-21



Because Swap Futures are traded on an exchange and cleared through the AAA-rated Chicago Board of Trade Clearing Corporation, there is minimal counterparty or default risk, although, as with all futures contracts, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses associated with the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in futures transactions or the failure of the Chicago Board of Trade Clearing Corporation. Investing in Swap Futures is subject to the same risks of investing in other futures contracts on financial instruments.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Total Return Bond Fund may purchase call and put options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right (in return for the premium paid), and the writer the obligation, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of an offsetting futures position by the writer and holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer's futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract at exercise exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The Fund may only write "covered" put and call options on futures contracts. The Fund will be considered "covered" with respect to a call option it writes on a futures contract if the Fund owns the assets that are deliverable under the futures contract or an option to purchase that futures contract having a strike price equal to or less than the strike price of the "covered" option and having an expiration date not earlier than the expiration date of the "covered" option, or if it segregates with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets equal to the fluctuating value of the optioned future. The Fund will be considered "covered" with respect to a put option it writes on a futures contract if it owns an option to sell that futures contract having a strike price equal to or greater than the strike price of the "covered" option, or if it segregates with its custodian for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets at all times equal in value to the exercise price of the put (less any initial margin deposited by the Fund with its Custodian with respect to such option). There is no limitation on the amount of the Fund's assets that can be segregated.

The Fund will purchase options on futures contracts for identical purposes to those set forth above for the purchase of a futures contract (purchase of a call option or sale of a put option) and the sale of a futures contract (purchase of a put option or sale of a call option), or to close out a long or short position in futures contracts. If, for example, the Adviser wished to protect against an increase in interest rates and the resulting negative impact on the value of a portion of its U.S. Government securities holdings, it might purchase a put option on an interest rate futures contract, the underlying security that correlates with the portion of the securities holdings the Adviser seeks to hedge.

Limitations on Purchase and Sale of Options on Stock Indexes and Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.  The Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and options thereon only for bona fide hedging, return enhancement and risk management purposes, in each case in accordance with the rules and regulations of the CFTC, and not for speculation.

The Fund will write put options on stock indexes and futures contracts on foreign currencies only if they are covered by segregating with its custodian an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the aggregate exercise price of the puts. In accordance with CFTC regulations, the Fund will so limit its futures-related investment activity so that, other than with respect to bona fide hedging activity (as defined in CFTC Rule 1.3(z)), either:

(i)  the aggregate initial margin and premiums paid to establish commodity futures and commodity option contract positions (determined at the time the most recent position was established) does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into (provided that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating such 5% limitation); or

(ii)  the aggregate net "notional value" (i.e., the size of a commodity futures or commodity option contract in contract units (taking into account any multiplier specified in the contract), multiplied by the current market price (for a futures contract) or strike price (for an option contract) of each such unit) of all non-hedge commodity futures and commodity option contracts that a Fund has entered (determined at the time the most recent position was established) into does not exceed the liquidation value of such Fund's portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts that the Fund has entered into.

Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts and Related Options.  The Fund's successful use of futures contracts and related options depends upon the Adviser's ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional

B-22



risks. The correlation between movements in the price of a futures contract and the price of the securities or currencies being hedged is imperfect and there is a risk that the value of the securities or currencies being hedged may increase or decrease at a greater rate than a specified futures contract resulting in losses to the Fund.

The Fund may sell a futures contract to protect against the decline in the value of securities or currencies held by the Fund. However, it is possible that the futures market may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may decline. If this were to occur, the Fund would lose money on the futures contracts and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities.

If the Fund purchases a futures contract to hedge against the increase in value of securities it intends to buy, and the value of such securities decreases, then the Fund may determine not to invest in the securities as planned and will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities.

As described above, the Fund's futures-related investment activity will be limited in accordance with one (or both) of the Alternative Commodity Trading Limits. In addition, if the Fund maintains a short position in a futures contract, it will cover this position by segregating with its custodian, cash or other liquid assets equal in value (when added to any initial or variation margin on deposit) to the market value of the securities underlying the futures contract. Such a position may also be covered by owning the securities underlying the futures contract, or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same contract at a price no higher than the price at which the short position was established. If the Fund holds a long position in a futures contract, it will designate as segregated cash or other liquid assets equal to the purchase price of the contract (less the amount of initial or variation margin on deposit) with its custodian. Alternatively, the Fund could cover its long position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with an exercise price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

Exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a futures contract may move on any day. If the price moves equal the daily limit on successive days, then it may prove impossible to liquidate a futures position until the daily limit moves have ceased. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on open futures positions. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it holds at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. The ability to close out options and futures positions could also have an adverse impact on the Fund's ability to hedge its portfolio effectively.

In the event of the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Fund engages in transactions in futures or options thereon, the Fund could experience delays and/or losses in liquidating open positions purchased or sold through the broker and/or incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker. Transactions are entered into by the Fund only with brokers or financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.

There are risks inherent in the use of futures contracts and options transactions for the purpose of hedging the Fund's securities. One such risk that may arise in employing futures contracts to protect against the price volatility of portfolio securities is that the prices of securities subject to futures contracts (and thereby the futures contract prices) may correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the cash prices of the Fund's portfolio securities. Another such risk is that prices of futures contracts may not move in tandem with the changes in prevailing interest rates against which the Fund seeks a hedge. A correlation may also be distorted by the fact that the futures market is dominated by short-term traders seeking to profit from the difference between a contract or security price objective and their cost of borrowed funds. Such distortions are generally minor and would diminish as the contract approached maturity.

Successful use of futures contracts is also subject to the ability of an Adviser to forecast movements in the direction of the market and interest rates and other factors affecting equity securities and currencies generally. In addition, there may exist an imperfect correlation between the price movements of futures contracts purchased by the Fund and the movements in the prices of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. If participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through offsetting transactions rather than meet margin deposit requirements, distortions in the normal relationships between the debt securities and futures market could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts elect to make or take delivery of underlying securities rather than engage in closing transactions due to the resultant reduction in the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, due to the fact that, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures markets could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of interest rate trends by the Adviser may still not result in a successful hedging transaction.

B-23



Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of call or put options on futures contracts involves less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options (plus transaction costs). However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund notwithstanding that the purchase or sale of a futures contract would not result in a loss, as in the instance where there is no movement in the prices of the futures contracts or underlying U.S. Government securities.

Options on Currencies.  Instead of purchasing or selling futures, options on futures or forward currency exchange contracts, the Total Return Bond Fund may attempt to accomplish similar objectives by purchasing put or call options on currencies either on exchanges or in over-the-counter markets or by writing put options or covered call options on currencies. A put option gives the Fund the right to sell a currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option gives the Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Both options serve to insure against adverse currency price movements in the underlying portfolio assets designated in a given currency.

Risks of Options on Foreign Currencies.  Because there are two currencies involved, developments in either or both countries affect the values of options on foreign currencies. Risks include government actions affecting currency valuation and the movements of currencies from one country to another. The quantity of currency underlying option contracts represent odd lots in a market dominated by transactions between banks; this can mean extra transaction costs upon exercise. Option markets may be closed while round-the-clock interbank currency markets are open, and this can create price and rate discrepancies.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts.  The Total Return Bond Fund may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of its assets against future changes in the level of currency exchange rates. The Fund may enter into such contracts on a spot, i.e. , cash, basis at the rate then prevailing in the currency exchange market or on a forward basis, by entering into a forward contract to purchase or sell currency. A forward contract on foreign currency is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed upon by the parties from the date of the contract at a price set on the date of the contract.

The Fund's dealings in forward contracts will be limited to hedging involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions. Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of a forward contract with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities and accruals of interest or dividends receivable and Fund expenses. Position hedging is (1) the sale of a foreign currency with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or quoted in that currency or in a currency bearing a substantial correlation to the value of that currency (cross-hedge) or (2) the purchase of a foreign currency when the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar may decline against that foreign currency. Although there are no limits on the number of forward contracts that the Fund may enter into, the Fund may not position hedge with respect to a particular currency for an amount greater than the aggregate market value (determined at the time of making any purchase or sale of foreign currency) of the securities being hedged.

The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The Fund does not intend to enter into such forward contracts to protect the value of its portfolio securities on a regular or continuous basis. The Fund does not intend to enter into such forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund's securities holdings or other assets denominated in that currency.

The Fund generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year. At the maturity of a forward contract, the Fund may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same currency trader obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.

It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of a particular portfolio security at the expiration of the forward contract. Accordingly, if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency and if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency that the Fund is obligated to deliver, then it would be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase).

If the Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund would incur a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. Should forward contract prices decline during the period between the Fund's entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed

B-24



to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward contract prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

The Fund's dealing in foreign currency forward contracts will generally be limited to the transactions described above. Of course, the Fund is not required to enter into such transactions with regard to its foreign currency-denominated securities. Also this method of protecting the value of the Fund's securities holdings against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that are unrelated to exchange rates. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result should the value of such currency increase.

Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend physically to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. It will do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

An Adviser may use foreign currency hedging techniques, including cross-currency hedges, to attempt to protect against declines in the U.S. dollar value of income available for distribution to shareholders and declines in the net asset value of the Fund's shares resulting from adverse changes in currency exchange rates. For example, the return available from securities denominated in a particular foreign currency would diminish in the event the value of the U.S. dollar increased against such currency. Such a decline could be partially or completely offset by an increase in value of a position hedge involving a foreign currency forward contract to (1) sell the currency in which the position being hedged is denominated, or a currency bearing a substantial correlation to the value of such currency, or (2) purchase either the U.S. dollar or a foreign currency expected to perform better than the currency being sold. Position hedges may, therefore, provide protection of net asset value in the event of a general rise in the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. However, a cross- currency hedge cannot protect against exchange rates perfectly, and if the Adviser is incorrect in its judgment of future exchange rate relationships, the Fund could be in a less advantageous position than if such a hedge had not been established.

Indexed Commercial Paper.  The Total Return Bond Fund may invest in commercial paper that is indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such commercial paper provide that its principal amount is adjusted upwards or downwards (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding. The Fund will purchase such commercial paper with the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency, but the amount of principal payable by the issuer at maturity will change in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between the two specified currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the instrument matures. With respect to its investments in this type of commercial paper, the Fund will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of outstanding commercial paper of this type. While such commercial paper entails the risk of loss of principal, the potential for realizing gains as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates enables the Fund to hedge (or cross-hedge) against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of investments denominated in foreign currencies while providing an attractive money market rate of return.

Limitations on Purchase and Sale of Stock Options and Options on Stock Indexes, Foreign Currencies and Futures Contracts on Foreign Currencies.  The Fund may write put and call options on stocks only if they are covered, and such options must remain covered so long as the Fund is obligated as a writer. The Fund will write put options on foreign currencies and futures contracts on foreign currencies for bona fide hedging purposes only if there is segregated with the Fund's custodian an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to or greater than the aggregate exercise price of the puts. In addition, the Fund may use futures contracts or related options for non-hedging or speculative purposes to the extent that aggregate initial margin and option premiums do not exceed 5% of the market value of the Fund's assets. The Fund does not intend to purchase options on equity securities or securities indexes if the aggregate premiums paid for such outstanding options would exceed 10% of the Fund's total assets.

Except as described below, the Fund will write call options on indexes only if it holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value of the index times the multiplier times the number of contracts. When the Fund writes a call option on a broadly-based stock market index, the Fund will segregate with its custodian, or pledge to a broker as collateral for the option, cash or other liquid assets or "qualified securities" with a market value at the time the option is written of not less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts.

If the Fund has written an option on an industry or market segment index, it will segregate with its custodian or pledge to a broker as collateral for the option, at least ten "qualified securities," which are stocks of issuers in such industry or market

B-25



segment, with a market value at the time the option is written of not less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts. Such stocks will include stocks that represent at least 50% of the weighting of the industry or market segment index and will represent at least 50% of the Fund's holdings in that industry or market segment. No individual security will represent more than 15% of the amount so segregated or pledged in the case of broadly-based stock market index options or 25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index options.

If at the close of business on any day the market value of such qualified securities so segregated or pledged falls below 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts, the Fund will so segregate or pledge an amount in cash or other liquid assets equal in value to the difference. In addition, when a Fund writes a call on an index that is in-the-money at the time the call is written, the Fund will segregate with its custodian or pledge to the broker as collateral cash or other liquid assets equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money times the multiplier times the number of contracts. Any amount segregated pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the Fund's obligation to segregate additional amounts in the event that the market value of the qualified securities falls below 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts. A "qualified security" is an equity security that is listed on a national securities exchange or listed on Nasdaq against which the Fund has not written a stock call option and that has not been hedged by the Fund by the sale of stock index futures. However, if the Fund holds a call on the same index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is segregated by the Fund in cash or other liquid assets with its custodian, it will not be subject to the requirements described in this paragraph.

The Fund may engage in futures contracts and options on futures transactions as a hedge against changes, resulting from market or political conditions, in the value of the currencies to which the Fund is subject or to which the Fund expects to be subject in connection with future purchases. The Fund may engage in such transactions when they are economically appropriate for the reduction of risks inherent in the ongoing management of the Fund. The Fund may write options on futures contracts to realize through the receipt of premium income a greater return than would be realized in the Fund's securities holdings alone.

Other Investment Strategies

Lending of Securities.  Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the Total Return Bond Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund, and are at all times secured by cash or equivalent collateral (including a line of credit) that is equal to at least 100% of the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the Fund an amount equivalent to any dividend or interest paid on such securities and the Fund may invest the cash collateral and earn additional income, or it may receive an agreed-upon amount of interest income from the borrower. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive payments in lieu of the interest and dividends of the loaned securities, while at the same time earning interest either directly from the borrower or on the collateral that will be invested in short-term obligations.

A loan may be terminated by the borrower or by the Fund at any time. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund's Adviser to be creditworthy pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board) and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund.

Since voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, in whole or in part as may be appropriate, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund's investment in such loaned securities. The Fund may pay reasonable finders', administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities or may share the interest earned on collateral with the borrower.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities.  Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. When-issued or delayed-delivery transactions arise when securities are purchased or sold by a Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. A Fund's custodian will segregate cash or other liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's purchase commitments. The securities so purchased are subject to market fluctuation and no interest accrues to the purchaser during the period between purchase and settlement. At the time of delivery of the securities, the value may be more or less than the purchase price and an increase in the percentage of a Fund's assets

B-26



committed to the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may increase the volatility of a Fund's net asset value.

Short Sales.  The Total Return Bond Fund may sell a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security ( i.e. , make short sales). Generally, to complete the transaction, the Fund will borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender any interest that accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements until the short position is closed out. Until the Fund replaces the borrowed security, it will (1) segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets at such a level that the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current market value of the security sold short and will not be less than the market value of the security at the time it was sold short or (2) otherwise cover its short position.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Portfolio will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss will be increased, by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection with the short sale. No more than 25% of the value of the Fund's net assets will be, when added together: (1) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales and (2) segregated in connection with short sales.

The Total Return Bond Fund may also make short sales against-the-box. A short sale against-the-box is a short sale in which the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, with or without payment of any further consideration, such securities; provided that if further consideration is required in connection with the conversion or exchange, cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to such consideration must be segregated for an equal amount of the securities of the same issuer as the securities sold short.

Borrowing.  The Total Return Bond Fund may borrow from banks or through dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements an amount equal to no more than 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its total assets (calculated when the loan is made) from banks for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, for the clearance of transactions or to take advantage of investment opportunities. The Fund may pledge up to 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets to secure these borrowings.

The other Funds may each borrow from banks or through dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements an amount equal to no more than 20% of the value of its total assets (calculated when the loan is made) for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes, or for the clearance of transactions. Each of these Funds may pledge up to 20% of its total assets to secure these borrowings.

If a Fund borrows to invest in securities, or if a Fund purchases securities at a time when borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets, any investment gains made on the securities in excess of interest paid on the borrowing will cause the net asset value of the shares to rise faster than would otherwise be the case. On the other hand, if the investment performance of the additional securities purchased fails to cover their cost (including any interest paid on the money borrowed) to a Fund, the net asset value of the Fund's shares will decrease faster than would otherwise be the case. This is the speculative characteristic known as "leverage." See "Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls" above. No Fund will purchase securities if its borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

If any Fund's asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, such Fund will take prompt action (within 3 days) to reduce its borrowings even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time.

Segregated Assets

When a Fund is required to segregate assets in connection with certain portfolio transactions, it will designate cash or liquid assets as segregated with the Trust's custodian, The Bank of New York (BNY) or earmark such assets as segregated on the Adviser's records. "Liquid assets" mean cash, U.S. Government securities, equity securities (including foreign securities), debt securities or other liquid, unencumbered assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of potentially leveraged transactions, marked-to-market daily. These include forward contracts, when-issued and delayed delivery securities, futures contracts, written options and options on futures contracts (unless otherwise covered). If collateralized or otherwise covered, in accordance with Commission guidelines, these will not be deemed to be senior securities.

B-27



Temporary Defensive Strategy and Short-Term Investments

When conditions dictate a temporary defensive strategy or pending investment of proceeds from sales of the Funds' shares, the Funds may invest without limit in money market instruments, including commercial paper of domestic and foreign corporations, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and other obligations of domestic and foreign banks, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its instrumentalities and its agencies. Commercial paper will be rated, at the time of purchase, at least A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody's, or the equivalent by another NRSRO or, if not rated, issued by an entity having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's or the equivalent by another NRSRO. In addition, each of the Large Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds may invest without limit in corporate and other debt obligations and the Large Cap Growth Fund may invest without limit in repurchase agreements when the Adviser believes that a temporary defensive position is appropriate. With respect to the Total Return Bond Fund, the Adviser will determine whether a high concentration of investments in money market instruments represents a temporary defensive position.

Portfolio Turnover

Portfolio turnover rate is generally the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of portfolio purchases or sales (excluding all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration date at acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the long-term portfolio. High portfolio turnover (100% or more) may involve correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by each Fund. See "Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices." In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in increased short-term capital gains, which when distributed to shareholders, are treated as ordinary income. See "Taxes, Dividends, and Distributions."

The portfolio turnover rates for the Funds for the past two fiscal years ended July 31 were as follows:

Fund   2004   2003  
Large Cap Growth Fund     53 %     57 %  
Large Cap Value Fund     57 %     50 %  
Small Cap Growth Fund     165 %     210 %  
Small Cap Value Fund     69 %     61 %  
Total Return Bond Fund     385 %     572 %  

 

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following restrictions are fundamental policies. Fundamental policies are those that cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities. The term "majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities" for this purpose means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of outstanding voting shares of the Fund.

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

A Fund may not:

1.  Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, the Fund would fail to be a diversified company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time except to the extent that the Fund may be permitted to do so by exemptive order, SEC release, no-action letter or similar relief or interpretations (collectively, the "1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions").

2.  Issue senior securities or borrow money or pledge its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions. For purposes of this restriction, the purchase or sale of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, short sales, derivative and hedging transactions such as interest rate swap transactions, and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and transactions similar to any of the foregoing and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and obligations of the Fund to Trustees pursuant to deferred compensation arrangements are not deemed to be a pledge of assets or the issuance of a senior security.

B-28



3.  Buy or sell real estate, except that investment in securities of issuers that invest in real estate and investments in mortgage-backed securities, mortgage participations or other instruments supported or secured by interests in real estate are not subject to this limitation, and except that the Fund may exercise rights relating to such securities, including the right to enforce security interests and to hold real estate acquired by reason of such enforcement until that real estate can be liquidated in an orderly manner.

4.  Buy or sell physical commodities or contracts involving physical commodities. The Fund may purchase and sell (i) derivative, hedging and similar instruments such as financial futures and options thereon, and (ii) securities or instruments backed by, or the return from which is linked to, physical commodities or currencies, such as forward currency exchange contracts, and the Fund may exercise rights relating to such instruments, including the right to enforce security interests and to hold physical commodities and contracts involving physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund's ownership of instruments supported or secured thereby until they can be liquidated in an orderly manner.

5.  Purchase any security if as a result 25% or more of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry or group of industries, except for temporary defensive purposes, and except that this limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

6.  Act as underwriter except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws. The Fund may purchase restricted securities without limit.

7.  The Fund may make loans, including loans of assets of the Fund, repurchase agreements, trade claims, loan participations or similar investments, or as permitted by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions. The acquisition of bonds, debentures, other debt securities or instruments, or participations or other interests therein and investments in government obligations, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances or instruments similar to any of the foregoing will not be considered the making of a loan, and is permitted if consistent with the Fund's investment objective.

For purposes of investment restriction number 2, under the 1940 Act, a Fund can borrow money from a bank provided that immediately after such borrowing there is asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings. If the asset coverage falls below 300%, the Fund must, within three business days, reduce the amount of its borrowings to satisfy the 300% requirement.

The foregoing restrictions are fundamental policies that may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the affected Fund's voting securities.

Whenever any fundamental investment policy or investment restriction states a maximum percentage of a Fund's assets, it is intended that if the percentage limitation is met at the time the investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changing total or net asset values will not be considered a violation of such policy. However, in the event that the Fund's asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, the Fund will take prompt action to reduce its borrowings, as required by the 1940 Act Laws, Interpretation and exemptions.

As a matter of non-fundamental operating policy, a Fund will not purchase rights if as a result the Fund would then have more than 5% of its assets (determined at the time of investment) invested in rights.

The Trust will provide 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders of a change in any Fund's non-fundamental policy of investing a certain percentage of its "investable assets" (that is, net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in the type of investments suggested by the Fund's name.

As a non-fundamental operating policy, a Fund may not invest in the securities of other investment companies, except that (a) subject to certain restrictions, each Fund may purchase securities of other investment companies in the open market involving customary brokerage commissions as described above under "Description of the Funds, their Investments and Risks Investment Company Securities" and (b) pursuant to an SEC exemptive order, each Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in shares of an affiliated mutual fund.

As a non-fundamental operating policy, a Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

B-29



MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Information pertaining to the Trustees of the Trust is set forth below. Trustees who are not deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as "Independent Trustees." Trustees who are deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust are referred to as "Interested Trustees." "Fund Complex" consists the Trust and any other investment companies managed by PI.

Independent Trustees

Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
Held with
each Trust
  Term of 2
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Currently
Overseen by
Trustee
  Other Directorships 3
Held by Trustee
 
David E. A. Carson (70)   Trustee   Since 2003   Director (January 2000 to May 2000), Chairman (January 1999 to December 1999), Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (January 1998 to December 1998) and President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of People's Bank (1983-1997).     97     Director of United Illuminating and UIL Holdings, (Utility company) since 1993.  
Robert E. La Blanc (70)   Trustee   Since 1999   President (since 1981) of Robert E. La Blanc Associates, Inc. (telecommunications); formerly General Partner at Salomon Brothers and Vice-Chairman of Continental Telecom. Trustee of Manhattan College.     100     Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing, Ltd. (Singapore) (since 1998), Titan Corporation (electronics, since 1995), Computer Associates International, Inc. (since 2002) (software company); FiberNet Telecom Group Inc. (telecom company) (since 2003); Director (since 1999) of The High Yield Plus Fund, Inc.  
Douglas H. McCorkindale (65)   Trustee   Since 1998   Chairman (since February 2001), Chief Executive Officer (since June 2000) and President (since September 1997) of Gannett Co. Inc. (publishing and media); formerly Vice Chairman (March 1984-May 2000) of Gannett Co. Inc.     93     Director of Gannett Co., Inc., Director of Continental Airlines, Inc., (since May 1993), Director of Lockheed Martin Corp. (aerospace and defense) (since May 2001); Director of The High Yield Plus Fund, Inc. (since 1996).  
Richard A. Redeker (61)   Trustee   Since 2003   Formerly Management Consultant of Invesmart, Inc (August 2001-October 2001); formerly employee of Prudential Investments (October 1996-December 1998).     94     Director of Invesmart Inc. (since 2001) and Director of PennTank Lines, Inc. (since 1999).  
Robin B. Smith (65)   Trustee   Since 2003   Chairman of the Board (since January 2003) of Publishers Clearing House (direct marketing), formerly Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (August 1996-January 2003) of Publishers Clearing House.     99     Director of BellSouth Corporation (since 1992).  

 

B-30



Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
Held with
each Trust
  Term of 2
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Currently
Overseen by
Trustee
  Other Directorships 3
Held by Trustee
 
Stephen Stoneburn (61)   Trustee   Since 1999   President and Chief Executive Officer (since June 1996) of Quadrant Media Corp. (a publishing company); formerly President (June 1995-June 1996) of Argus Integrated Media, Inc.; Senior Vice President and Managing Director (January 1993-1995) of Cowles Business Media and Senior Vice President of Fairchild Publications, Inc. (1975-1989).     97     None  
Clay T. Whitehead (65)   Trustee   Since 1999   President (since 1983) of National Exchange Inc. (new business development firm).     98     Director (since 2000) of The High Yield Plus Fund, Inc.  

 

Interested Trustees 4

Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
Held with
each Trust
  Term of 2
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Currently
Overseen by
Trustee
  Other Directorships 3
Held by Trustee
 
Judy A. Rice (56)     President and Trustee   Trustee since 2000 and President since 2003   President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Officer-In-Charge (since 2003) of Prudential Investments LLC (PI); Director, Officer-in-Charge, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer (since May 2003) of American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.; and American Skandia Investment Services, Inc.; Vice President (since February 1999) of Prudential Investment Management Services LLC; President, Chief Executive Officer and Officer-In-Charge (since April 2003) of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC; Director, Officer-in-Charge, President, Chief Executive Officer (since May 2003) of American Skandia Fund Services, Inc.; formerly various positions to Senior Vice President (1992-1999) of Prudential Securities Incorporated; and various positions to Managing Director (1975-1992) of Salomon Smith Barney; Member of Board of Governors of the Money Management Institute.     101     None  

 

B-31



Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
Held with
each Trust
  Term of 2
Office and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Currently
Overseen by
Trustee
  Other Directorships 3
Held by Trustee
 
Robert F. Gunia (58)   Vice President and Trustee   Since 1999   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer (since June 1999) of PI; Executive Vice President and Treasurer (since January 1996) of PI; President (since April 1999) of Prudential Investment Management Securities LLC (PIMS); Corporate Vice President (since September 1997) of The Prudential Insurance Company of America; Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer (since May 2003) of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc.; American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.; American Skandia Fund Services, Inc., formerly Senior Vice President (March 1987-May 1999) of Prudential Securities Incorporated;     175     Vice President and Director (since May 1989) of The Asia Pacific Fund, Inc.  

 

Information pertaining to Officers of the Trust who are not also Trustees is set forth below.

Officers

Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
with the Trust
  Term of
Office 2 and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupations
During Past Five Years
 
Lee Augsburger (46)   Chief Compliance Officer   Since 2004   Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since May 2003) of PI; Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since October 2000) of Prudential Investment Management, Inc.; formerly Vice President and Chief Legal Officer-Annuities (August 1999-October 2000) of Prudential Insurance Company of America; Vice President and Corporate Counsel (November 1997-August 1999) of Prudential Insurance Company of America.  
Deborah A. Docs (46)   Secretary   Since 2004   Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since January 2001) of Prudential; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since December 1996) of PI; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since May 2003) of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc.  
William V. Healey (51)   Chief Legal Officer   Since 2004   Vice President and Associate General Counsel (since 1998) of Prudential; Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer (since February 1999) of Prudential Investments LLC; Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary (since December 1998) of Prudential Investment Management Services LLC; Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer (since February 1999) of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC; Vice President and Secretary (since October 1998) of Prudential Investment Management, Inc.; Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer (since May 2003) of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc., American Skandia Fund Services, Inc. and American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.; Director (June 1999-June 2002 and June 2003-present) of ICI Mutual Insurance Company; prior to August 1998, Associate General Counsel of the Dreyfus Corporation (Dreyfus), a subsidiary of Mellon Bank, N.A. (Mellon Bank), and an officer and/or director of various affiliates of Mellon Bank and Dreyfus.  
Maryanne Ryan (40)   Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer   Since 2002   Vice President, Prudential (since November 1998); First Vice President of Prudential Securities (March 1997-May 1998); Anti-Money Laundering Officer of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc., American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc. and American Skandia Marketing, Inc.  

 

B-32



Name, Address 1  and Age   Position(s)
with the Trust
  Term of
Office 2 and
Length of
Time
Served
  Principal Occupations
During Past Five Years
 
Grace C. Torres (45)   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   Since 1998   Senior Vice President (since January 2000) of PI; Senior Vice President and Assistant Treasurer (since May 2003) of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc. and American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.; formerly First Vice President (December 1996-January 2000) of PI and First Vice President (March 1993-1999) of Prudential Securities Incorporated.  

 

1   Unless otherwise noted, the address of the Trustees and Officers is c/o Prudential Investments LLC, Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102-4077.

2   There is no set term of office for Trustees and Officers. The Independent Trustees have adopted a retirement policy, which calls for retirement of Trustees on December 31 of the year in which they reach the age of 75. The table shows the number of years for which they have served as Trustee and/or Officer.

3   This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., "public companies") or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.

4   "Interested" Trustee, as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of employment with the Manager, an Adviser or the Distributor.

  The Fund Complex consists of all investment companies managed by PI. The Funds for which PI serves as manager include JennisonDryden Mutual Funds, Strategic Partners Funds, American Skandia Advisor Funds, Inc., The Prudential Variable Contract Accounts 2, 10, 11, The Target Portfolio Trust, The Prudential Series Fund, Inc., American Skandia Trust, and Prudential's Gibraltar Fund.

The Trust has Trustees who, in addition to overseeing the actions of the Fund's Manager, Advisers and Distributor, decide upon matters of general policy, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act. In addition to their functions set forth under "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" and "Principle Underwriter, Distributor and Rule 12b-1 Plans," the Trustees also review the actions of the Trust's Officers, who conduct and supervise the daily business operations of the Funds. Pursuant to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Board may contract for advisory and management services for the Trust or for any of its series (or class thereof). Any such contract may permit the Manager to delegate certain or all of its duties under such contracts to qualified investment advisers and administrators.

Trustees and Officers of the Trust are also trustees, directors and officers of some or all of the other investment companies advised by the Trust's Manager and distributed by PIMS.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement with the Trust, the Manager pays all compensation of Officers and employees of the Trust as well as the fees and expenses of all Interested Trustees.

Standing Board Committees

The Board has established three standing committees in connection with the governance of the Trust-Audit, Nominating and Governance, and Valuation.

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists of the following Independent Trustees: Messrs. Carson (Chair), Stoneburn and Whitehead. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in overseeing the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, accounting policies and procedures, and other areas relating to the Trust's auditing processes. The scope of the Audit Committee's responsibilities is oversight. It is management's responsibility to maintain appropriate systems for accounting and internal control and the independent registered public accounting firm's responsibility to plan and carry out an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Audit Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Trustees is responsible for nominating trustees and making recommendations to the Board concerning Board composition, committee structure and governance, director education, and governance practices. The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Mr. Redeker (Chair), Mr. LaBlanc, Mr. McCorkindale and Ms. Smith (ex-officio). The Board has determined that each member of the Nominating and Governance Committee is not an "interested person" as defined in the 1940 Act.

The Nominating and Governance Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004. The Nominating and Governance Committee Charter is available on the Funds' website at www.strategicpartners.com.

Selection of T rustee Nominees. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for considering nominees for trustees at such times as it considers electing new members to the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee may consider recommendations by business and personal contacts of current Board members, and by executive search firms which the Committee may engage from time to time and will also consider shareholder recommendations. The Nominating

B-33



and Governance Committee has not established specific, minimum qualifications that it believes must be met by a nominee. In evaluating nominees, the Nominating and Governance Committee considers, among other things, an individual's background, skills, and experience; whether the individual is an "interested person" as defined in the 1940 Act; and whether the individual would be deemed an "audit committee financial expert" within the meaning of applicable SEC rules. The Nominating and Governance Committee also considers whether the individual's background, skills, and experience will complement the background, skills, and experience of other nominees and will contribute to the diversity of the Board. There are no differences in the manner in which the Nominating and Governance Committee evaluates nominees for the Board based on whether the nominee is recommended by a shareholder.

A shareholder who wishes to recommend a trustee nominee should submit his or her recommendation in writing to the Chair of the Board (Robin Smith) or the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (Richard Redeker), in either case at Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, P.O. Box 13964, Philadelphia, PA 19176. At a minimum, the recommendation should include:

•  the name, address, and business, educational, and/or other pertinent background of the person being recommended;

•  a statement concerning whether the person is an "interested person" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940;

•  any other information that the Funds would be required to include in a proxy statement concerning the person if he or she was nominated; and

•  the name and address of the person submitting the recommendation, together with the number of Fund shares held by such person and the period for which the shares have been held.

The recommendation also can include any additional information which the person submitting it believes would assist the Nominating and Governance Committee in evaluating the recommendation.

Shareholders should note that a person who owns securities issued by Prudential Financial, Inc. (the parent company of the Funds' investment adviser) would be deemed an "interested person" under the 1940 Act. In addition, certain other relationships with Prudential Financial, Inc. or its subsidiaries, with registered broker-dealers, or with the Funds' outside legal counsel may cause a person to be deemed an "interested person."

Before the Nominating and Governance Committee decides to nominate an individual to the Board, Committee members and other Board members customarily interview the individual in person. In addition, the individual customarily is asked to complete a detailed questionnaire which is designed to elicit information which must be disclosed under SEC and stock exchange rules and to determine whether the individual is subject to any statutory disqualification from serving on the board of a registered investment company.

Valuation Committee

V aluation Committee.  The Valuation Committee consists of at least two Board members or an officer of the Trust and one Board member (in both instances the Valuation Committee may include employees of the Manager who may constitute a majority of the Valuation Committee). The Valuation Committee supervises the valuation of each Fund's portfolio securities and other assets and meets on an as needed basis. The Valuation Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004. For more information about the Valuation Committee, see "Net Asset Value" below.

Shareholder Communications with Trustees

Shareholders of the Funds can communicate directly with the Board of Trustees by writing to the Chair of the Board, Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, P.O. Box 13964, Philadelphia, PA 19176. Shareholders can communicate directly with an individual Trustee by writing to that director at Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, P.O. Box 13964, Philadelphia, PA 19176. Such communications to the Board or individual trustees are not screened before being delivered to the addressee.

Compensation

The Trust pays each of its Independent Trustees annual compensation in addition to certain out-of-pocket expenses. Trustees who serve on the Committees may receive additional compensation. The amount of compensation paid to each Independent Trustee may change as a result of the introduction of additional funds upon whose Boards the Trustees may be asked to serve.

Independent Trustees may defer receipt of their Trustees' fees pursuant to a deferred fee agreement with the Trust. Under the terms of such agreement, the Trust accrues daily deferred Trustees fees which, in turn, accrue interest at a rate equivalent to the prevailing rate of 90-day U.S. Treasury bills at the beginning of each calendar quarter or, at the daily rate of

B-34



return of any Prudential mutual fund chosen by the Trustee. The Trust's obligation to make payments of deferred Trustees' fees, together with interest thereon, is a general obligation of the Trust.

The Trust has no retirement or pension plan for its Trustees.

The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by the Trust to the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Manager for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004 and the aggregate compensation paid to such Trustees for service on the Trust's Board and the boards of all other investment companies managed by PI (Fund Complex) for the calendar year ended December 31, 2003.

Compensation Table

Name of Independent
Trustee 1  
  Aggregate
Compensation
from the Trust
  Pension or
Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of
Trust Expenses
  Estimated
Annual Benefits
Upon Retirement
  Total 2003
Compensation From
Trusts and Fund
Complex
Paid to Trustee
 
David E.A. Carson   $ 3,190     None   None   $ 89,500     (37 /90) 3    
Saul K. Fenster   $ 3,216     None   None   $ 174,300     (5 /81) 3    
Robert E. La Blanc   $ 6,735     None   None   $ 195,800     (42 /98) 3    
Douglas H. McCorkindale 2     $ 6,670     None   None   $ 159,800     (38 /91) 3    
Scott McDonald   $ 3,706     None   None   $ 187,800     (5 /81) 3    
Thomas T. Mooney   $ 3,500     None   None   $ 224,300     (6 /81) 3    
Stephen P. Munn   $ 2,696     None   None   $ 166,300     (42 /98) 3    
Richard A. Redeker   $ 1,270     None   None   $ 169,800     (38 /92) 3    
Robin B. Smith 2       None     None   None   $ 173,500     (41 /97) 3    
Stephen D. Stoneburn   $ 6,916     None   None   $ 181,300     (40 /95) 3    
Joseph Weber   $ 1,750     None   None   $ 17,000     (1 /3) 3    
Clay T. Whitehead   $ 5,118     None   None   $ 223,300     (41 /96) 3    

 

1   Interested Trustees do not receive any compensation from the Trusts or the Fund Complex.

2   Although the last column shows the total amount paid to Trustees from the Fund Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2003, such compensation was deferred at the election of Mr. McCorkindale and Ms. Smith, in total or in part, under the Trusts' deferred fee agreements. Including accrued interest and the selected Prudential Fund's rate of return on amounts deferred through December 31, 2003, the total amount of compensation for the year amounted to $274,573 Mr. McCorkindale, $291,363 for Mr. Mooney and $388,622 for Ms. Smith.

3   Indicates number of funds/portfolios in Fund Complex (including the Funds) to which aggregate compensation relates. At December 31, 2003, the Fund Complex consisted of 48 funds and 179 portfolios.

The following tables set forth the dollar range of equity securities in the Trust beneficially owned by a Trustee, and, on an aggregate basis, in all registered investment companies overseen by a Trustee in the Fund Complex as of December 31, 2003.

Trustee Share Ownership Table

Independent Trustees

Name of Trustee   Dollar Range of
Securities in Each Fund
  Aggregate Dollar Range
of Securities in All
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Trustee in Family
of Investment Companies
 
David E. A. Carson   None   None  
Robert E. La Blanc   None   Over $100,000  
Douglas H. McCorkindale   None   Over $100,000  
Stephen P. Munn   None   Over $100,000  
Richard A. Redeker   None   Over $100,000  
Robin B. Smith   None   Over $100,000  
Stephen Stoneburn   None   Over $100,000  
Clay T. Whitehead   None   Over $100,000  

 

B-35



Interested Trustees

Name of Trustee  



Dollar Range of
Securities in Each Fund
  Aggregate Dollar Range
of Securities in All
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by
Trustee in Family
of Investment Companies
 
Judy A. Rice   None   Over $100,000  
Robert F. Gunia   None   Over $100,000  

 

None of the Independent Trustees, or any member of his/her immediate family, owned beneficially or of record any securities in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of a Fund or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of a Fund as of December 31, 2003.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of October 29, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Funds.

As of October 29, 2004, the owners, directly or indirectly, of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of any Fund were as follows:

Large Cap Growth Fund

Name   Address   Class   Shares/%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
  East Neck Nursing Center, Inc.
134 Great East Neck Road
West Babylon NY 11704
  A     186,441 /6.2%    

 

Large Cap Value Fund

Name   Address   Class   Shares/%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
Tri State Orthopaedics & Sprts
  5900 Corporate Dr, Suite 200
Pittsburgh PA 15237
  A     105,569 /7.9%    
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
NPK Retirement and Saving Plan
  7550 Independence Drive
Walton Hills OH 44146
  A     68,931 /5.2%    

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

Name   Address   Class   Shares/%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
Tri State Orthopaedics & Sprts
  5900 Corporate Dr, Suite 200
Pittsburgh PA 15237
  A   78,861 /11.5%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
NPK Retirement and Saving Plan
  7550 Independence Drive
Walton Hills OH 44146
  A   78,675 /11.4%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
Kelly's Pipe & Supply PS/401K
  2124 South Industrial Rd
Las Vegas NV 89102
  A   58,123 /8.4%  

 

Small Cap Value Fund

Name   Address   Class   Shares/%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
Hill International Inc. 401(K)
  303 Lippincott Centre
Marlton NJ 08053
  A     94,914 /5.8%    

 

B-36



Total Return Bond Fund

Name   Address   Class   Shares/%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
East Neck Nursing Center, Inc.
  134 Great East Neck Road
West Babylon NY 11704
  A   224,269 /9.1%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
EMH & T Salary Deferral Plan
  170 Mill Street
Gahanna OH 43230
  A   129,767 /5.3%  
PIMS/Prudential Retirement
As Nominee For The TTEE/Cust P
Tybrin Corp 401 (K) Plan & Trust
  1030 Titan Court
FT Walton Bch Fl 32547
  A   179,441 /7.3%  

 

As of October 29, 2004, Wachovia Securities LLC (Wachovia Securities) was record holder for beneficial owners of the following shares of beneficial interest in each Fund (Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds had not been offered as of this date):

Fund   Shares/%  
Large Cap Growth Fund      
Class A   274,933 /9.1%  
Class B   809,666 /18.6%  
Class C   36,067 /.56%  
Large Cap Value Fund      
Class A   201,055 /15.1%  
Class B   570,815 /28.5%  
Class C   9,891 /.60%  
Small Cap Growth Fund      
Class A   86,664 /12.6%  
Class B   257,688 /25.5%  
Class C   7,163 /.72%  
Small Cap Value Fund      
Class A   168,241 /10.3%  
Class B   406,397 /28.9%  
Class C   13,704 /1.0%  
Total Return Bond Fund      
Class A   516,693 /21.1%  
Class B   1,365,119 /29.4%  
Class C   33,174 /1.3%  

 

In the event of any meetings of shareholders, Wachovia Securities will forward, or cause the forwarding of, proxy materials to beneficial owners for which it is the recordholder.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager and Advisers

The Manager of the Trust is Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, New Jersey 07102. PI serves as manager to all of the other investment companies that, for purposes of this SAI, together with the Trust and the other Strategic Partners mutual funds, comprise the Prudential mutual funds. See "How the Trust is Managed-Manager" in the Prospectus. As of June 30, 2004, PI served as the investment manager to all of the Prudential U.S. and off-shore investment companies, and as manager or administrator to closed-end investment companies, with assets of approximately $100.3 billion.

PI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIFM Holdco, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Asset Management Holding Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential). Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), an affiliate of PI, serves as the transfer agent for the Prudential mutual funds and, in addition, provides customer service, recordkeeping and management and administrative services to qualified plans.

B-37



Pursuant to the Management Agreement with the Trust (the Management Agreement), PI, subject to the supervision of the Trustees and in conformity with the stated policies of the Trust, manages both the investment operations of the Trust and the composition of the Funds' portfolios, including the purchase, retention, disposition and loan of securities. In connection therewith, PI is obligated to keep certain books and records of the Trust. The Manager is authorized to enter into subadvisory agreements for investment advisory services in connection with the management of the Trust and each Fund thereof. The Manager will continue to have responsibility for all investment advisory services furnished pursuant to any such investment advisory agreements.

The Manager will review the performance of all Advisers, and make recommendations to the Trustees with respect to the retention and renewal of contracts. PI also administers the Trust's business affairs and, in connection therewith, furnishes the Trust with office facilities, together with those ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services that are not being furnished by the Custodian and PMFS, the Trust's transfer and dividend disbursing agent. The management services of PI for the Trust are not exclusive under the terms of the Management Agreement and PI is free to, and does, render management services to others.

The following table sets forth the annual management fee rates payable by each Fund to PI pursuant to the Management Agreement, and the amount of such fees that may be retained by PI, each expressed as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets:

Fund   Total
Management Fee
  Amount Retained
By PI
 
Large Cap Growth Fund     0.70 %     0.40 %  
Large Cap Value Fund     0.70 %     0.40 %  
Small Cap Growth Fund     0.70 %     0.20 %  
Small Cap Value Fund     0.70 %     0.30 %  
Total Return Bond Fund     0.50 %     0.25 %  

 

The fee is computed daily and payable monthly. The Management Agreement also provides that, in the event the expenses of the Trust (including the fees of PI, but excluding interest, taxes, brokerage commissions, distribution fees and litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business) for any fiscal year exceed the lowest applicable annual expense limitation established and enforced pursuant to the statutes or regulations of any jurisdiction in which the Trust's shares are qualified for offer and sale, the compensation due to PI will be reduced by the amount of such excess. Reductions in excess of the total compensation payable to PI will be paid by PI to the Trust. No jurisdiction currently limits the Trust's expenses.

In connection with its management of the business affairs of the Trust, PI bears the following expenses:

(1) the salaries and expenses of all of its and the Trust's personnel except the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of PI or the Advisers;

(2) all expenses incurred by PI or by the Trust in connection with managing the ordinary course of the Trust's business, other than those assumed by the Trust as described below; and

(3) the fees payable to each Adviser pursuant to the subadvisory agreements between PI and each Adviser (the Subadvisory Agreement).

Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the Trust is responsible for the payment of the following expenses: (1) the fees payable to the Manager, (2) the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Manager or the Advisers, (3) the fees and certain expenses of the custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent, including the cost of providing records to the Manager in connection with its obligation of maintaining required records of the Trust and of pricing the Trust's shares, (4) the charges and expenses of legal counsel and independent accountants for the Trust, (5) brokerage commissions and any issue or transfer taxes chargeable to the Trust in connection with its securities transactions, (6) all taxes and corporate fees payable by the Trust to governmental agencies, (7) the fees of any trade associations of which the Trust may be a member, (8) the cost of share certificates representing shares of the Trust, (9) the cost of fidelity and liability insurance, (10) certain organization expenses of the Trust and the fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registration of the Trust and of its shares with the Commission including the preparation and printing of the Trust's registration statements and prospectuses for such purposes, (11) allocable communications expenses with respect to investor services and all expenses of shareholders' and Trustees' meetings and of preparing, printing and mailing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses to shareholders in the amount necessary for distribution to the shareholders and (12) litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business.

The Management Agreement provides that PI will not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Management Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful

B-38



misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty. The Management Agreement provides that it will terminate automatically if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party upon not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice. The Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date of execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the 1940 Act. As discussed in the Prospectus, PI employs each Adviser under a "manager-of-managers" structure that allows PI to replace the Adviser or amend the Advisory Agreement without seeking shareholder approval.

For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, PI received the following management fees:

Fund   2004   2003   2002  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 782,470     $ 698,808     $ 1,083,776    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 403,013     $ 306,413     $ 348,343    
Fund   2004   2003   2002  
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 146,014     $ 108,131     $ 142,842    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 378,488     $ 280,476     $ 261,152    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 590,373     $ 645,857     $ 390,367    

 

As noted in the Prospectus, subject to the supervision and direction of the Manager and, ultimately, the Board, pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, each Adviser manages the securities held by the portion of the Fund it serves in accordance with the Fund's stated investment objectives and policies, makes investment decisions for the portion of the Fund and places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the portion of the Fund it manages. In connection therewith, the Advisers are obligated to keep certain books and records of the Trust.

Each Advisory Agreement provides that the applicable Adviser will furnish investment advisory services to the applicable Fund's portfolio in connection with the management of the Fund. In connection therewith, CCI, J.P. Morgan, Hotchkis and Wiley, Westcap, PIMCO, EARNEST, RS Investments, Oak, NFJ Investment Group, and Lee Munder, are obligated to keep certain books and records of their respective Fund(s). Under the Subadvisory Agreements, each Adviser, subject to the supervision of PI, is responsible for managing the assets of each respective Fund in accordance with its investment objective, investment program and policies. Each Adviser determines what securities and other instruments are purchased and sold for its respective Fund and is responsible for obtaining and evaluating financial data relevant to the Fund. PI continues to have responsibility for all investment advisory services pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that it will terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. Each Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, PI or the Adviser upon not more than 60 days' written notice. Each Subadvisory Agreement provides that it will continue in effect for a period of more than two years from its execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Manager and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the Commission that permits the Manager, subject to certain conditions, to enter into or amend advisory agreements without obtaining shareholder approval each time. With Board approval, the Manager is permitted to employ new Advisers, change the terms of the Funds' subadvisory agreements or enter into a new subadvisory agreement with an existing Adviser after events that cause an automatic termination of the old advisory agreement with that Adviser. Shareholders of a Fund continue to have the right to terminate a subadvisory agreement for the Fund at any time by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Shareholders will be notified of any Adviser changes or other material amendments to subadvisory agreements that occur under these arrangements.

The Advisers have agreed to annual subadvisory fee rates paid by the Manager pursuant to the subadvisory agreements. These fees are computed daily and payable monthly.

Fund   Annual Fee Payable
by the Manager
to the Adviser(s)
(as % of average
daily net assets)
 
Large Cap Growth Fund     0.30 %  
Large Cap Value Fund     0.30 %  
Small Cap Growth Fund     0.50 %  
Small Cap Value Fund     0.40 %  
Total Return Bond Fund     0.25 %  

 

B-39



For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, PI paid the following amounts to the Advisers:

Fund   2004   2003   2002  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 335,344     $ 299,490     $ 464,475    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 172,720     $ 131,320     $ 149,290    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 99,032     $ 61,789     $ 81,624    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 216,279     $ 160,735     $ 149,230    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 295,187     $ 322,929     $ 195,184    

 

The Advisers perform all administrative functions associated with serving as Adviser to a Fund. Subject to the supervision and direction of the Manager and, ultimately, the Trustees, each Adviser's responsibilities are limited to managing the securities held by the portion of the Fund it serves in accordance with the Fund's stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for that portion of the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the portion of the Fund it manages.

Matters Considered by the Board

The Management and Subadvisory Agreements were last approved by the Board, including all of the Independent Trustees, on May 25, 2004, except for approvals relating to changes in subadvisers during the year. These Agreements have been approved at in-person meetings called for that purpose. In approving the Management and Subadvisory Agreements, the Board primarily considered, with respect to the Trust, the nature and quality of the services to be provided under the Agreements and the overall fairness of the Agreements to the Trust. The Board requested and evaluated reports from the Manager and Advisers that addressed specific factors designed to inform the Board's consideration of these and other issues. In considering the Management and Subadvisory Agreements, the Board did not identify any single factor as all-important or controlling. Instead the Board took all factors into consideration.

With respect to the nature and quality of the services to be provided by the Manager and Advisers respectively, the Board considered the performance of a peer group of investment companies pursuing broadly similar strategies, and reviewed reports prepared by an unaffiliated organization applying various statistical and financial measures of fund performance compared to such indexes and peer groups of funds. The Board also evaluated the division of responsibilities among the Manager and its affiliates, and the capabilities of the personnel providing services. The Board also considered the quality of brokerage execution provided by the Manager and Advisers. The Board reviewed the Manager's and Advisers' use of brokers or dealers that provide research and other services to them, and the benefits that were derived by the Trust from such services. The Board also considered the Manager's and Subadviser's reputation and their stated intentions with respect to their respective investment management capabilities in the management of the Fund. The Board considered each of the Manager's and Subadviser's stated commitment to maintenance of effective compliance programs for the Fund and their positive compliance history, as neither the Manager or Subadviser has been subject to any significant compliance problems.

With respect to the overall fairness of the Management and Subadvisory Agreements, the Board primarily considered the fee structure of the Agreements and the profitability of the Manager and the Subadvisers and their affiliates from their association with each Series. The Board reviewed information from an independent data service about the rates of compensation paid to investment advisers, and overall expense ratios, for funds comparable in size, character and investment strategy to each Series. The Board also considered that each Series' fee structure provides for a reduction of payments resulting from economies of scale. The Board also evaluated the aggregate amount and structure of fees paid by the Manager to the Subadvisers. In concluding that the direct and indirect benefits accruing to the Manager, the Subadviser and their affiliates, by virtue of their relationship to the each Series, were reasonable in comparison with the costs of the provision of investment advisory services and the benefits accruing to each Series, the Board reviewed specific data as to the Manager's and the Subadvisers' profit or loss on each Series for the recent period and carefully examined their cost allocation methodology. With respect to profitability, the Manager and the Subadvisers discussed with the Board the allocation methodologies for intercompany revenues and expenses (not including the costs of distributing shares or providing shareholder services) in order to approximate their respective profits from the Management or Subadvisory fees. The Board understood that neither the Manager nor the Subadvisers use these profitability analyses in the management of their businesses other than in connection with the approval or continuation of management or advisory agreements, at least in part because they exclude significant costs and include certain revenues that judicial interpretations have required in the context of Board approval of mutual fund advisory agreements. These matters were also considered at the meeting of the Independent Directors.

B-40



The following table identifies each Fund's Adviser(s) and indicates the month and year that the Adviser began service as a subadviser. Because J.P. Morgan and Lee Munder are new Advisers to the Small Cap Value Fund, no information is included regarding those firms.

Fund   Adviser   Began Service as
an Adviser
 
Large Cap Growth Fund   Columbus Circle Investors
Oak Associates, Ltd.
  November 3, 1999
November 3, 1999
 
Large Cap Value Fund   J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
(J.P. Morgan) 1
Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC 2  
 
May 24, 2000
October 9, 2001
 
Small Cap Growth Fund   Westcap Investors, LLC (Westcap) 3
RS Investment Management, LP
(RS Investments) 4  
  July 23, 2003
October 3, 2003
 
Small Cap Value Fund   NFJ Investment Group (NFJ) 5
EARNEST Partners 6  
  October 8, 2003
December 20, 2001
 
Total Return Bond Fund   Pacific Investment Management Company LLC   November 3, 1999  

 

1   From November 3, 1999 to May 24, 2000, INVESCO Capital Management, Inc. served as an Adviser to the Large Cap Value Fund and was paid at the same fee rate that J.P. Morgan currently is paid for managing its segment of the Fund.

2   From November 3, 1999 to October 8, 2001, Mercury Advisors served as a subadviser to the Large Cap Value Portfolio and received the same fee that Hotchkis and Wiley currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.

3   From November 3, 1999 to July 23, 2003, Sawgrass Asset Management, L.L.C. served as subadviser to the Small Cap Growth Fund and received 0.40% annually of the assets it managed for the Fund.

4   From November 3, 1999 to October 3, 2003, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. served as an Adviser to the Small Cap Growth Fund and received 0.40% annually of the assets it managed for the Fund.

5   From May 2, 2002 to October 8, 2003, National City Investment Management Company and its predecessor entities served as a subadviser to the Small Cap Value Fund and received the same fee that NFJ currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.

6   From November 3, 1999 to December 19, 2001, Lazard served as a subadviser to the Small Cap Value Portfolio and received the same fee that EARNEST Partners currently receives for managing its segment of the Fund.

Principal Underwriter, Distributor and Rule 12b-1 Plans

Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS or the Distributor), Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, acts as the distributor of the shares of the Trust. See "How the Trust is Managed Distributor" in the Prospectus. PIMS is a subsidiary of Prudential.

Pursuant to separate Distribution and Service Plans (the Class A Plan, the Class B Plan, the Class C Plan for all Funds, and the Class L Plan, the Class M Plan and the Class X Plan for the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds only, collectively, the Plans) adopted by the Trust under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and a distribution agreement (the Distribution Agreement), the Distributor incurs the expenses of distributing the Funds' shares. See "How the Trust is Managed-Distributor" in the Prospectus.

The expenses incurred under the Plans include commissions and account servicing fees paid to, or on account of, brokers or financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Distributor, advertising expenses, the cost of printing and mailing prospectuses to potential investors and indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with the sale of Fund shares, including lease, utility, communications and sales promotion expenses.

Under the Plans, each Fund is obligated to pay distribution and/or service fees to the Distributor as compensation for its distribution and service activities, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. If the Distributor's expenses exceed its distribution and service fees, a Fund will not be obligated to pay any additional expenses. If the Distributor's expenses are less than such distribution and service fees, it will retain its full fees and realize a profit.

The distribution and/or service fees may also be used by the Distributor to compensate on a continuing basis brokers in consideration for the distribution, marketing, administrative and other services and activities provided by brokers with respect to the promotion of the sale of the Funds' shares and the maintenance of related shareholder accounts.

Class A Plan.  Under the Class A Plan, each Fund may pay the Distributor for its distribution-related expenses with respect to Class A shares at an annual rate of up to .30% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Class A Plan provides

B-41



that (1) up to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares may be used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts (service fee) and (2) total distribution fees (including the service fee of .25%) may not exceed .30% of the average daily net assets of the Class A shares. The Distributor also receives an initial sales charge from shareholders.

The table below sets forth the payments received by the Distributor under the Class A Plan, the amount spent by the Distributor in distributing Class A shares and the amount of initial sales charges received by the Distributor in connection with the sale of Class A shares for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and July 31, 2003.

Amounts Received by the Distributor for Class A Shares

    Distribution Fees   Amount Spent
Distributing Class A
Shares
  Approximate
Initial Sales Charges
 
Fund   2004 1   2003 1   2004   2003   2004   2003  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 60,188     $ 49,456     $ 37,893     $ 31,818     $ 44,900     $ 55,200    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 33,260     $ 21,795     $ 24,200     $ 14,179     $ 81,200     $ 20,000    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 12,596     $ 9,478     $ 8,400     $ 5,400     $ 22,100     $ 8,200    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 36,911     $ 22,994     $ 22,131     $ 14,093     $ 74,100     $ 21,200    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 60,466     $ 56,579     $ 434,300     $ 33,314     $ 62,800     $ 107,400    

 

1    For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2003 and 2004, the Distributor limited its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .25% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares.

The amount spent by the Distributor in distributing Class A shares were primarily for the payment of account servicing fees to financial advisers and other persons who sell Class A shares.

Class B and Class C Plans. Under the Class B and Class C Plans, each Fund may pay the Distributor for its distribution-related expenses with respect to these shares at an annual rate of up to 1% of the average daily net assets of each of the applicable class of shares. The Class B and Class C Plans provide for the payment to the Distributor of (1) an asset-based sales charge of .75% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares, respectively, and (2) a service fee of .25% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares. The service fee is used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The Distributor also receives contingent deferred sales charges from certain redeeming shareholders and, with respect to Class C shares, an initial sales charge. The Distributor limited its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class B and Class C Plans to .75% of the average daily net assets of each of the Class B and Class C shares of the Total Return Bond Fund for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the period ending November 30, 2005, the Distributor has contractually agreed to limit its distribution and service (12b-1) fees payable under the Class B and Class C Plans to .75% of the average daily net assets of the Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of the Total Return Bond Fund.

Class B Plan. For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and 2003, the Distributor received payments under the Class B Plans and the proceeds of contingent deferred sales charges (CDSCs) paid by investors on the redemption of Class B shares, as set forth below.

Amounts Received by the Distributor for Class B Shares

    Distribution Fees   Approximate
CDSCs
 
Fund   2004   2003   2004   2003  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 339,946     $ 304,555     $ 75,900     $ 125,700    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 230,512     $ 177,759     $ 55,500     $ 63,900    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 75,529     $ 56,742     $ 14,900     $ 19,700    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 199,977     $ 149,902     $ 32,300     $ 48,400    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 435,926 1     $ 468,300 1     $ 235,700     $ 236,800    

 

1   For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and 2003, the Distributor limited its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .75% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares.

B-42



For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the Distributor spent approximately the following amounts on behalf of Class B shares of each Fund.

Amounts Spent by the Distributor in Connection with Class B Shares

Fund   Printing and
Mailing
Prospectuses
to Other Than
Current
Shareholders
  Compensation to
Broker/Dealers
for Commissions
to Representatives
and Other
Expenses
  Commission
Payments to
Financial
Advisors of
Prudential
Securities
  Overhead
Costs 1  
  Total
Amount
Spent By
Distributor
 
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 2,100       (1.1 %)   $ 37,500       (20.2 %)   $ 90,900       (48.9 %)   $ 55,300       (29.8 %)   $ 185,800    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 1,100       (0.6 %)   $ 57,700       (32.3 %)   $ 64,400       (36.0 %)   $ 55,500       (31.1 %)   $ 178,700    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 700       (1.0 %)   $ 23,800       (32.6 %)   $ 32,600       (44.6 %)   $ 15,900       (21.8 %)   $ 73,000    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 1,200       (0.9 %)   $ 52,000       (41.1 %)   $ 52,700       (41.7 %)   $ 20,600       (16.3 %)   $ 126,500    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 1,500       (0.5 %)   $ 130,800       (40.2 %)   $ 137,800       (42.3 %)   $ 55,300       (17.0 %)   $ 325,400    

 

1   Includes (a) the expenses of operating the branch offices of Wachovia Securities and Prusec in connection with the sale of Fund shares, including lease costs, the salaries and employee benefits of operations and sales support personnel, utility costs, communication costs and the costs of stationery and supplies, (b) the cost of client sales seminars, (c) expenses of mutual fund sales coordinators to promote the sale of Fund shares and (d) other incidental expense relating to branch promotion of Fund sales.

Class C Plan.  For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and 2003, the Distributor received payments under the Class C Plans, initial sales charges and the proceeds of CDSCs paid by investors on the redemption of Class C shares, as set forth below.

Amounts Received by the Distributor for Class C Shares

    Distribution Fees   Approximate Initial Sales
Charges
  Approximate
CDSCs
 
Fund   2004   2003   2004   2003   2004   2003  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 537,118     $ 495,919     $ 15,900     $ 36,500     $ 6,500     $ 11,800    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 212,181     $ 172,794     $ 14,700     $ 20,200     $ 6,300     $ 11,800    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 82,675     $ 59,816     $ 5,900     $ 11,600     $ 2,900     $ 5,400    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 193,077     $ 158,804     $ 12,500     $ 21,500     $ 9,600     $ 17,100    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 268,238 1     $ 330,749 1     $ 13,700     $ 98,400     $ 32,600     $ 80,000    

 

1   For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004 and 2003, the Distributor limited its distribution and service (12b-1) fees to .75% of the average daily net assets of Class C shares.

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, the Distributor spent approximately the following amounts on behalf of Class C shares of each Fund.

Amounts Spent by the Distributor in Connection with Class C Shares

Fund   Printing and
Mailing
Prospectuses
to Other Than
Current
Shareholders
  Compensation to
Broker/Dealers
for Commissions
to Representatives
and Other
Expenses
  Commission
Payments to
Financial
Advisors of
Prudential
Securities
  Overhead
Costs 1  
  Total
Amount
Spent By
Distributor
 
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 3,300       (0.5 %)   $ 906       (0.2 %)   $ 508,000       (90.4 %)   $ 50,000       (8.9 %)   $ 562,200    
Large Cap Value Fund   $ 1,000       (0.4 %)   $ 1,000       (0.4 %)   $ 193,100       (82.0 %)   $ 40,500       (17.2 %)   $ 235,600    
Small Cap Growth Fund   $ 800       (0.9 %)   $ 3,800       (4.5 %)   $ 71,100       (84.7 %)   $ 8,300       (9.9 %)   $ 84,00    
Small Cap Value Fund   $ 1,200       (0.6 %)   $ 1,400       (0.7 %)   $ 167,000       (87.7 %)   $ 21,000       (11.0 %)   $ 190,600    
Total Return Bond Fund   $ 700       (0.2 %)   $ 1,700       (0.4 %)   $ 199,500       (47.1 %)   $ 221,300       (52.3 %)   $ 423,200    

 

1   Includes (a) the expenses of operating the branch offices of Wachovia Securities and Prusec in connection with the sale of Fund shares, including lease costs, the salaries and employee benefits of operations and sales support personnel, utility costs, communication costs and the costs of stationery and supplies, (b) the cost of client sales seminars, (c) expenses of mutual fund sales coordinators to promote the sale of Fund shares and (d) other incidental expense relating to branch promotion of Fund sales.

Class L Plan. Under the Class L Plan, each Fund pays the Distributor at an annual rate of up to 0.50% of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to the Class L shares. The Class L Plan provides that (1) up to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares may be used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts (service fee) and (2) total distribution fees (including the service fee of .25%) may not exceed .50% of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares.

B-43



Class M and Class X Plans. Under the Class M and Class X Plans, each Fund pays the Distributor for its distribution-related expenses with respect to these shares at an annual rate of up to 1% of the average daily net assets of each of the applicable shares. The Class M and Class X Plans provide that (1) up to .25% of the average daily net assets of the Class M and Class X shares, respectively, may be used to pay for personal service and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts (service fee) and (2) total distribution fees (including the service fee of .25%) may not exceed .50% of the average daily net assets of the Class M and Class X shares, respectively.

Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of Class A, Class B, Class C and, with respect to the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds, Class L, Class M and Class X shares of each Fund will be allocated to each such class based upon the ratio of sales of each such class to the sales of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Fund other than expenses allocable to a particular class. The distribution fee and sales charge of one class will not be used to subsidize the sale of another class.

Each Plan will continue in effect from year to year, provided that each such continuance is approved at least annually by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans or in any agreement related to the Plans (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. A Plan may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by the vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class on not more than 60 days', nor less than 30 days', written notice to any other party to the Plan. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amounts to be spent for the services described therein without approval by the shareholders of the applicable class, and all material amendments are required to be approved by the Board in the manner described above. Each Plan will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. A Fund will not be obligated to pay expenses incurred under any Plan if it is terminated or not continued.

Pursuant to each Plan, the Board will review at least quarterly a written report of the distribution expenses incurred on behalf of each class of shares of the Funds by the Distributor. The report will include an itemization of the distribution expenses and the purposes of such expenditures. In addition, as long as any of the Plans remain in effect, the selection and nomination of Rule 12b-1 Trustees shall be committed to the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Distributor to the extent permitted by applicable law against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

In addition to distribution and service fees paid by each Fund under the Class A, Class B, Class C and, with respect to the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds, Class L, Class M and Class X Plans, the Manager (or one of its affiliates) may make payments to dealers (including Wachovia Securities) and other persons who distribute shares of the Fund. Such payments may be calculated by reference to the net asset value of shares sold by such persons or otherwise.

Fee Waivers/Subsidies

PI may from time to time waive all or a portion of its management fee and subsidize all or a portion of the operating expenses of a Fund. Fee waivers and subsidies will increase a Fund's total return.

NASD Maximum Sales Charge Rule

Pursuant to rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) Conduct Rules, the Distributor is required to limit aggregate initial sales charges, deferred sales charges and asset-based sales charges to 6.25% of total gross sales of each class of shares. Interest charges equal to the prime rate plus one percent per annum may be added to the 6.25% limitation. Sales from the reinvestment of dividends and distributions are not included in the calculation of the 6.25% limitation. The annual asset-based sales charge of the Fund may not exceed .75 of 1%. The 6.25% limitation applies to each class of a Fund rather than on a per shareholder basis. If aggregate sales charges were to exceed 6.25% of total gross sales of any class, all sales charges on shares of that class would be suspended.

Other Service Providers

The Bank of New York (BNY), located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, will serve as custodian for the Trust's portfolio securities and cash, and in that capacity maintain certain financial and accounting books and records pursuant to an agreement with the Trust. Subcustodians provide custodial services for each Fund's foreign assets held outside the United States.

Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), P.O. Box 8098, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent of each Fund. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIFM Holdco Inc., the parent of PI, the Manager. PMFS provides customary transfer agency services to the Trust, including the handling of shareholder communications, the processing of shareholder transactions, the maintenance of shareholder account records, the payment

B-44



of dividends and distributions and related functions. For these services, PMFS receives an annual fee per shareholder account of $10.00, a new account set-up fee for each manually established account of $2.00 and a monthly inactive zero balance account fee per shareholder account of $.20. PMFS is also reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, stationery, printing, allocable communications and other costs. In addition, the Trust may pay fees for recordkeeping services in respect of certain eligible defined benefit plan investors.

KPMG LLP serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm and, in that capacity, audits the Trust's financial statements. Other accountants previously served as independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The decision to change the independent registered public accounting firm was approved by the Audit Committee of the Board and the full Board at meetings held on September 2, 2003.

Codes of Ethics

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics. In addition, the Manager, the Advisers and Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics (the Codes). The Codes permit personnel subject to the Codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. However, the protective provisions of the Codes prohibit certain investments and limit such personnel from making investments during periods when a Fund is making such investments. The Codes are on public file with, and are available from, the Commission.

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated to the Manager the responsibility for voting any proxies and maintaining proxy recordkeeping with respect to the Funds. The Funds authorize the Manager to delegate, in whole or in part, its proxy voting authority to the adviser or third party vendors, consistent with the policies set forth below. The proxy voting process shall remain subject to the supervision of the Board of the fund, including any Committee thereof established for that purpose.

The Manager and the Board view the proxy voting process as a component of the investment process and, as such, seek to ensure that all proxy proposals are voted with the primary goal of seeking the optimal benefit for the Fund. Consistent with this goal, the Board views the proxy voting process as a means to encourage strong corporate governance practices and ethical conduct by corporate management. The Manager and the Board maintain a policy of seeking to protect the best interests of the Fund should a proxy issue potentially implicate a conflict of interest between the Fund and the Manager or its affiliates.

The Manager delegates to the Fund's advisers the responsibility for voting the Fund's proxies. The adviser is expected to identify and seek to obtain the optimal benefit for each Fund it manages, and to adopt written policies that meet certain minimum standards, including that the policies be reasonably designed to protect the best interests of the Fund and delineate procedures to be followed when a proxy vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the adviser or its affiliates. The Manager expects that the adviser will notify the Manager at least annually of any such conflicts identified and confirm how the issue was resolved. In addition, the Manager expects that the adviser will deliver to the Manager, or its appointed vendor, information required for filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

A summary of the voting policies of the Fund's Subadvisers are set forth in Appendix II of this SAI.

Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 225-1852 or by visiting the Commission's website, http://www.sec.gov.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The Manager is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures contracts and options thereon for the Funds, the selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. For purposes of this section, the term "Manager" includes the Advisers. Brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions, including options, futures, and options on futures transactions and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Brokerage commissions on United States securities, options and futures exchanges or boards of trade are subject to negotiation between the Manager and the broker or futures commission merchant.

In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a "net" basis, with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter's concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. No Fund will deal with an affiliated broker in any transaction in which an affiliated broker acts as principal. Thus, it will not deal in the over-the-counter market

B-45



with an affiliated broker acting as market maker, and it will not execute a negotiated trade with an affiliated broker if execution involves an affiliated broker acting as principal with respect to any part of the Fund's order.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Manager's overriding objective is to obtain the best possible combination of price and efficient execution. The Manager seeks to effect each transaction at a price and commission that provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. The factors that the Manager may consider in selecting a particular broker, dealer or futures commission merchant (firms) are the Manager's knowledge of negotiated commission rates currently available and other current transaction costs; the nature of the portfolio transaction; the size of the transaction; the desired timing of the trade; the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular transaction; confidentiality; the execution, clearance and settlement capabilities of the firms; the availability of research and research related services provided through such firms; the Manager's knowledge of the financial stability of the firms; the Manager's knowledge of actual or apparent operational problems of firms; and the amount of capital, if any, that would be contributed by firms executing the transaction. Given these factors, the Fund may pay transaction costs in excess of that which another firm might have charged for effecting the same transaction.

When the Manager selects a firm that executes orders or is a party to portfolio transactions, relevant factors taken into consideration are whether that firm has furnished research and research-related products and/or services, such as research reports, research compilations, statistical and economic data, computer data bases, quotation equipment and services, research-oriented computer software, hardware and services, reports concerning the performance of accounts, valuations of securities, investment related periodicals, investment seminars and other economic services and consultants. Such services are used in connection with some or all of the Manager's investment activities; some of such services, obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for one investment account, may be used in managing other accounts, and not all of these services may be used in connection with a Fund.

The Manager maintains an internal allocation procedure to identify those firms who have provided it with research and research-related products and/or services, and the amount that was provided, and to endeavor to direct sufficient commissions to them to ensure the continued receipt of those services that the Manager believes provide a benefit to the Trust and its other clients. The Manager makes a good faith determination that the research and/or service is reasonable in light of the type of service provided and the price and execution of the related portfolio transactions.

When the Manager deems the purchase or sale of equities to be in the best interests of the Trust or its other clients, including Prudential, the Manager may, but is under no obligation to, aggregate the transactions in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the transactions, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Manager in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its clients.

The allocation of orders among firms and the commission rates paid are reviewed periodically by the Trust's Board of Trustees. Portfolio securities may not be purchased from any underwriting or selling syndicate of which an affiliated broker, during the existence of the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act), except in accordance with rules of the Commission. This limitation, in the opinion of the Trust, will not significantly affect any Fund's ability to pursue its present investment objective. However, in the future in other circumstances, a Fund may be at a disadvantage because of this limitation in comparison to other funds with similar objectives but not subject to such limitations.

Subject to the above considerations, an affiliated broker may act as a securities broker or futures commission merchant for the Trust. In order for an affiliated broker or Wachovia Securities (or any affiliate) to effect any portfolio transactions for the Trust, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to other firms in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures contracts being purchased or sold on an exchange or board of trade during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow the affiliated broker to receive no more than the remuneration that would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated firm in a commensurate arm's-length transaction. Furthermore, the Board, including a majority of Independent Trustees, has adopted procedures that are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to the affiliated broker are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Wachovia Securities may not retain compensation for effecting transactions on a national securities exchange for the Trust unless the Trust has expressly authorized the retention of such compensation. Wachovia Securities must furnish to the Trust at least annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained by Wachovia Securities from transactions effected for the Trust during the applicable period. Brokerage and futures transactions with or Wachovia Securities (or any affiliate) are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon Wachovia Securities (or such affiliate) by applicable law.

B-46



The table below sets forth certain information concerning the payment of commissions by the Trust, including the commissions paid to an affiliated broker for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

    Large Cap
Growth Fund
  Large Cap
Value Fund
 
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002  
Total brokerage commissions   $ 218,131     $ 232,359     $ 288,909     $ 48,022     $ 48,657     $ 55,423    
Total brokerage commissions paid to
affiliated brokers
  $ 4,070     $ 0     $ 4,610     $ 3,503     $ 1,965     $ 1,000    
Percentage of total brokerage commissions
paid to affiliated brokers
    1.9 %     0 %     1.6 %     7.3 %     4.0 %     1.8 %  
Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of
portfolio transactions involving the payment
of commissions to affiliated brokers
    2.4 %     0 %     1.7 %     .01 %     1.4 %     0.1 %  
    Small Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Value Fund
 
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002  
Total brokerage commissions   $ 132,422     $ 98,142     $ 71,912     $ 80,950     $ 168,029     $ 136,252    
Total brokerage commissions paid to
affiliated brokers
  $ 108     $ 15     $ 385     $ 105     $ 46     $ 18    
Percentage of total brokerage commissions
paid to affiliated brokers
    .08 %     .02 %     0.53 %     .13 %     .03 %     .02 %  
Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of
portfolio transactions involving the payment 
of commissions to affiliated brokers
    .08 %     .02 %     0.53 %     .11 %     .05 %     0.38 %  
    Total Return
Bond Fund
     
    2004   2003   2002              
Total brokerage commissions   $ 25,900     $ 20,913     $ 3,175                            
Total brokerage commissions paid to
affiliated brokers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0                            
Percentage of total brokerage commissions
paid to affiliated brokers   
    0 %     0 %     0 %                          
Percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of
portfolio transactions involving the payment
of commissions to affiliated brokers   
    0 %     0 %     0 %                          

 

Of the total brokerage commissions paid during these periods, the following table sets forth the amount and percentage that the Funds paid to firms that provided research, statistical or other services to the Advisers. The Advisers have not separately identified a portion of such brokerage commissions as applicable to the provision of such research, statistical or other services.

    2004   2003   2002  
Fund   $Amount   Percentage   $Amount   Percentage   $Amount   Percentage  
Large Cap Growth Fund   $ 35,422       16.2   $ 60,686       26.1 %   $ 86,174       29.82 %  
Large Cap Value     1,758       3.7       0       0       0       0    
Small Cap Growth Fund     5,989       4.5       16,890       19.3       15,192       21.12    
Small Cap Value Fund     17,081       21.1       19,607       7.46       892       1.90    
Total Return Bond Fund     0       0       0       0       153       4.80    

 

The Trust is required to disclose the Funds' holdings of securities of the Trust's regular brokers and dealers (as defined under the Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act) and their parents at July 31, 2004. The following table shows such holdings as of that date.

Fund   Broker Dealer   Amount   Debt/Equity  
Large Cap Value   Morgan Stanley   $ 517,965     Equity  
    Goldman Sachs & Co.     229,294     Equity  
    Banc of America Securities LLC     1,054,124     Equity  
Total Return Bond   UBS Warburg     2,196,838     Debt  
    Bear Stearns     756,435     Debt  

 

B-47



CAPITAL SHARES, OTHER SECURITIES AND ORGANIZATION

The Trust, organized as a statutory trust in 1999 under the laws of Delaware, is a trust fund of the type commonly known as a "business trust."

The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, $.001 par value per share, divided into five series and six classes, designated Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares. Class L, Class M and Class X shares are only offered through exchanges in the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds. Each class of shares represents an interest in the same assets of a Fund and is identical in all respects except that (1) each class is subject to different sales charges and distribution and/or service fees which may affect performance, (2) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class, (3) each class has a different exchange privilege, (4) Class B, Class M and Class X shares have a conversion feature. In accordance with the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may authorize the creation of additional series and classes within such series, with such preferences, privileges, limitations and voting and dividend rights as the Trustees may determine. The voting rights of the shareholders of a series or class can be modified only by the vote of shareholders of that series or class.

Shares of the Trust, when issued, are fully paid, nonassessable, fully transferable and redeemable at the option of the holder. Shares are also redeemable at the option of the Trust under certain circumstances. Each share of each class is equal as to earnings, assets and voting privileges, except as noted above, and each class of shares bears the expenses related to the distribution of its shares. Except for the conversion feature applicable to the Class B, Class M and Class X shares, there are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. In the event of liquidation, each share of a Fund is entitled to its portion of all of the Fund's assets after all debt and expenses of the Fund have been paid. Since Class B, Class C, Class M and Class X shares generally bear higher distribution expenses than Class A and Class L shares, the liquidation proceeds to shareholders of those classes are likely to be lower than to Class A and Class L shareholders.

The Trust does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders unless otherwise required by law. The Trust will not be required to hold meetings of shareholders unless, for example, the election of Trustees is required to be acted on by shareholders under the 1940 Act. Shareholders have certain rights, including the right to call a meeting upon the vote of 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares for the purpose of voting on the removal of one or more Trustees or to transact any other business. The Trust will render assistance to those shareholders who call such a meeting.

Under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may authorize the creation of additional series of shares (the proceeds of which would be invested in separate, independently managed portfolios with distinct investment objectives and policies and share purchase, redemption and net asset value procedures) with such preferences, privileges, limitations and voting and dividend rights as the Trustees may determine. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional series, and all assets in which such consideration is invested, would belong to that series (subject only to the rights of creditors of that series) and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Under the 1940 Act, shareholders of any additional series of shares would normally have to approve the adoption of any advisory contract relating to such series and of certain changes in the investment policies related thereto.

The Trustees have the power to alter the number and the terms of office of the Trustees, provided that always at least a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The voting rights of shareholders are not cumulative, so that holders of more than 50 percent of the shares voting can, if they choose, elect all Trustees being selected, while the holders of the remaining shares would be unable to elect any Trustees.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF FUND SHARES

Shares of a Fund may be purchased at a price equal to the next determined net asset value (NAV) per share plus a sales charge that, at the election of the investor, may be imposed either (1) at the time of purchase (Class A shares) or (2) on a deferred basis (Class B or Class C shares (and Class A, in certain cases)). Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds are available only through exchange. Class L shares (in certain cases), Class M shares and Class X shares have a sales charge that may be imposed on a deferred basis. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds" in the Funds' prospectus.

Each class of shares represents an interest in the same assets of a Fund and is identical in all respects except that (i) each class is subject to different sales charges and distribution and/or service fees, which may affect performance; (ii) each class has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and has separate

B-48



voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class; (iii) each class has a different exchange privilege; and (iv) Class B, Class M and Class X shares have a conversion feature.

Purchase by Wire

For an initial purchase of shares of a Fund by wire, you must complete an application and telephone PMFS at (800) 225-1852 (toll-free) to receive an account number. The following information will be requested: your name, address, tax identification number, class election, dividend distribution election, amount being wired and wiring bank. You should then give instructions to your bank to transfer funds by wire to The Bank of New York (BNY), Boston, Massachusetts, Custody and Shareholder Services Division, Attention: Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, specifying on the wire the account number assigned by PMFS and your name and identifying the Fund and class in which you are eligible to invest (Class A, Class B or Class C shares).

If you arrange for receipt by BNY of federal funds prior to the calculation of NAV (once each business day at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), usually 4:00 p.m. New York time), on a business day, you may purchase shares of a Fund as of that day. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4:00 p.m. New York time, you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to purchase is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE.

In making a subsequent purchase order by wire, you should wire BNY directly and should be sure that the wire specifies Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, the Fund in which you would like to invest, the name of the share class you have selected and your name and individual account number. It is not necessary to call PMFS to make subsequent purchase orders utilizing Federal Funds.

Issuance of Fund Shares for Securities

Transactions involving the issuance of Fund shares for securities (rather than cash) will be limited to (1) reorganizations, (2) statutory mergers, or (3) other acquisitions of portfolio securities that: (a) meet the investment objective and policies of the Fund, (b) are liquid and not subject to restrictions on resale, (c) have a value that is readily ascertainable via listing on or trading in a recognized United States or international exchange or market, and (d) are approved by an Adviser.

Specimen Price Make-up **

Under the current distribution arrangements between the Trust and the Distributor, Class A shares are sold with a maximum sales charge of 5.50%, Class B and Class C shares are sold at NAV. Using the NAV of the Fund at July 31, 2004, the maximum offering price of the Funds' shares is as follows:

    Large Cap
Growth
  Large Cap
Value
  Small Cap
Growth
  Small Cap
Value
  Total Return
Bond
 
Class A                                          
NAV and redemption price per
Class A share*
  $ 6.81     $ 12.33     $ 7.09     $ 15.68     $ 10.53    
Maximum sales charge (5.50% of offering
price)
    0.40       0.72       0.41       0.91       0.50    
Maximum offering price to public   $ 7.21     $ 13.05     $ 7.50     $ 16.59     $ 11.03    
Class B      
NAV, offering price and redemption price per
Class B share*
  $ 6.58     $ 12.09     $ 6.83     $ 15.06     $ 10.53    
Class C      
NAV, offering price and redemption price per
Class C share*
  $ 6.58     $ 12.09     $ 6.83     $ 15.06     $ 10.53    

 

*  Class A, Class B and Class C shares are subject to a CDSC on certain redemptions. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds-How to Sell Your Shares-Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" in the Prospectus.

**   Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds were not available at July 31, 2004.

B-49



Selecting a Purchase Alternative

The following is provided to assist you in determining which method of purchase best suits your individual circumstances and is based on current fees and expenses being charged to the Fund. Additional share classes are available through exchange to the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds, as described below.

If you intend to hold your investment in a Fund for less than 4 years and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, since Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge of 5.50% and Class B shares are subject to a CDSC of 5% that declines to zero over a 6 year period, you should consider purchasing Class C shares over either Class A or Class B shares.

If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 4 years, but less than 5 years, and do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, you should consider purchasing Class B or Class C shares over Class A shares. This is because the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A shares would exceed those of the Class B and Class C shares if you redeem your investment during this time period. In addition, all of your money would be invested initially in the case of Class B and Class C shares, which are sold at NAV.

If you intend to hold your investment for longer than 5 years, you should consider purchasing Class A shares over either Class B or Class C shares. This is because the maximum sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fee on Class A shares would be less than those of the Class B and Class C shares.

If you qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares, it generally may be more advantageous for you to purchase Class A shares over either Class B or Class C shares regardless of how long you intend to hold your investment. However, unlike Class B and Class C shares, you would not have all of your money invested initially because the sales charge on Class A shares is deducted at the time of purchase. In addition, if you purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares, you are subject to a 1% CDSC on shares sold within 12 months (18 months for shares purchased before February 2, 2004).

If you do not qualify for a reduced sales charge on Class A shares and you purchase Class B or Class C shares, you would have to hold your investment for more than 6 years in the case of Class B shares and for more than 5 years in the case of Class C shares for the higher cumulative annual distribution-related fee on those shares to exceed the initial sales charge plus the cumulative annual distribution-related fees on Class A shares. This does not take into account the time value of money, which further reduces the impact of the higher Class B or Class C distribution-related fee on the investment, fluctuations in NAV, the effect of the return on the investment over this period of time or redemptions when the CDSC is applicable.

Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds Only

With respect to Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds, investors can directly purchase Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Class L, Class M and Class X shares are available only through exchanges from the same share class of certain Strategic Partners mutual funds. There are no sales charges on exchanges. The minimum investment for exchanges on Class L, Class M and Class X is $1,000.

With Class A shares, you pay an initial sales charge of 5.5% for Small Cap Value and 4.5% for Total Return Bond Fund and the minimum purchase amount is $1,000. In addition, you may be subject to a 1% CDSC for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. With Class B shares, you only pay a sales charge if you sell your shares within 6 years of purchase (that is why it is called a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, or CDSC), but the operating expenses each year may be higher than Class A share expenses. With Class C shares, you pay a 1% CDSC if you sell within 12 months of purchase, but the operating expenses may be higher then the expenses for Class A shares. With Class L shares, you pay no initial sales charge but you may be subject to a 1% CDSC for shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. With Class M and Class X shares, you pay no initial sales charge but you may be subject to a CDSC for shares redeemed within seven and eight years (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchases prior to August 19, 1998), respectively.

Reduction and Waiver of Initial Sales Charge Class A Shares

Benefit Plans. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV, without payment of an initial sales charge, by pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, deferred compensation or annuity plans under Sections 401(a), 403(b) and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code, "rabbi" trusts and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (collectively, Benefit Plans), provided that the Benefit Plan has existing assets of at least $1 million or 250 eligible employees or participants. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV by participants who are repaying loans made from such plans to the participant.

B-50



Other Waivers. In addition, Class A shares may be purchased at NAV, through the Distributor or the Transfer Agent, by:

•  officers of the JennisonDryden and Strategic Partners mutual funds (including the Trust),

•  employees of the Distributor, PI, and certain of their subsidiaries and members of the families of such persons who maintain an "employee related" account at the transfer agent,

•  employees of the subadvisers of the JennisonDryden and Strategic Partners mutual funds, provided that purchases at NAV are permitted by such person's employer,

•  Prudential, employees and special agents of Prudential and certain of its subsidiaries and all persons who have retired directly from active service with Prudential or one of its subsidiaries,

•  members of the Board of Directors of Prudential

•  real estate brokers, agents and employees of real estate brokerage companies affiliated with The Prudential Real Estate Affiliates who maintain an account at Pruco or with the transfer agent,

•  registered representatives and employees of brokers who have entered into a selected deal agreement with the Distributor, provided that purchases at NAV are permitted by such person's employer,

•  investors in Individual Retirement Accounts, provided that (a) the purchase is made either from a directed rollover to such Individual Retirement Account or with the proceeds of a tax-free rollover of assets from a Benefit Plan for which Prudential Retirement (the institutional Benefit Plan recordkeeping entity of Prudential) provides administrative or recordkeeping services, in each case provided that such purchase is made within 60 days of receipt of the Benefit Plan distribution, or (b) recordkeeping for the Individual Retirement Account is performed by Prudential Retirement as part of its "Rollover IRA" program (regardless of whether or not the assets of the Individual Retirement Account consist of proceeds of a tax-free rollover of assets from a Benefit Plan described in (a) above).

•  orders placed by broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners who have entered into an agreement with the Distributor, who place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients and who charge a management, consulting or other fee for their services (for example, mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs), and

•  orders placed by clients of broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners who place trades for customer accounts if the accounts are linked to the master account of such broker-dealer, investment adviser or financial planner and the broker-dealer, investment adviser or financial planner charges the clients a separate fee for its services (for example, mutual fund "supermarket" programs).

Broker-dealers, investment advisers or financial planners sponsoring fee-based programs (such as mutual fund "wrap" or asset allocation programs and mutual fund "supermarket" programs) may offer their clients more than one class of shares in the Funds in connection with different pricing options for their programs. Investors should consider carefully any separate transaction and other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.

For an investor to obtain any reduction or waiver of the initial sales charges, at the time of the sale either the transfer agent must be notified directly by the investor or the Distributor must be notified by the broker facilitating the transaction that the sale qualifies for the reduced or waived sales charge. The reduction or waiver will be granted subject to confirmation of your entitlement. No initial sales charges are imposed upon Class A shares acquired upon the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege

If an investor or eligible group of related investors purchases Class A shares of a Fund concurrently with Class A shares of other Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual funds, the purchases may be combined to take advantage of the reduced sales charges applicable to larger purchases. See "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds-How to Buy Shares-Step 2: Choose a Share Class-Reducing or Waiving Class A's Initial Sales Charge" in the prospectus of the Funds. An eligible group of related Fund investors includes any combination of the following:

•  an individual,

•  the individual's spouse, their children and their parents,

•  the individual's and spouse's IRA,

B-51



•  any company controlled by the individual (a person, entity or group that holds 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a company will be deemed to control the company, and a partnership will be deemed to be controlled by each of its general partners),

•  a trust created by the individual, the beneficiaries of which are the individual, his or her spouse, parents or children,

•  a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act/Uniform Transfers to Minors Act account created by the individual or the individual's spouse, and

•  one or more employee benefit plans of a company controlled by an individual.

Also, an eligible group of related Fund investors may include an employer (or group of related employers) and one or more qualified retirement plans of such employer or employers (an employer controlling, controlled by or under common control with another employer is deemed related to that employer).

The transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charge will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings. The Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege does not apply to individual participants in any retirement or group plans.

Letter of Intent

Reduced sales charges also are available to investors (or an eligible group of related investors) who enter into a written letter of intent providing for the investment, within a thirteen-month period, at a specified dollar amount in a Fund or other Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual funds. Retirement and group plans may not enter into a Letter of Intent.

For purposes of the letter of intent, all shares of the Funds and shares of other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds (excluding money market funds other than those acquired pursuant to the exchange privilege) that were previously purchased and are still owned are also included in determining the applicable reduction. However, the value of shares held directly with the transfer agent or its affiliates and through your broker will not be aggregated to determine the reduced sales charge.

A letter of intent permits an investor to establish a total investment goal to be achieved by any number of investments over a thirteen-month period. Each investment made during the period will receive the reduced sales charge applicable to the amount represented by the goal, as if it were a single investment. Escrowed Class A shares totaling 5% of the dollar amount of the letter of intent will be held by the transfer agent in the name of the investor. The effective date of a letter of intent may be back-dated up to 90 days, in order that any investments made during this 90-day period, valued at the investor's cost, can be applied to the fulfillment of the letter of intent goal.

The letter of intent does not obligate the investor to purchase, nor the Trust to sell, the indicated amount. In the event the letter of intent goal is not achieved within the thirteen-month period, the investor is required to pay the difference between the sales charge otherwise applicable to the purchases made during this period and sales charges actually paid. Such payment may be made directly to the Distributor or, if not paid, the Distributor will liquidate sufficient escrowed shares to obtain such difference. Investors electing to purchase Class A shares of the Fund pursuant to a letter of intent should carefully read such letter of intent.

The Distributor must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charge will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings.

Class B and Class C Shares

The offering price of Class B and Class C shares for investors choosing one of the deferred sales charge alternatives is the NAV next determined following receipt of an order in proper form by the transfer agent, your broker or the Distributor. Although there is no sales charge imposed at the time of purchase, redemptions of Class B and Class C shares may be subject to a CDSC. See "Sale of Shares-Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below.

The Distributor will pay, from its own resources, sales commissions of up to 4% of the purchase price of Class B shares to brokers, financial advisers and other persons who sell Class B shares at the time of sale. This facilitates the ability of the Trust to sell the Class B shares without an initial sales charge being deducted at the time of purchase. The Distributor anticipates that it will recoup its advancement of sales commissions from the combination of the CDSC and the distribution fee. In connection with the sale of Class C shares, the Distributor will pay, from its own resources, brokers, financial advisers and other persons which distribute Class C shares a sales commission of up to 2% of the purchase price at the time of the sale.

B-52



Rights of Accumulation

Reduced sales charges are also available through rights of accumulation, under which an investor or an eligible group of related investors, as described above under "Combined Purchase and Cumulative Purchase Privilege," may aggregate the value of their existing holdings of shares of the Funds and shares of other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds (excluding money market funds, other than those acquired pursuant to the exchange privilege) to determine the reduced sales charge. However, the value of shares held directly with the Transfer Agent and through your broker will not be aggregated to determine the reduced sales charge. The value of existing holdings for purposes of determining the reduced sales charge is calculated using the maximum offering or price (NAV plus maximum sales charge) as of the previous business day.

The Distributor, your broker or the transfer agent must be notified at the time of purchase that the investor is entitled to a reduced sales charge. The reduced sales charges will be granted subject to confirmation of the investor's holdings.

Sale of Shares

You can redeem your shares at any time for cash at the NAV next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (in accordance with procedures established by the transfer agent in connection with investors' accounts) by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker. In certain cases, however, redemption proceeds will be reduced by the amount of any applicable CDSC, as described below. See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below. If you are redeeming your shares through a broker, your broker must receive your sell order before a Fund computes its NAV for that day (at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time) in order to receive that day's NAV. In the event that regular trading on the NYSE closes before 4 p.m. New York Time you will receive the following day's NAV if your order to sell is received after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Your broker will be responsible for furnishing all necessary documentation to the Distributor and may charge you for its services in connection with redeeming shares of a Fund.

If you hold shares in non-certificate form, a written request for redemption signed by you exactly as the account is registered is required. If you hold certificates, the certificates must be received by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker in order for the redemption request to be processed. If redemption is requested by a corporation, partnership, trust or fiduciary, written evidence of authority acceptable to the transfer agent must be submitted before such request will be accepted. All correspondence and documents concerning redemptions should be sent to the Trust in care of its transfer agent, Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, Attention: Redemption Services, P.O. Box 8149, Philadelphia, PA 19101, to the Distributor or to your broker.

Expedited Redemption Privilege. By electing the Expedited Redemption Privilege, you may arrange to have redemption proceeds sent to your bank account. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be used to redeem shares in an amount of $200 or more, except if an account for which an expedited redemption is requested has a net asset value of less than $200, the entire account will be redeemed. Redemption proceeds in the amount of $1,000 or more will be remitted by wire to your bank account at a domestic commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve system. Redemption proceeds of less than $1,000 will be mailed by check to your designated bank account. Any applicable CDSC will be deducted from the redemption proceeds. Expedited redemption requests may be made by telephone or letter, must be received by your Fund prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, to receive a redemption amount based on that day's NAV and are subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the Funds' prospectus regarding redemption of shares. For more information, see "How to Buy, Sell and Exchange Shares of the Funds Telephone Redemptions or Exchanges" in the Funds' prospectus. The Expedited Redemption Privilege may be modified or terminated at any time without notice. To receive further information, shareholders should contact PMFS at (800) 225-1852.

Signature Guarantee

If the proceeds of the redemption (1) exceed $100,000, (2) are to be paid to a person other than the record owner, (3) are to be sent to an address other than the address on the transfer agent's records, or (4) are to be paid to a corporation, partnership, trust or fiduciary, and are held directly with the transfer agent, the signature(s) on the redemption request or stock power must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution." An "eligible guarantor institution" includes any bank, broker, dealer, savings association or credit union. PMFS reserves the right to request additional information from, and make reasonable inquiries of, any eligible guarantor institution.

Payment for shares presented for redemption will be made by check within seven days after receipt by the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker of the certificate and/or written request, except as indicated below. If you hold shares through a broker, payment for shares presented for redemption will be credited to your account at your broker, unless you indicate otherwise. Such payment may be postponed or the right of redemption suspended at times (1) when the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekends and holidays, (2) when trading on the NYSE is restricted, (3) when an emergency exists as

B-53



a result of which disposal by the Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for a Fund fairly to determine the value of its net assets, or (4) during any other period when the Commission, by order, so permits; provided that applicable rules and regulations of the Commission shall govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (2), (3) or (4) exist.

Redemption in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, the Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from the investment portfolio of the Fund, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the Commission. Securities will be readily marketable and will be valued in the same manner as in a regular redemption. If your shares are redeemed in kind, you would incur transaction costs in converting the assets into cash. The Trust, however, has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, under which each Fund is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder.

Involuntary Redemption

In order to reduce expenses of the Funds, the Board may redeem all of the shares of any shareholder, other than a shareholder that is an IRA or other tax-deferred retirement plan, whose account has an account value of less than $500 due to a redemption. The Trust will give such shareholders 60 days' prior written notice in which to purchase sufficient additional shares to avoid such redemption. No CDSC will be imposed on any such involuntary redemption.

90-Day Repurchase Privilege

If you redeem your shares and have not previously exercised the repurchase privilege, you may reinvest any portion or all of the proceeds of such redemption in shares of the same Fund and account at the NAV next determined after the order is received, which must be within 90 days after the date of the redemption. Any CDSC paid in connection with such redemption will be credited (in shares) to your account. (If less than a full repurchase is made, the credit will be on a pro rata basis.) You must notify the transfer agent, either directly or through the Distributor or your broker, at the time the repurchase privilege is exercised to adjust your account for the CDSC you previously paid. Thereafter, any redemptions will be subject to the CDSC applicable at the time of the redemption. See "Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" below. Exercise of the repurchase privilege will generally not affect federal tax treatment of any gain realized upon redemption. However, if the redemption was made within a 30 day period of the repurchase and if the redemption resulted in a loss, some or all of the loss, depending on the amount reinvested, may not be allowed for federal income tax purposes.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

Certain redemptions of Class A and Class L shares within 12 months of purchase are subject to a 1% CDSC. Redemptions of Class B shares will be subject to a CDSC declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period. Class C shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase will be subject to a 1% CDSC. Redemptions of Class M shares will be subject to a CDSC declining from 6% to zero over a seven-year period. Redemptions of Class X shares will be subject to a CDSC declining from 6% to zero over an eight-year period (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998). The CDSC will be deducted from the redemption proceeds and reduce the amount paid to you. The CDSC will be imposed on any redemption that reduces the current value of your Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M or Class X shares to an amount that is lower than the amount of all payments by you for shares during the preceding 12 months in the case of Class A and Class L shares (in certain cases), six years in the case of Class B shares, 12 months in the case of Class C shares, seven years in the case of Class M shares, and eight years in the case of Class X shares (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998). A CDSC will be applied on the lesser of the original purchase price or the current value of the shares being redeemed. Increases in the value of your shares or shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions are not subject to a CDSC. The amount of any CDSC will be paid to and retained by the Distributor. If you purchased or hold your shares through a broker, third party administrator or other authorized entity that maintains subaccount recordkeeping, any applicable CDSC that you will pay will be calculated and reported to PMFS by such broker, administrator or other authorized entity.

The amount of the CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of payment for the purchase of shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years from the time of any payment for the purchase of shares, all payments during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. The CDSC will be calculated from the first day of the month after the initial purchase, excluding the time shares were held in a money market fund.

B-54



The following table sets forth the rates of the CDSC applicable to redemption of Class B, Class M and Class X shares:

    Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge as a Percentage of Dollars
Invested or Redemption Proceeds
 
Year Since Purchase
Payment Made
  Class B
Shares
  Class M
Shares
  Class X
Shares*
 
First     5.0 %     6 %     6 %  
Second     4.0 %     5 %     5 %  
Third     3.0 %     4 %     4 %  
Fourth     2.0 %     3 %     4 %  
Fifth     1.0 %     2 %     3 %  
Sixth     1.0 %     2 %     2 %  
Seventh     None       1 %     2 %  
Eighth     None       None       1 %  
Ninth     None       None       None    
Tenth     None       None       None    

 

*The CDSC for Class X shares purchased prior to August  19, 1998 is 6% in the first year, 5% in the second, 4% in the third, 3% in the fourth, 2% in the fif th and sixth years, and 1% in the seventh year.

In determining whether a CDSC is applicable to a redemption, the calculation will be made in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate. It will be assumed that the redemption is made first of amounts representing shares acquired pursuant to the reinvestment of dividends and distributions; then of amounts representing the increase in NAV above the total amount of payments for the purchase of Class A and Class L shares made during the preceding 12 months (in certain cases), six years for Class B shares, 12 months for Class C shares (18 months if purchased before February 2, 2004), seven years in the case of Class M shares, and eight years in the case of Class X shares (seven years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998); then of amounts representing the cost of shares held beyond the applicable CDSC period; and finally, of amounts representing the cost of shares held for the longest period of time within the applicable CDSC period.

For example, assume you purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share for a cost of $1,000. Subsequently, you acquired 5 additional Class B shares through dividend reinvestment. During the second year after the purchase you decide to redeem $500 of your investment. Assuming at the time of the redemption the NAV had appreciated to $12 per share, the value of your Class B shares would be $1,260 (105 shares at $12 per share). The CDSC would not be applied to the value of the reinvested dividend shares and the amount that represents appreciation ($260). Therefore, $240 of the $500 redemption proceeds ($500 minus $260) would be charged at a rate of 4% (the applicable rate in the second year after purchase) for a total CDSC of $9.60.

For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the CDSC will reduce the gain, or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount recognized on the redemption of shares.

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge-Class B, Class M and Class X Shares

The CDSC will be waived in the case of a redemption following the death or disability of a shareholder or, in the case of a trust account, following the death or disability of the grantor. The waiver is available for total or partial redemptions of shares owned by a person, either individually or in joint tenancy (with rights of survivorship), at the time of death or initial determination of disability, provided that the shares were purchased prior to death or disability.

The CDSC will also be waived in the case of a total or partial redemption in connection with certain distributions under the Internal Revenue Code from a tax-deferred retirement plan, an IRA or Section 403(b) custodial account. For more information, call Prudential at (800) 353-2847.

For distributions from an IRA or a 403(b) Custodial Account, the shareholder must submit a copy of the distribution form from the custodial firm indicating (i) the date of birth of the shareholder and (ii) that the shareholder is over age 70 1 / 2 . The distribution form must be signed by the shareholder.

The waiver does not apply in the case of a tax-free rollover or transfer of assets, other than one following a separation from service (that is, following voluntary or involuntary termination of employment or following retirement). Under no circumstances will the CDSC be waived on redemptions resulting from the termination of a tax-deferred retirement plan, unless

B-55



such redemptions otherwise qualify for a waiver as described above. Shares purchased with amounts used to repay a loan from such plans on which a CDSC was not previously deducted will thereafter be subject to a CDSC without regard to the time such amounts were previously invested. In the case of a 401(k) plan, the CDSC will also be waived upon the redemption of shares purchased with amounts used to repay loans made from the account to the participant and from which a CDSC was previously deducted.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan. The CDSC will be waived (or reduced) on certain redemptions effected through a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. On an annual basis, up to 12% of the total dollar amount subject to the CDSC may be redeemed without charge. The Transfer Agent will calculate the total amount available for this waiver annually on the anniversary date of your purchase. The CDSC will be waived (or reduced) on redemptions until this threshold 12% is reached. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan is not available to participants in certain retirement plans. Please contact PMFS for more details.

In addition, the CDSC will be waived on redemptions of shares held by Trustees of the Trust.

You must notify the transfer agent either directly or through your broker at the time of redemption, that you are entitled to waiver of the CDSC and provide the transfer agent with such supporting documentation as it may deem appropriate. The waiver will be granted subject to confirmation of your entitlement.

In connection with these waivers, the transfer agent will require you to submit the supporting documentation set forth below.

Category of Waiver   Required Documentation  
Death   A copy of the shareholder's death certificate or, in the case of a trust, a copy of the grantor's death certificate, plus a copy of the trust agreement identifying the grantor.  
Disability-An individual will be considered disabled if he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration.   A copy of the Social Security Administration award letter or a letter from a physician on the physician's letterhead stating that the shareholder (or, in the case of a trust, the grantor (a copy of the trust agreement identifying the grantor will be required as well)) is permanently disabled. The letter must also indicate the date of disability.  
Distribution from an IRA or 403(b) Custodial Account   A copy of the distribution form from the custodial firm indicating (i) the date of birth of the shareholder and (ii) that the shareholder is over age 70 1 / 2  and is taking a normal distribution-signed by the shareholder.  
Category of Waiver   Required Documentation  
Distribution from Retirement Plan   A letter signed by the plan administrator/trustee indicating the reason for the distribution.  
Excess Contributions   A letter from the shareholder (for an IRA) or the plan administrator/trustee on company letterhead indicating the amount of the excess and whether or not taxes have been paid.  

 

PMFS reserves the right to request such additional documents as it may deem appropriate.

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge-Class C Shares

Benefit Plans. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions from Benefit Plans holding shares through a broker for which the broker provides administrative or recordkeeping services.

Conversion Feature-Class B, Class M and Class X Shares

Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately seven years after purchase. Class M shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately eight years after purchase. Class X shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately ten years after purchase (eight years in the case of Class X shares purchased prior to August 19, 1998). Conversions will be effected at relative net asset value without the imposition of any additional sales charge.

B-56



Since the Trust tracks amounts paid rather than the number of shares bought on each purchase of Class B, Class M and Class X shares, the number of Class B, Class M and Class X shares eligible to convert to Class A shares (excluding shares acquired through the automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions) (Eligible Shares) will be determined on each conversion date in accordance with the following formula: (1) the ratio of (a) the amounts paid for Class B, Class M and Class X shares purchased at least seven, eight or ten years, respectively, prior to the conversion date to (b) the total amount paid for all Class B, Class M and Class X shares purchased and then held in your account (2) multiplied by the total number of Class B, Class M and Class X shares purchased and then held in your account. Each time any Eligible Shares in your account convert to Class A shares, all shares or amounts representing Class B, Class M and Class X shares then in your account that were acquired through the automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will convert to Class A shares.

For purposes of determining the number of Eligible Shares, if the Class B, Class M and Class X shares in your account on any conversion date are the result of multiple purchases at different NAVs per share, the number of Eligible Shares calculated as described above will generally be either more or less than the number of shares actually purchased approximately seven, eight or ten years, respectively, before such conversion date. For example, if 100 Class B shares were initially purchased at $10 per share (for a total of $1,000) and a second purchase of 100 shares was subsequently made at $11 per share (for a total of $1,100), 95.24 shares would convert approximately seven years from the initial purchase (that is, $1,000 divided by $2,100 (47.62%), multiplied by 200 shares equals 95.24 shares). The Manager reserves the right to modify the formula for determining the number of Eligible Shares in the future as it deems appropriate on notice to shareholders.

Since annual distribution-related fees are lower for Class A shares than Class B, Class M and Class X shares, the per share NAV of the Class A shares may be higher than that of the Class B, Class M and Class X shares at the time of conversion. Thus, although the aggregate dollar value will be the same, you may receive fewer Class A shares than Class B, Class M and Class X shares converted.

For purposes of calculating the applicable holding period for conversions, all payments for Class B, Class M and Class X shares during a month will be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month, or for Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through exchange, or a series of exchanges, on the last day of the month in which the original payment for purchases of such Class B, Class M and Class X shares was made. For Class B shares previously exchanged for shares of Special Money Market Fund, Inc. (Special Money Fund), the time period during which such shares were held in that money market fund will be excluded. For example, Class B shares held in Special Money Fund for one year would not convert to Class A shares until approximately eight years from purchase. For purposes of measuring the time period during which shares are held in Special Money Fund, exchanges will be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through exchange will convert to Class A shares after expiration of the conversion period applicable to the original purchase of such shares.

Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions will be converted to Class A shares according to the procedures utilized by the broker-dealer through which the Class B, Class M and Class X shares were purchased, to the extent the shares are carried on the books of the broker-dealer and the broker-dealer provides subaccounting services to the Fund. Otherwise, the procedures utilized by PMFS, or its affiliates, will be used. The use of different procedures may result in a timing differential in the conversion of Class B, Class M and Class X shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

The conversion feature applicable to a share class may be subject to the continuing availability of opinions of counsel or rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (1) that the dividends and other distributions paid on such class of shares will not constitute "preferential dividends" under the Internal Revenue Code and (2) that the conversion of shares does not constitute a taxable event. The conversion of Class B, Class M and Class X shares into Class A shares may be suspended if such opinions or rulings are no longer available. If conversions are suspended, Class B, Class M and Class X shares of a Fund will continue to be subject, possibly indefinitely, to their higher annual distribution and service fee.

SHAREHOLDER INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

Upon the initial purchase of Trust shares, a Shareholder Investment Account is established for each investor under which a record of the shares is maintained for the investor by the transfer agent. If a share certificate is desired, it must be requested in writing for each transaction. Certificates are issued only for full shares and may be redeposited in the Account at any time. There is no charge to the investor for issuance of a certificate. The Trust makes available to its shareholders the following privileges and plans.

B-57



Automatic Reinvestment of Dividends and Distributions

For the convenience of investors, all dividends and distributions are automatically reinvested in full and fractional shares of the Fund in which they have invested at net asset value per share. An investor may direct the transfer agent in writing not less than five full business days prior to the record date to have subsequent dividends or distributions sent in cash rather than reinvested. In the case of recently purchased shares for which registration instructions have not been received on the record date, cash payment will be made directly to the broker. Any shareholder who receives a dividend or distribution in cash may reinvest any such dividend or distribution at NAV by returning the check or the proceeds to the transfer agent within 30 days after the payment date. Such reinvestment will be made at the NAV per share next determined after receipt of the check or proceeds by the transfer agent. Shares purchased with reinvested dividends and/or distributions will not be subject to any CDSC upon redemption.

Exchange Privilege

Each Fund makes available to its shareholders the privilege of exchanging their shares of the Fund for shares of the other Funds of the Trust, and other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds, including Special Money Fund, subject in each case to the minimum investment requirements of such funds. Shares of such other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds may also be exchanged for shares of each Fund. All exchanges are made on the basis of the relative NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form. An exchange will be treated as a redemption and purchase for tax purposes. For retirement and group plans offering only certain of the Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual funds, the exchange privilege is available for those funds eligible for investment in the particular program.

It is contemplated that the exchange privilege may be applicable to new Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual funds whose shares may be distributed by the Distributor.

In order to exchange shares by telephone, you must authorize telephone exchanges on your initial application form or by written notice to the transfer agent and hold shares in non-certificate form. Thereafter, you may call the Fund whose shares you wish to exchange at (800) 225-1852 to execute a telephone exchange of shares, on weekdays, except holidays, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., New York time. For your protection and to prevent fraudulent exchanges, your telephone call will be recorded and you will be asked to provide your personal identification number. A written confirmation of the exchange transaction will be sent to you. Neither the Trust nor its agents will be liable for any loss, liability or cost that results from acting upon instructions reasonably believed to be genuine under the foregoing procedures. All exchanges will be made on the basis of the relative NAV of the two funds next determined after the request is received in good order.

If you hold shares through Wachovia Securities, you must exchange your shares by contacting your Wachovia Securities financial adviser.

If you hold certificates, the certificates must be returned in order for the shares to be exchanged.

You may also exchange shares by mail by writing to Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, Attention: Exchange Processing, P.O. Box 8157, Philadelphia, PA 19101.

In periods of severe market or economic conditions the telephone exchange of shares may be difficult to implement and you should make exchanges by mail by writing to Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC at the address noted above.

Class A. Shareholders of a Fund may exchange their Class A shares for Class A shares of the other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds and shares of Special Money Fund. No fee or sales load will be imposed upon the exchange.

Class B and Class C. Shareholders of a Fund may exchange their Class B and Class C shares of the Fund for Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of other Strategic Partners and JennisonDryden mutual funds and shares of Special Money Fund. No CDSC will be payable upon such exchange, but a CDSC may be payable upon the redemption of the Class B and Class C shares acquired as a result of an exchange. The applicable sales charge will be that imposed by the fund in which shares were initially purchased and the purchase date will be deemed to be the first day of the month after the initial purchase, rather than the date of the exchange.

Class B and Class C shares of a Fund may also be exchanged for shares of Special Money Fund, without imposition of any CDSC at the time of exchange. Upon subsequent redemption from such money market fund or after re-exchange into the Fund, such shares will be subject to the CDSC calculated without regard to the time such shares were held in the money market fund. In order to minimize the period of time in which shares are subject to a CDSC, shares exchanged out of the money market fund will be exchanged on the basis of their remaining holding periods, with the longest remaining holding periods being transferred first. In measuring the time period shares are held in a money market fund and "tolled" for purposes of calculating

B-58



the CDSC holding period, exchanges are deemed to have been made on the last day of the month. Thus, if shares are exchanged into a Fund from a money market fund during the month (and are held in the Fund at the end of the month), the entire month will be included in the CDSC holding period. Conversely, if shares are exchanged into a money market fund prior to the last day of the month (and are held in the money market fund on the last day of the month), the entire month will be excluded from the CDSC holding period. For purposes of calculating the seven year holding period applicable to the Class B conversion feature, the time period during which Class B shares were held in a money market fund will be excluded.

At any time after acquiring shares of other funds participating in the Class B or Class C exchange privilege, a shareholder may again exchange those shares (and any reinvested dividends and distributions) for Class B or Class C shares of a Fund, respectively, without subjecting such shares to any CDSC. Shares of any fund participating in the Class B or Class C exchange privilege that were acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions may be exchanged for Class B or Class C shares of other funds, respectively, without being subject to any CDSC.

Class L, Class M and Class X. Shareholders of the Small Cap Value and Total Return Bond Funds may exchange their Class L, Class M and Class X shares of the Fund for Class L, Class M and Class X shares, respectively, of other JennisonDryden or Strategic Partners mutual funds that offer such share classes. No CDSC will be payable upon such exchange, but a CDSC may be payable upon the redemption of Class M and Class X shares acquired as a result of the exchange. The applicable sales charge will be that imposed by the fund in which shares were initially purchased and the purchase date will be deemed to be the first day of the month after the initial purchase, rather than the date of the exchange.

At any time after acquiring shares of other funds participating in the Class L, Class M or Class X exchange privilege, a shareholder may again exchange those shares (and any reinvested dividends and distributions) for Class L, Class M or Class X shares of the Small Cap Value or Total Return Bond Funds without subjecting such shares to any CDSC. Shares of any fund participating in the Class L, Class M or Class X exchange privilege that were acquired through reinvestment of dividends or distributions may be exchanged for Class L, Class M or Class X shares of other funds, respectively, without being subject to any CDSC.

Dollar Cost Averaging

Dollar cost averaging is a method of accumulating shares by investing a fixed amount of dollars in shares at set intervals. An investor buys more shares when the price is low and fewer shares when the price is high. The average cost per share is lower than it would be if a constant number of shares were bought at set intervals.

Dollar cost averaging may be used, for example, to plan for retirement, to save for a major expenditure, such as the purchase of a home, or to finance a college education. The cost of a year's education at a four-year college today averages around $24,728 at a private college and around $9,663 at a public university. Assuming these costs increase at a rate of 7% a year, as has been projected, the cost of one year at a private college could reach $45,463 and over $17,765 at a public university in 10 years. 1

The following chart shows how much you would need in monthly investments to achieve specified lump sums to finance your investment goals. 2

Period of
Monthly Investments:
  $100,000   $150,000   $200,000   $250,000  
25 Years   $ 105     $ 158     $ 210     $ 263    
20 Years     170       255       340       424    
15 Years     289       433       578       722    
10 Years     547       820       1,093       1,366    
5 Years     1,361       2,041       2,721       3,402    

 

  See "Automatic Investment Plan"

1 Source: The College Board,  Trends in College Pricing 2002 . Average costs include tuition, fees, room and board for the 2002-2003 academic year.

2 The chart assumes an effective rate of return of 8% (assuming monthly compounding). This example is for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to reflect the performance of an investment in shares of the Fund. The investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor's shares when redeemed may be worth more or less than their original cost.

Automatic Investment Plan (AIP)

Under AIP, an investor may arrange to have a fixed amount automatically invested in shares of a Fund monthly by authorizing his or her bank account or brokerage account to be debited to invest specified dollar amounts in shares of the Fund. The investor's bank must be a member of the Automated Clearing House System.

B-59



Further information about this program and an application form can be obtained from the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

A systematic withdrawal plan is available to shareholders through the transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker. The systematic withdrawal plan provides for monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual redemption checks in any amount, except as provided below, up to the value of the shares in the shareholder's account. Systematic withdrawals of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M or Class X shares may be subject to a CDSC.

In the case of shares held through the transfer agent (1) a $10,000 minimum account value applies, (2) systematic withdrawals may not be for less than $100 and (3) the shareholder must elect to have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional full and fractional shares at NAV on shares held under this plan.

The transfer agent, the Distributor or your broker acts as an agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal. The systematic withdrawal plan may be terminated at any time, and the Distributor reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon 30 days' written notice to the shareholder.

Systematic withdrawals should not be considered as dividends, yield or income. If systematic withdrawals continuously exceed reinvested dividends and distributions, the shareholder's original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted.

Furthermore, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be recognized for federal income tax purposes. In addition, systematic withdrawals made concurrently with purchases of additional shares are inadvisable because of the sales charges applicable to (1) the purchase of Class A shares and (2) the redemption of Class B, Class C, Class M and Class X (and Class A and Class L, in certain cases) shares. Each shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of the plan, particularly if used in connection with a retirement plan.

Tax-Deferred Retirement Plans

Various qualified retirement plans, including 401(k) plans, self-directed individual retirement accounts and "tax-deferred accounts" under Section 403(b)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code are available through the Distributor. These plans are for use by both self-employed individuals and corporate employers. These plans permit either self-direction of accounts by participants, or a pooled account arrangement. Information regarding the establishment of these plans, and the administration, custodial fees and other details are available from the Distributor or the Transfer Agent.

Investors who are considering the adoption of such a plan should consult with their own legal counsel or tax adviser with respect to the establishment and maintenance of any such plan.

Tax-deferred Retirement Accounts

Individual Retirement Accounts. An IRA permits the deferral of federal income tax on income earned in the account until the earnings are withdrawn. The following chart represents a comparison of the earnings in a personal savings account with those in an IRA, assuming a $2,000 annual contribution, an 8% rate of return and a 35% federal income tax bracket and shows how much more retirement income can accumulate within an IRA as opposed to a taxable individual savings account.

Tax-Deferred Compounding 1

Contributions
Made Over:
  Personal
Savings
  IRA  
10 years   $ 26,712     $ 31,291    
15 years     46,091       58,649    
20 years     71,060       98,846    
25 years     103,232       157,909    
30 years     144,685       244,692    

 

1   The chart is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent the performance of the Fund or any specific investment. It shows taxable versus tax-deferred compounding for the periods and on the terms indicated. Earnings in a traditional IRA account will be subject to tax when withdrawn from the account. Distributions from a Roth IRA that meet the conditions required under the Internal Revenue Code will not be subject to tax upon withdrawal from the account.

B-60



NET ASSET VALUE

Each Fund's NAV is determined by subtracting its liabilities from the value of its assets and dividing the remainder by the number of outstanding shares. NAV is calculated separately for each class. Each Fund will compute its NAV once each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. New York time. A Fund may not compute its NAV on days on which no orders to purchase, sell or redeem Fund shares have been received or days on which changes in the value of the Fund's portfolio securities do not materially affect its NAV. The NYSE is closed on the following holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the value of investments listed on a securities exchange (other than options on stock and stock indexes) are valued at the last sale price on such exchange on the day of valuation or, if there was no sale on such day, the mean between the last bid and asked prices on such day, or at the bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Securities included on the Nasdaq market are valued at the Nasdaq official closing price (NOCP) on the day of valuation, or if there was no NOCP, at the last sale price. Nasdaq market securities for which there was no NOCP or last sale price are valued at the mean between the last bid and asked prices on the day of valuation, or the last bid price in the absence of an asked price. Corporate bonds (other than convertible debt securities) and U.S. government securities that are actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for which the primary market is believed by an Adviser in consultation with the Manager to be over-the-counter, are valued by an independent pricing agent or more than one principal market maker (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Convertible debt securities that are actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for which the primary market is believed by an Adviser in consultation with the Manager to be over-the-counter, are valued by an independent pricing agent or at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices (or at the last bid price in the absence of an asked price) provided by more than one principal market maker (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Options on stock and stock indexes traded on an exchange are valued at the last sale price on such exchange or, if there was no such sale on such day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on the respective exchange or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price and futures contracts and options thereon are valued at their last sale prices as of the close of trading on the applicable commodities exchange or board of trade or, if there was no sale on the applicable commodities exchange or board of trade on such day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents at the current rate obtained from a recognized bank, dealer or independent service, and foreign currency forward contracts are valued at the current cost of covering or offsetting such contracts calculated on the day of valuation. Should an extraordinary event which is likely to affect the value of the security, occur after the close of an exchange on which a portfolio security is traded, such security will be valued at fair value considering factors determined in good faith by an Adviser under procedures established by and under the general supervision of the Board.

Under the 1940 Act, the Board is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities of each Fund. Securities or other assets for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing agent or principal market maker does not provide a valuation or methodology or provides a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of the Manager or Adviser (or Valuation Committee or Board) does not represent fair value (Fair Value Securities) are valued by the Valuation Committee or Board in consultation with the Manager or Adviser, as applicable, including their portfolio managers, traders, research and credit analysts and legal compliance personnel, on the basis of the following factors: nature of any restrictions on disposition of the securities, assessment of the general liquidity/illiquidity of the securities, the issuer's financial condition and the market in which it does business, cost of the investment, transactions in comparable securities, the size of the holding and the capitalization of the issuer, the prices of any recent transactions or bids/offers for such securities or any comparable securities, any available analyst, media or other report or information deemed reliable by the Manager or Advisers regarding the issuer or the markets or industry in which it operates; other analytical data; and consistency with valuation of similar securities held by other Strategic Partners or JennisonDryden mutual funds, and such other factors as may be determined by the Manager, Adviser, Board of Trustees or Valuation Committee to materially affect the value of the security. Fair Value Securities may include, but are not limited to, the following: certain private placements and restricted securities that do not have an active trading market; securities whose trading has been suspended or for which market quotes are no longer available; debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market; securities whose prices are stale; securities denominated in currencies that are restricted, untraded or for which exchange rates are disrupted; securities affected by significant events; and securities that the Adviser or Manager believe were priced incorrectly. A "significant event" (which includes, but is not limited to, an extraordinary political or market event) is an event that the Adviser or Manager believes with a reasonably high degree of certainty has caused the closing market prices of a Fund's portfolio securities to no

B-61



longer reflect their value at the time of the Fund's NAV calculation. On a day that the Manager determines that one or more of a Fund's portfolio securities constitute Fair Value Securities, the Manager may determine the fair value of these securities without the supervision of the Valuation Committee if the fair valuation of all such securities results in a change of less than $0.01 to the Fund's NAV and the Manager presents these valuations to the Board for its ratification. Debt investments are valued at cost, with interest accrued or discount amortized to the date of maturity, if their original maturity was 60 days or less, unless such valuation, in the judgment of the Adviser or Manager does not represent fair value. Debt securities with remaining maturities of more than 60 days, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued at their current market quotations as supplied by an independent pricing agent or more than one principal market maker (if available, otherwise, a primary market dealer).

Although the legal rights of each class of shares are substantially identical, the different expenses borne by each class will result in different NAVs and dividends. NAV is calculated separately for each class. The NAVs of Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares will generally be lower than the NAV of Class A shares as a result of the larger distribution-related fee to which Class B and Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares are subject. It is expected, however, that the NAV of each Fund's share classes will tend to converge immediately after the recording of dividends, if any, that will differ by approximately the amount of the distribution and/or service fee expense accrual differential among the classes.

TAXES, DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Each Fund is qualified as, intends to remain qualified as and has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. This relieves each Fund (but not its shareholders) from paying federal income tax on income and capital gains that are distributed to shareholders, and permits net capital gains of each Fund ( i.e.,  the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) to be treated as long-term capital gains of the shareholders, regardless of how long shareholders have held their shares. Net capital gains of each Fund that are available for distribution to shareholders will be computed by taking into account any applicable capital loss carryforward.

For federal income tax purposes, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Cap Value Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund each had a capital loss carryforward as of July 31, 2004. Accordingly, no capital gain distributions are expected to be paid to shareholders of these Funds until future net gains have been realized in excess of such carryforward.

The post-October losses and the capital loss carryforwards were as follows:

    Post-October Losses   Capital Loss  
Fund   Currency   Capital   Carryforward  
Large Capitalization Growth     -     $ 114,000     $ 88,314,000 (a)  
Large Capitalization Value     -       -       584,000 (b)  
Small Capitalization Growth     -       -       8,140,000 (c)  
Small Capitalization Value     -       -       - (d)  
Total Return Bond     -       712,149       -    

 

(a) Approximately $10,021,000 expiring in 2009. $32,296,000 expiring in 2010, and $36,576,000 expiring in 2011 and 9,421,000 expiring in 2012.

(b) Approximately $584,000 expiring in 2011. Approximately $1,952,000 of its capital loss carryforward was used to offset net taxable gains realized in the fiscal year end July 31, 2004.

(c) Approximately $350,000 expiring in 2009, $2,821,000 expiring in 2010, $4,260,000 expiring in 2011 and $709,000 expiring in 2012.

(d) All of the approximately $1,981,000 of capital loss carryforward at the fiscal year ended July 31, 2003 was used to offset net taxable gains realized in the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004.

Qualification of each Fund as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code requires, among other things, that (1) the Fund derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stocks, securities or currencies; (2) the Fund diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund's assets is represented by cash, U.S. Government securities and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's assets and not more

B-62



than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government securities) securities of other regulated investment companies; and (3) the Fund distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its net investment income and net short-term gains (that is, the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) in each year.

In addition, each Fund is required to distribute 98% of its ordinary income in the same calender year in which it is earned. Each Fund is also required to distribute during the calendar year 98% of the capital gain net income it earned during the twelve months ending on October 31 of such calendar year. In addition, the Fund must distribute during the calendar year all undistributed ordinary income and undistributed capital gain net income from the prior calendar year or the twelve-month period ending on October 31 of such prior calendar year, respectively. To the extent it does not meet these distribution requirements, the Fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amount. For purposes of this excise tax, income on which the Fund pays income tax is treated as distributed.

Gains or losses on sales of securities by each Fund generally will be treated as long-term capital gains or losses if the securities have been held by it for more than one year, except in certain cases where a Fund acquires a put or writes a call or otherwise holds an offsetting position, with respect to the securities. For sales after May 5, 2003 long-term capital gains are taxed at a rate of up to 15%. Other gains or losses on the sale of securities will be short-term capital gains or losses taxable at ordinary income tax rates. Gains and losses on the sale, lapse or other termination of options on securities will be treated as gains and losses from the sale of securities. If an option written by each Fund on securities lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by a Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will generally realize short-term capital gain or loss. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option written by it, the Fund will include the premium received in the sale proceeds of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. Certain Funds' transactions may be subject to wash sale, short sale, constructive sale, conversion transition, constructive ownership transactions and straddle provisions of the Code that may, among other things, require each Fund to defer recognition of losses or convert long-term capital gain into ordinary income or short-term capitable gain taxable as ordinary income. In addition, debt securities acquired by each Fund may be subject to original issue discount and market discount rules which, respectively, may cause each Fund to accrue income in advance of the receipt of cash with respect to interest or cause gains to be treated as ordinary income subject to the distribution requirement referred to above.

Certain futures contracts and certain listed options (referred to as Section 1256 contracts) held by the Funds will be required to be "marked to market" for federal income tax purposes at the end of each Fund's taxable year; that is, treated as having been sold at the fair market value on the last business day of the Fund's taxable year. Except with respect to certain foreign currency forward contracts, sixty percent of any gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales and on actual dispositions will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remainder will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Any net marked to market gains may be subject to distribution requirements referred to above, even though a Fund may receive no corresponding cash amounts, possibly requiring the disposition of portfolio securities or borrowing to obtain the necessary cash.

Gain or loss on the sale, lapse or other termination of options acquired by a Fund on stock and on narrowly-based stock indexes will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term depending on the holding period of the option. In addition, positions that are part of a "straddle" will be subject to certain wash sale, short sale and constructive sale provisions of the Code. In the case of a straddle, a Fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on positions it holds to the extent of any unrecognized gain with respect to offsetting positions held by the Fund.

Gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that occur between the time each Fund accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time a Fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts or dispositions of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency that are attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition thereof generally also are treated as ordinary income or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as "Section 988" gains or losses, increase or decrease the amount of a Fund's investment company taxable income available to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than increasing or decreasing the amount of the Fund's net capital gain. If Section 988 losses exceed other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, a Fund would not be able to make any ordinary dividend distributions, and distributions made before the losses were realized would be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders, rather than as an ordinary dividend, thereby reducing each shareholder's basis in his or her Fund shares.

Shareholders electing to receive dividends and distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share of each Fund on the reinvestment date.

B-63



Any dividends or distributions paid shortly after a purchase by an investor may have the effect of reducing the per share NAV of the investor's shares by the per share amount of the dividends or distributions. Furthermore, such dividends or distributions, although in effect a return of capital, are subject to federal income taxes. In addition, dividends, and capital gains distributions also may be subject to state and local income taxes. Therefore, prior to purchasing shares of each Fund, the investor should carefully consider the impact of dividends or capital gains distributions that are expected to be or have been announced.

Any loss realized on a sale, redemption or exchange of shares of each Fund by a shareholder will be disallowed to the extent the shares are replaced within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of shares. Shares purchased pursuant to the reinvestment of a dividend will constitute a replacement of shares.

A shareholder who acquires shares of a Fund and sells or otherwise disposes of such shares within 90 days of acquisition may not be allowed to include certain sales charges incurred in acquiring such shares for purposes of calculating gain or loss realized upon a sale or exchange of shares of the Fund.

The per share dividends on Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares will be lower than the per share dividends on Class A shares as a result of the higher distribution-related fee applicable to the Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares. The per share distributions of net capital gains, if any, will be paid in the same amount for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares. See "Net Asset Value."

Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net short-term capital gains paid to a shareholder (including a shareholder acting as a nominee or fiduciary) who is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign entity foreign shareholder are subject to a 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax upon the gross amount of the dividends unless, in general, the dividends are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder. Net capital gain distributions paid to a foreign shareholder are generally not subject to withholding tax. A foreign shareholder will, however, be required to pay U.S. income tax on any dividends and capital gain distributions that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign shareholder. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the particular tax consequences resulting from their investments in the Funds.

Under recently enacted legislation, certain dividends received by non-corporate shareholders (including individuals) may be eligible for the maximum 15% tax rate applicable in the case of long-term capital gain. Such rate may not apply to dividends received from the Total Return Bond Fund. Dividends received by corporate shareholders are generally eligible for a dividends-received deduction of 70% to the extent a Fund's income is derived from qualified dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations. However, the Total Return Bond Fund does not expect to receive substantial amounts of such qualified dividends. Dividends attributable to foreign corporations, interest income, capital gain and currency gain, gain or loss from Section 1256 contracts (described above), and income from certain other sources will not constitute qualified dividends. Individual shareholders are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Each Fund may, from time to time, invest in passive foreign investment companies (PFICs). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. If a Fund acquires and holds stock in a PFIC beyond the end of the year of its acquisition, the Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" received on the stock or on any gain from disposition of the stock (collectively, PFIC income), plus certain interest changes, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed to its shareholders. Each Fund may make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to any marketable stock it holds of a PFIC. For this purpose, all stock in a PFIC that is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Fund is treated as marketable stock. If the election is in effect, at the end of a Fund's taxable year, the Fund will recognize the amount of net gain, if any, as ordinary income with respect to PFIC stock. No ordinary loss will be recognized on the marking to market of PFIC stock, except to the extent of mark-to market gains recognized in prior years. Alternatively, a Fund, if it meets certain requirements, may elect to treat any PFIC in which it invests as a "qualified electing fund," in which case, in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing Fund's annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain, even if they are not distributed to the Fund; those amounts would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to the Fund described above. In order to make this election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain information from the PFIC, which, in many cases, may be difficult to do.

Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Income tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine in advance the effective rate of foreign tax to which a Fund will be subject, since the amount of

B-64



each Fund's assets to be invested in various countries will vary. The Funds do not expect to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code for "passing-through" to their shareholders any foreign income taxes paid for purposes of determining such shareholders foreign tax credit.

Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the federal, state and local tax consequences resulting from their investment in the Funds.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Yield

The Trust may from time to time advertise the yield of the Total Return Bond Fund as calculated over a 30-day period. This yield will be computed by dividing the Fund's net investment income per share earned during this 30-day period by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of this period. The average number of shares used in determining the net investment income per share will be the average daily number of shares outstanding during the 30-day period that were eligible to receive dividends. In accordance with regulations of the Commission, income will be computed by totaling the interest earned on all debt obligations during the 30-day period and subtracting from that amount the total of all expenses incurred during the period, which include management fees. The 30-day yield is then annualized on a bond-equivalent basis assuming semi-annual reinvestment and compounding of net investment income. Yield is calculated according to the following formula:

  

Where:  a  =  dividends and interest earned during the period.

b  =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

c  =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends.

d  =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

The Fund's yield will fluctuate, and an annualized yield quotation is not a representation by the Fund as to what an investment in the Fund will actually yield for any given period. Yields for the Fund will vary based on a number of factors including changes in net asset value, market conditions, the level of interest rates and the level of income and expenses.

Average Annual Total Return

A Fund may from time to time advertise its average annual total return. Average annual total return is determined separately for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class L, Class M and Class X shares.

Average annual total return is computed according to the following formula:

  

Where:  P  =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

T  =  average annual total return.

n  =  number of years.

ERV  =  ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

Average annual total return takes into account any applicable initial or deferred sales charges but does not take into account any federal or state income taxes that may be payable upon redemption.

Average Annual Total Return (After Taxes on Distributions and After Taxes on Distributions and Redemption).

Average annual total returns (after taxes on distributions and after taxes on distributions and redemption) take into account any applicable initial or contingent deferred sales charges and take into account federal income taxes that may be payable upon receiving distributions and following redemption. Federal income taxes are calculated using the highest marginal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date.

Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) is computed according to the following formula:

  

B-65



Where:  P  =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

T  =  average annual total return (after taxes on distributions).

n  =  number of years.

ATV D   =  ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions but not after taxes on redemption.

Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemption) is computed according to the following formula:

  

Where:  P  =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

T  =  average annual total return (after taxes on distributions).

n  =  number of years.

ATV DR   = ending value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods at the end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year periods (or fractional portion), after taxes on fund distributions and redemption.

Aggregate Total Return

The Trust may from time to time advertise the aggregate total return of a Fund. A Fund's aggregate total return figures represent the cumulative change in the value of an investment in the Fund for the specified period and are computed by the following formula:

  

Where:  P  =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

ERV  =  ending redeemable value at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof) of a hypothetical $1000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods.

Aggregate total return does not take into account any federal or state income taxes that may be payable upon redemption or any applicable initial or contingent deferred sales charges.

Advertising. Advertising materials for a Fund may include biographical information relating to its portfolio manager(s), and may include or refer to commentary by a Fund's portfolio manager(s) concerning investment style, investment discipline, asset growth, current or past business experience, business capabilities, political, economic or financial conditions and other matters of general interest to investors. Advertising materials for a Fund also may include mention of Prudential or Strategic Partners, its affiliates and subsidiaries, and reference the assets, products and services of those entities.

From time to time, advertising materials for a Fund may include information concerning retirement and investing for retirement, may refer to the approximate number of Fund shareholders and may refer to Lipper rankings or Morningstar ratings, other related analysis supporting those ratings, other industry publications, business periodicals and market indexes. In addition, advertising materials may reference studies or analyses performed by the Manager or its affiliates. Advertising materials for sector funds, funds that focus on market capitalizations, index funds and international/global funds may discuss the potential benefits and risks of that investment style. Advertising materials for fixed-income funds may discuss the benefits and risks of investing in the bond market including discussions of credit quality, duration and maturity.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Trust's financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004, incorporated in this SAI by reference to the Trust's 2004 annual report to shareholders (File No. 811-9439), have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. You may obtain a copy of the Trust's annual report at no charge by request to the Trust by calling (800) 225-1852, or by writing to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

B-66



APPENDIX I-GENERAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION

The following terms are used in mutual fund investing.

Asset Allocation

Asset allocation is a technique for reducing risk and providing balance. Asset allocation among different types of securities within an overall investment portfolio helps to reduce risk and to potentially provide stable returns, while enabling investors to work toward their financial goal(s). Asset allocation is also a strategy to gain exposure to better performing asset classes while maintaining investment in other asset classes.

Diversification

Diversification is a time-honored technique for reducing risk, providing "balance" to an overall portfolio and potentially achieving more stable returns. Owning a portfolio of securities mitigates the individual risks (and returns) of any one security. Additionally, diversification among types of securities reduces the risks (and general returns) of any one type of security.

Duration

Debt securities have varying levels of sensitivity to interest rates. As interest rates fluctuate, the value of a bond (or a bond portfolio) will increase or decrease. Longer term bonds are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates. When interest rates fall, bond prices generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, bond prices generally fall.

Duration is an approximation of the price sensitivity of a bond (or a bond portfolio) to interest rate changes. It measures the weighted average maturity of a bond's (or a bond portfolio's) cash flows, i.e., principal and interest rate payments. Duration is expressed as a measure of time in years the longer the duration of a bond (or a bond portfolio), the greater the impact of interest rate changes on the bond's (or the bond portfolio's) price. Duration differs from effective maturity in that duration takes into account call provisions, coupon rates and other factors. Duration measures interest rate risk only and not other risks, such as credit risk and, in the case of non-U.S. dollar denominated securities, currency risk. Effective maturity measures the final maturity dates of a bond (or a bond portfolio).

Market Timing

Market timing-buying securities when prices are low and selling them when prices are relatively higher-may not work for many investors because it is impossible to predict with certainty how the price of a security will fluctuate. However, owning a security for a long period of time may help investors offset short-term price volatility and realize positive returns.

Power of Compounding

Over time, the compounding of returns can significantly impact investment returns. Compounding is the effect of continuous investment on long-term investment results, by which the proceeds of capital appreciation (and income distributions, if elected) are reinvested to contribute to the overall growth of assets. The long-term investment results of compounding may be greater than that of an equivalent initial investment in which the proceeds of capital appreciation and income distributions are taken in cash.

Standard Deviation

Standard deviation is an absolute (non-relative) measure of volatility that, for a mutual fund, depicts how widely the returns varied over a certain period of time. When a fund has a high standard deviation, its range of performance has been very wide, implying greater volatility potential. Standard deviation is only one of several measures of a fund's volatility.

I-1



APPENDIX II-DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND
RECORDKEEPING PROCEDURES

The Board of Trustees of the Trust has delegated to the Manager the responsibility for voting any proxies and maintaining proxy recordkeeping with respect to the Funds. The Funds authorize the Manager to delegate, in whole or in part, its proxy voting authority to the adviser or third party vendors, consistent with the policies set forth below. The proxy voting process shall remain subject to the supervision of the Board of the fund, including any Committee thereof established for that purpose.

The Manager and the Board view the proxy voting process as a component of the investment process and, as such, seek to ensure that all proxy proposals are voted with the primary goal of seeking the optimal benefit for the Fund. Consistent with this goal, the Board views the proxy voting process as a means to encourage strong corporate governance practices and ethical conduct by corporate management. The Manager and the Board maintain a policy of seeking to protect the best interests of the Fund should a proxy issue potentially implicate a conflict of interest between the Fund and the Manager or its affiliates.

The Manager delegates to the Fund's advisers the responsibility for voting the Fund's proxies. The adviser is expected to identify and seek to obtain the optimal benefit for each Fund it manages, and to adopt written policies that meet certain minimum standards, including that the policies be reasonably designed to protect the best interests of the Fund and delineate procedures to be followed when a proxy vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the adviser or its affiliates. The Manager expects that the adviser will notify the Manager at least annually of any such conflicts identified and confirm how the issue was resolved. In addition, the Manager expects that the adviser will deliver to the Manager, or its appointed vendor, information required for filing Form N-PX with the SEC.

A copy of the proxy voting policies of the Fund's Subadvisers follows

Columbus Circle Investors

EARNEST Partners, LLC

Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC

Lee Munder Investments Ltd. L.P.

PIMCO

JP Morgan Investment Management

NFJ Investment Group

Oak Associates, Ltd

RS Investment Management, LP (RS Investments)

Westcap Investors, LLC

II-1



APPENDIX II-I

COLUMBUS CIRCLE INVESTORS

PROXY VOTING POLICY
2003

For those clients for whom Columbus Circle Investors (Columbus Circle) has undertaken to vote proxies, Columbus Circle retains the final authority and responsibility for such voting. In addition to voting proxies for such clients, Columbus Circle:

1)  provides the client with this written proxy voting policy, which may be updated and supplemented from time to time;

2)  applies its proxy voting policy consistently and keeps records of votes for each client in order to verify the consistency of such voting.

3)  keeps records of such proxy voting available for inspection by the client or governmental agencies - to both determine whether the votes were consistent with policy and to determine all proxies were voted; and

4)  monitors such voting for any potential conflicts of interest and maintains systems to deal with these issues appropriately.

Keeping in mind the concept that no issue is considered "routine," outlined below are general voting parameters on various types of issues when there are no extenuating circumstances, i.e., company specific reason for voting differently. Each voting issue has specific criteria which are evaluated in making the final vote decision:

Management Proposals:

I.  When voting on ballot items which are fairly common management sponsored initiatives certain items are generally, although not always, voted affirmatively.

•  "Normal" elections of directors

•  Approval of auditors/CPA

•  Directors' liability and indemnification

•  General updating/corrective amendments to charter

•  Elimination of cumulative voting

•  Elimination of preemptive rights

II-2



2003 PROXY VOTING POLICY

II.  When voting items which have a potential substantive financial or best interest impact, certain items are generally, although not always, voted affirmatively:

•  Capitalization changes which eliminate other classes of stock and voting rights

•  Changes in capitalization authorization for stock splits, stock dividends, and other specified needs.

•  Stock purchase plans with an exercise price of not less than 85% FMV

•  Stock option plans that are incentive based and not excessive

•  Reductions in supermajority vote requirements

•  Adoption of antigreenmail provisions

III.  When voting items which have a potential substantive financial or best interest impact, certain items are generally not voted in support of the proposed management sponsored initiative:

•  Capitalization changes which add classes of stock which are blank check in nature or that dilute the voting interest of existing shareholders

•  Changes in capitalization authorization where management does not offer an appropriate rationale or that are contrary to the best interest of existing shareholders

•  Anti-takeover and related provisions which serve to prevent the majority of shareholders from exercising their rights or effectively deter appropriate tender offers and other offers

•  Amendments to bylaws which would require super-majority shareholder votes to pass or repeal certain provisions

•  Classified boards of directors

•  Reincorporation into a state which has more stringent anti-takeover and related provisions

•  Shareholder rights plans which allow appropriate offers to shareholders to be blocked by the board or trigger provisions which prevent legitimate offers from proceeding.

•  Excessive compensation or non-salary compensation related proposals, always company specific and considered case-by-case

•  Change-in-control provisions in non-salary compensation plans, employment contracts, and severance agreements that benefit management and would be costly to shareholders if triggered

Shareholder Proposals:

Traditionally shareholder proposals have been used mainly for putting social initiatives and issues in front of management and other shareholders. Under ERISA, it is inappropriate to use (vote) plan assets to carry out such social agendas or purposes. Thus, shareholder proposals are examined closely for their relationship to the best interest of shareholders, i.e., beneficiaries, and economic impact.

I.  When voting shareholder proposals, in general, initiatives related to the following items are supported:

•  Auditors should attend the annual meeting of shareholders

•  Election of the board on an annual basis

•  Equal access to proxy process

•  Submit shareholder rights plan poison pill to vote or redeem

•  Undo various anti-takeover related provisions

•  Reduction or elimination of super-majority vote requirements

•  Anti-greenmail provisions

II-3



II.  When voting shareholder proposals, in general, initiatives related to the following items are not supported:

•  Requiring directors to own large amounts of stock before being eligible to be elected

•  Restoring cumulative voting in the election of directors

•  Reports which are costly to provide or which would require duplicative efforts or expenditures which are of a non-business nature or would provide no pertinent information from the perspective of ERISA shareholders

•  Restrictions related to social, political or special interest issues which impact the ability of the company to do business or be competitive and which have a significant financial or best interest impact, such as specific boycotts or restrictions based on political, special interest or international trade considerations; restrictions on political contributions; and the Valdez principles.

Process:

Columbus Circle will in the future, as it has in the past, review it's proxy process for ERISA funds according to two operative principles:

•  Our duty of loyalty: What is the best interest of the fund beneficiaries, are their rights or ability to act being altered by this vote, is it other than beneficial;

•  The duty of prudence, is the action proposed other than in the long-term financial interest of the fund. If an issue is reviewed and found to be basically "ERISA neutral," less concern is possibly warranted than when such impacts (best interest/financial) are seen.

To date, Columbus Circle has been an active shareholder in the context of attention to the proxy process. As indicated we believe there is a difference between the "traditional" definition of activism and being an active shareholder. Columbus Circle will continue to carry out a detailed assessment of a company when evaluating areas of concern.

This review process is substantially more detailed than the typical voter is likely to apply. Columbus Circle views the voting process as more than an "auto-pilot" responsibility and seeks to be "active" within the definition of ERISA in this process. Therefore, the DOL call for monitoring, and so on, is not likely to require a significant amount of additional activity from Columbus Circle going forward. Some areas may be enhanced if appropriate.

It is important to remember that company by company analysis is required, thus all votes will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis and no issues will be considered routine. Each issue will be considered in the context of the company under review. Certain issues will be considered routine if, after review of the company, there is nothing related to that company that would call for the issue to be handled differently. In other words, proxy voting guidelines are simply that, Guidelines. When company specifics are overlaid, every proxy voting decision becomes a case-by-case decision.

Finally, returning to ERISA as the premise for a research baseline requires that fiduciaries make decisions taking into consideration two standards, the duty of prudence and the duty of loyalty. The duty of prudence requires that decisions be made based on economic or financial criteria when present. The duty of loyalty requires that decisions reflect the best interest of the beneficiaries or protect the rights of beneficiaries as shareholders. Thus, in making the proxy voting decision two overriding considerations are in effect: The economic impact and best interest impact of a vote if the measure passes or does not pass, as the case may be.

To assist in its review process, Columbus Circle has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), an independent investment advisor that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary level proxy related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. These services, provided to Columbus Circle, include in-depth research, analysis, and voting recommendations as well as reporting, auditing, and consulting assistance for the handling of proxy voting responsibilities. ISS also provides Columbus Circle with reports that reflect proxy voting activities for Columbus Circle's client portfolios which provide information for appropriate monitoring of such delegated responsibilities.

Another expression of active involvement is the voting of shareholder proposals. Columbus Circle evaluates and supports those shareholder proposals on issues that appropriately forward issues of concern to the attention of corporate management. Historically, many shareholder proposals received very little support, often not even enough to meet SEC refiling requirements in the following year. Now, support of appropriate shareholder proposals is becoming a more widespread and acknowledged practice and is viewed by many as a direct expression of concern on an issue to corporate management. (Some money managers still vote against essentially all such proposals, voting "with management" on these initiatives.) It is noted, however, that the source (and motivation of the shareholder proposal proponent) can affect outcome on a shareholder proposal vote.

Columbus Circle has not, to date, actively considered filing shareholder proposals, writing letters to companies on a regular basis, or engaging numerous companies in a dialogue. These activities and others which could be considered expressions of activism are not under consideration at this time. Should a particular equity company's policy become of concern, the evaluation and voting process will continue to be the first level of monitoring and communication. Columbus Circle's staff participates in national forums and maintains contacts with corporate representatives.

II-4



APPENDIX II-II

EARNEST PARTNERS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

II-5



I. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A.  Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Votes on director nominees are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining the following factors:

•  long-term corporate performance record relative to a market index;

•  composition of board and key board committees;

•  nominee's attendance at meetings (past two years);

•  nominee's investment in the company;

•  whether a retired CEO sits on the board; and

•  whether the chairman is also serving as CEO.

In cases of significant votes and when information is readily available, we also review:

•  corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

•  board decisions regarding executive pay;

•  director compensation;

•  number of other board seats held by nominee; and

•  interlocking directorships.

B.  Chairman and CEO are the Same Person

We vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on shareholder proposals that would require the positions of chairman and CEO to be held by different persons.

C.  Majority of Independent Directors

Shareholder proposals that request that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

We vote FOR shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

D.  Stock Ownership Requirements

We vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

E.   Term of Office

We vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors.

F.   Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

We vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

We vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

We vote FOR only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, AND (2) only if the director's legal expenses would be covered.

II-6



G.  Charitable Contributions

We vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

II. PROXY CONTESTS

A.  Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

•  long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

•  management's track record;

•  background to the proxy contest;

•  qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

•  evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and

•  stock ownership positions.

B.  Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

III. AUDITORS

A.  Ratifying Auditors

We vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless: an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent registered public accounting firm has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position.

IV. PROXY CONTEST DEFENSES

A.  Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

We vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

We vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

B.  Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

We vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed ONLY for cause.

We vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

We vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

We vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

C.  Cumulative Voting

We vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

We vote FOR proposals to permit cumulative voting.

We believe that a minority shareholder deserves a board voice. Such a "voice" would still be in the minority and thus not the recipient of any special or extra privileges or power.

II-7



D.   Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

We vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

We vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

E.   Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

We vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

We vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

F.   Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

We vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

We vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

V. TENDER OFFER DEFENSES

A.   Poison Pills

We vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company's poison pill.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

B.   Fair Price Provisions

We vote FOR fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

We vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

C.   Greenmail

We vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

D.   Pale Greenmail

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.

E.   Unequal Voting Rights

We vote AGAINST dual class exchange offers.

We vote AGAINST dual class recapitalizations.

F.   Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

We vote AGAINST management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

We vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

G.  Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

We vote AGAINST management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

II-8



We vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

H.   White Squire Placements

We vote FOR shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.

VI. MISCELLANEOUS GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS

A.  Confidential Voting

We vote FOR shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

We vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

B.  Equal Access

We vote FOR shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management's proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

C.   Bundled Proposals

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or "conditioned" proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best interests, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

D.   Shareholder Advisory Committees

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.

VII. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

A.  Common Stock Authorization

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue.

We vote AGAINST proposed common stock authorizations that increase the existing authorization by more than 120 percent unless a clear need for the excess shares is presented by the company.

Several managements are requesting substantial increases in their authorized shares. Whilst these objectives may be worthwhile, a potential problem is created when substantial increases in authorized shares are combined with a blank check preferred stock provision. Blank check preferred stock enables boards to establish voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights without shareholder approval. The combination of significant unused authorized shares and a blank check preferred stock provision can produce significant dilution and/or inhibit a takeover.

Measuring the appropriateness of a share increase by looking at authorized shares does not adequately capture the risk of management misuse or the retarding effect on an attractive tender offer. Therefore, we use the more conservative measure of OUTSTANDING SHARES as our base. Absent a specific use, we only approve the authorization of additional shares in cases producing less than a 120% increase in OUTSTANDING SHARES.

B.   Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

We vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

II-9



C.   Reverse Stock Splits

We vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

D.   Blank Check Preferred Authorization

We vote FOR proposals to create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend and distribution, and other rights.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase the number of authorized blank check preferred shares.

E.   Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock

We vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.

F.  Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

We vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

G. Preemptive Rights

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.

H.   Debt Restructurings

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan. We consider the following issues:

•  DILUTION-How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?

•  CHANGE IN CONTROL-Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?

•  BANKRUPTCY-Is the threat of bankruptcy, which would result in severe losses in shareholder value, the main factor driving the debt restructuring?

Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.

I.  Share Repurchase Programs

We vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

VIII. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

In general, we vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on executive and director compensation plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth by having a high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value.

In evaluating a pay plan, we measure its dilutive effect both on shareholder wealth and on voting power. We value equity-based compensation along with the cash components of pay. We estimate the present value of all short- and long-term incentives, derivative awards, and cash/bonus compensation-which enables us to assign a dollar value to the amount of potential shareholder wealth transfer.

Our vote is based, in part, on a comparison of company-specific adjusted allowable dilution cap and a weighted average estimate of shareholder wealth transfer and voting power dilution. Administrative features are also factored into our vote. For example, our policy is that the plan should be administered by a committee of disinterested persons; insiders should not serve on compensation committees.

II-10



Other factors, such as repricing underwater stock options without shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

A.   Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

B.   Golden and Tin Parachutes

We vote FOR shareholder proposals to have golden and tin parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes.

C.   Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

We vote FOR proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is "excessive" (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).

D.   401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

We vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

E.   Stock Option Plans

The following conditions are important when considering stock option plans:

(1)  dilution greater than 10%

(2)  grants at discounts or below market prices

(3)  loans at below market rates to finance options

(4)  grants to non-employee directors

(5)  grants to individuals or small groups

(6)  "gun-jumping" grants, i.e., grants made in anticipation of shareholder approval.

Generally speaking, we support option plans except when condition 1 or 2 above is violated. Our position is that options are an important resource used to attract and retain qualified people. In the case of non-employee directors, we believe it is in the interests of shareholders for directors to have a financial stake in the company they direct.

IX. STATE OF INCORPORATION

A.   Voting on State Takeover Statutes

We review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

B.   Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company's state of incorporation are examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

II-11



X. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

A.   Mergers and Acquisitions

Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account at least the following:

•  anticipated financial and operating benefits;

•  offer price (cost vs. premium);

•  prospects of the combined companies;

•  how the deal was negotiated; and

•  changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

B.   Corporate Restructuring

Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

C.   Spin-Offs

Votes on spin-offs are considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

D.   Asset Sales

Votes on asset sales are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

E.   Liquidations

Votes on liquidations are made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after reviewing management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

F.   Appraisal Rights

We vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

G.   Changing Corporate Name

We vote FOR changing the corporate name.

XI. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

A.   Election of Trustees

We vote on trustee nominees on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

B.   Investment Advisory Agreement

We vote on investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

C.   Fundamental Investment Restrictions

We vote on amendments to a fund's fundamental investment restrictions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

D.   Distribution Agreements

We vote on distribution agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

II-12



XII. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Our fiduciary responsibility calls for us to make an active decision. Hence, EARNEST PARTNERS votes either FOR or AGAINST issues based upon the best economic interests for our shareholdings. In most cases, absent a discernible economic effect, we are voting with management's best judgement.

In most cases, we vote FOR disclosure reports that seek additional information, particularly when it appears companies have not adequately addressed shareholders' social and environmental concerns.

In determining our vote on shareholder social and environmental proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

•  whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company's short-term or long-term share value;

•  the percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

•  the degree to which the company's stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

•  whether the issues presented should be dealt with through government or company-specific action;

•  whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

•  whether the company's analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

•  what other companies have done in response to the issue;

•  whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

•  whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

•  whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board.

Among the social and environmental issues to which we apply this analysis are the following:

•  Energy and Environment

•  South Africa

•  Northern Ireland

•  Military Business

•  Maquiladora Standards and International Operations Policies

•  World Debt Crisis

•  Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

•  Animal Rights

•  Product Integrity and Marketing

•  Human Resources Issues

II-13



APPENDIX II-III

HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT , LLC

II-14



HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Purpose

The purpose of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is to memorialize the procedures and policies adopted by Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management ("HWCM") to enable it to comply with its accepted responsibilities and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended ("Advisers Act").

Policy

HWCM acts as discretionary investment adviser for various clients, including clients governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). Unless a client (including a "named fiduciary" under ERISA) specifically reserves the right to vote its own proxies, HWCM will vote all proxies in sufficient time prior to their deadlines as part of its full discretionary authority over the assets.

When voting proxies for clients, HWCM's primary concern is that all decisions be made solely in the best interest of the shareholder (for ERISA accounts, plan beneficiaries and participants, in accordance with the letter and spirit of ERISA). HWCM will act in a manner it deems prudent and diligent and which is intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the account.

Guidelines

Each proxy issue will be considered individually. The following guidelines are a partial list to be used in voting on proposals often contained in proxy statements, but will not be used as rigid rules. The voting policies below are subject to modification in certain circumstances and will be reexamined from time to time. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated below, HWCM will exercise its best judgement as a fiduciary to vote in the manner which will most enhance shareholder value.

Management Proposals

The majority of votes presented to shareholders are proposals made by management, which have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. Generally, in the absence of any unusual or non-routine information, the following items are likely to be supported:

•  Ratification of appointment of independent auditors

•  General updating/corrective amendments to charter

•  Increase in common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend

•  Stock option plans that are incentive based and not excessive

•  Election of directors

The following items will always require company specific and case-by-case review and analysis when submitted by management to a shareholder vote:

•  Directors' liability and indemnity proposals

•  Executive compensation plans

•  Mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote

•  Anti-takeover and related provisions

Shareholder Proposals

Under ERISA standards, it is inappropriate to use (vote) plan assets to carry out social agendas or purposes. Thus, shareholder proposals are examined closely for their relationship to the best interest of beneficiaries, and economic impact. In general, HWCM will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company's board of directors on all shareholder proposals. However, HWCM will support shareholder proposals that are consistent with HWCM's proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals

Generally, shareholder proposals related to the following items are supported:

•  Confidential voting

II-15



•  Bylaw and charter amendments only with shareholder approval

•  Majority of independent directors in a board

Generally, shareholder proposals related to the following items are not supported:

•  Limitations on the tenure of directors

•  Declassification of the board

•  Cumulative voting

•  Restrictions related to social, political, or special interest issues that impact the ability of the company to do business or be competitive and that have a significant financial or vested interest impact.

•  Reports which are costly to provide or expenditures which are of a non-business nature or would provide no pertinent information from the perspective of shareholders.

Conflict of Interest

Due to the nature of HWCM's business and its small size, it is unlikely that conflicts of interest will arise in voting proxies of public companies,. However, if a potential conflict of interest did arise it would typically be a proxy for a company that is also HWCM's client. In this event, the Compliance Department will review these votes to make sure that HWCM's proposed votes are consistent with the established guidelines and not prompted by any conflict of interest.

HWCM may receive proxies for companies which are clients of Stephens Inc. ("Stephens"), a full service broker-dealer and investment bank who's parent company, Stephens Group Inc., owns a non-controlling minority interest in HWCM. Stephens does not directly or indirectly participate in HWCM's policies or decisions with respect to proxy voting.

Procedures

HWCM's Portfolio Services Department is responsible for ensuring that all proxies received by HWCM are voted in a timely manner and voted consistently across all portfolios. Although many proxy proposals can be voted in accordance with our established guidelines, we recognize that some proposals require special consideration, which may dictate that we make an exception to our broad guidelines.

HWCM subscribes to an independent third party proxy research firm which provides analysis and recommendation for company proxies. On specific items where the board-approved recommendation and the research firm's recommendation do not agree, HWCM will generally approve the board-approved recommendation if it is consistent with our established guidelines. The HWCM analyst responsible for research for the company makes a determination on how to vote the proxies using our established guidelines.

Whenever HWCM is proposing to vote against the board-approved recommendations or against its established guidelines, the Compliance Department will review these votes to make sure that HWCM's proposed vote is not prompted by any conflict of interest.

Record Keeping

In accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act, HWCM will maintain for the time periods set forth in the Rule (i) these proxy voting procedures and policies, and all amendments thereto; (ii) all proxy statements received regarding client securities (provided however, that HWCM may rely on the proxy statement filed on EDGAR as its records); (iii) a record of all votes cast on behalf of clients; (iv) records of all client requests for proxy voting information; (v) any documents prepared by the HWCM that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and (vi) all records relating to requests made by clients regarding conflicts of interest in voting the proxy.

HWCM will describe in its Part II of Form ADV (or other brochure fulfilling the requirement of Rule 204-3) its proxy voting policies and procedures and advise clients how they may obtain information about how HWCM voted their securities. Clients may obtain information about how their securities were voted or a copy of our Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures free of charge by written request addressed to HWCM.

II-16



APPENDIX II-IV

LEE MUNDER INVESTMENTS LTD. L.P.

II-17



PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The following policies address the Firm's obligations with respect to the voting of proxies for client accounts. Most clients expect the investment manager to vote proxies for portfolio companies on behalf of the client. Under ERISA regulations, proxy voting is deemed to be an important plan asset, and the investment manager is obligated to vote such proxies. Clients must also have the ability to direct the voting of proxies in a manner that they believe benefits their particular account.

In addition, clients often expect periodic reporting of how proxies were voted on their behalf. As a result, we must be prepared to report our activities in this area.

Voting Guideli nes

Proposals presented in a proxy statement can generally be broken down into a number of specific types. A description and our general policies for those follow.

•  Board of Directors: Our investment strategies generally favor companies in which we believe that there are positive growth or other attributes. We generally do not take positions in companies with the intent of effecting change. As a result, we would generally vote in favor of the Board slate being presented. However, there are some actions by directors that should result in votes being withheld. These instances may include:

•  Unsatisfactory attendance at the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse

•  Actions that appear not to be in the best interests of shareholders, including implementation of poison pills, ignoring a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the shares outstanding, failing to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders have tendered their shares

•  Where such directors are inside directors and the inside directors represent a large percentage of the board, or where such director sits on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees

In addition, directors who enacted egregious corporate governance polices or failed to replace management as appropriate would be subject to recommendations to withhold votes.

•  Auditors: Similar to our approach with Boards, we would generally vote in favor of the Board recommendation, unless an auditor has financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position.

•  Option plans: Option plans are generally reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The major factor we consider is dilution (no more than 10%-12%), although reload and repricing options also factor in (which we do not support either). We will also consider the shareholder cost of the plan, and use the ISS methodology as an input to this decision. The portfolio manager or research analyst covering the company may be consulted for additional information.

•  Employee stock purchase plans: Review on a case by case basis, however, pricing is an important factor, where in general we would support a purchase price at least 85 percent of fair market value.

•  Vote against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

•  Vote for proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis relative to the company's other governance provisions.

•  Vote against proposals to classify the board.

•  Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

•  Vote against open ended "any other business".

•  Mergers and Corporate restructuring on a case-by-case basis.

•  Other proposals: generally reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

•  Shareholder proposals: Reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

II-18



Operations

LMIL began using ISS beginning in the first quarter of 2001 for administration of proxy voting, and for specific research. Even though LMIL may use outside resources, it is responsible for the fair and accurate voting of proxies.

Operations is responsible for ensuring proxies are voted, in accordance with the firm's policies.

Conflicts o f Interest

In the event the firm holds a security issued by a client in client portfolios, and are required to vote that security, then that situation may place us in a conflict of interest situation. In that situation, we will look to the ISS recommendation for how we should vote. We can still perform the clerical functions of voting.

Disclosure

LMIL will provide conspicuously displayed information in its Disclosure Document summarizing this proxy voting policy and procedures, including a statement that clients may request information regarding how LMIL voted a client's proxies, and that clients may request a copy of these policies and procedures.

LMIL may alternatively provide a summary of this policy in its Disclosure document and send a copy of this policy to all existing clients. Records shall be maintained of such disclosure.

Client Requests for Information

All client requests for information regarding proxy votes, or policies and procedures, received by any employee should be forwarded to Operations.

In response to any request Operations will prepare a written response to the client with the information requested, and as applicable will include the name of the issuer, the proposal voted upon, and how LMIL voted the client's proxy with respect to each proposal about which client inquired.

Recordkeeping

LMIL shall retain the following proxy records in accordance with the SEC's record retention requirement.

  These policies and procedures and any amendments;

  Each proxy statement that it receives;

  A record of each vote that is cast;

  Any document created that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies, or that memorializes that decision including period reports to the General Manager;

  A copy of each written request from a client for information on how LMIL voted such client's proxies, and a copy of any written response.

II-19



APPENDIX II-V

PIMCO

II-20



PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The following are general proxy voting policies and procedures ("Policies and Procedures") adopted by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ("PIMCO"), an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended ("Advisers Act"). PIMCO serves as the investment adviser to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act") as well as separate investment accounts for other clients. 1 These Policies and Procedures are adopted to ensure compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisers Act, other applicable fiduciary obligations of PIMCO and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and interpretations of its staff. PIMCO will implement these Policies and Procedures for each of its respective clients as required under applicable law, unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client's proxies. PIMCO's authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients is established by its advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of discretionary authority over its client's assets. These Policies and Procedures also apply to any voting rights and/or consent rights of PIMCO, on behalf of its clients, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, PIMCO's Policies and Procedures reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts set out in the Department of Labor's rules and regulations. 2

Set forth below are PIMCO's Policies and Procedures with respect to voting shares owned by advisory clients over which PIMCO has discretionary voting authority. These Policies and Procedures may be revised from time to time.

Gen eral Statements of Policy

These Policies and Procedures are designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interests of PIMCO's clients. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances. Proxies may also be voted with the objective of fostering good corporate governance practices, including the fair and equal treatment of shareholders together with the reasonable disclosure to shareholders of company policies, activities and returns.

PIMCO may abstain from voting a client proxy under the following circumstances: (1) when the economic effect on shareholders' interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant; or (2) when the cost of voting the proxies outweighs the benefits.

Conflicts of Interest

PIMCO seeks to resolve any material conflicts of interest in the best interest of its clients. If a material conflict of interest should arise, PIMCO will seek to resolve such conflict in the client's best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action:

1.  convening an ad-hoc committee to assess and resolve the conflict;

2.  voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of a client after providing notice of and disclosing to that client the conflict;

3.  voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider;

4.  suggesting that the client engage another party to determine how the proxies should be voted;

5.  delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider;

6.  voting in accordance with these Policies and Procedures if such vote involves little discretion or no discretion; or

7.  voting in good faith in the best interests of a client.

PIMCO will document the process of resolving any identified material conflict of interest.

Reporting Requirements and the Availability of Proxy Voting Records

Except to the extent required by applicable law or otherwise approved by PIMCO, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted a proxy on behalf of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual, PIMCO will

  1   These Policies and Procedures address proxy voting considerations under U.S. law and regulation and do not address the laws or requirements of other jurisdictions.

  2   Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2 (July 29, 1994).

II-21



disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the voting authority to PIMCO for such clients (e.g., trustees or consultants retained by the client), how PIMCO voted such client's proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a concise summary of these Policies and Procedures: (i) in Part II of Form ADV; (ii) together with a periodic account statement in a separate mailing; or (iii) any other means as determined by PIMCO. The summary states that these Policies and Procedures are available upon request and informs clients that information about how PIMCO voted that client's proxies is available upon request.

PIMCO Record Keeping

PIMCO or its agent maintains proxy voting records as required by Rule 204-2(c) of the Advisers Act. These records include: (1) a copy of all proxy voting policies and procedures; (2) proxy statements received regarding client securities (which may be satisfied by relying on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system or a third party provided that the third party undertakes to provide a copy promptly upon request); (3) a record of each vote cast by PIMCO on behalf of a client; (4) a copy of any document created by PIMCO that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) a copy of each written client request for proxy voting records and any written response from PIMCO to any (written or oral) client request for such records. Additionally, PIMCO or its agent maintains any documentation related to an identified material conflict of interest.

Proxy voting books and records are maintained by PIMCO or its agent in an easily accessible place for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in the offices of PIMCO or its agent.

Review and Oversight

PIMCO's proxy voting procedures are described below. PIMCO's Compliance Group will provide for the supervision and periodic review, no less than on a quarterly basis, of its proxy voting activities and the implementation of these Policies and Procedures.

Because PIMCO has contracted with State Street Investment Manager Solutions, LLC ("IMS West") to perform portfolio accounting, securities processing and settlement processing on behalf of PIMCO, certain of the following procedures involves IMS West administering and facilitating the proxy voting process. IMS West will review and monitor the proxy voting process to ensure that proxies are voted on a timely basis.

1. Transmit Proxy to PIMCO. IMS West will forward to PIMCO's Middle Office Group each proxy received from registered owners of record ( e.g. , custodian bank or other third party service providers).

2. Conflicts of Interest. PIMCO's Middle Office Group will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and its client. As part of this review, the group will determine whether the issuer of the security or proponent of the proposal is a client of PIMCO. If no conflict exists, this group will forward each proxy to the appropriate portfolio manager for consideration. However, if a conflict does exist, PIMCO's Middle Office Group will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

3. Vote. The portfolio manager will review the information, will vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Procedures and will return the voted proxy to PIMCO's Middle Office Group.

4. Review. PIMCO's Middle Office Group will review each proxy that was submitted to and completed by the appropriate portfolio manager. PIMCO's Middle Office Group will forward the voted proxy back to IMS West with the portfolio manager's decision.

5. Transmittal to Third Parties. IMS West will document the portfolio manager's decision for each proxy received from PIMCO's Middle Office Group in a format designated by the custodian bank or other third party service provider. IMS West will maintain a log of all corporate actions, including proxy voting, which indicates, among other things, the date the notice was received and verified, PIMCO's response, the date and time the custodian bank or other third party service provider was notified, the expiration date and any action taken.

Categories of Proxy Voting Issues

In general, PIMCO reviews and considers corporate governance issues related to proxy matters and generally supports proposals that foster good corporate governance practices. PIMCO considers each proposal on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration various factors and all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. PIMCO may vote proxies

II-22



as recommended by management on routine matters related to the operation of the issuer and on matters not expected to have a significant economic impact on the issuer and/or shareholders, because PIMCO believes the recommendations by the issuer generally are in shareholders' best interests, and therefore in the best economic interest of PIMCO's clients. The following is a non-exhaustive list of issues that may be included in proxy materials submitted to clients of PIMCO, and the factors that PIMCO may consider in determining how to vote the client's proxies.

Board of Directors

1.   Independence. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director independence issues: (i) majority requirements for the board and the audit, nominating, compensation and/or other board committees; and (ii) whether the issuer adheres to and/or is subject to legal and regulatory requirements.

2.   Director Tenure and Retirement. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on limiting the term of outside directors: (i) the introduction of new viewpoints on the board; (ii) a reasonable retirement age for the outside directors; and (iii) the impact on the board's stability and continuity.

3.   Nominations in Elections. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on uncontested elections: (i) composition of the board; (ii) nominee availability and attendance at meetings; (iii) any investment made by the nominee in the issuer; and (iv) long-term corporate performance and the price of the issuer's securities.

4.   Separation of Chairman a nd CEO Positions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals requiring that the positions of chairman of the board and the chief executive officer not be filled by the same person: (i) any potential conflict of interest with respect to the board's ability to review and oversee management's actions; and (ii) any potential effect on the issuer's productivity and efficiency.

5.   D&O Indemnification and Liability Protection. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals that include director and officer indemnification and liability protection: (i) indemnifying directors for conduct in the normal course of business; (ii) limiting liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care; (iii) expanding coverage beyond legal expenses to acts that represent more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than carelessness ( e.g. negligence); and (iv) providing expanded coverage in cases where a director's legal defense was unsuccessful if the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company.

6.   Stock Ownership. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals on mandatory share ownership requirements for directors: (i) the benefits of additional vested interest in the issuer's stock; (ii) the ability of a director to fulfill his duties to the issuer regardless of the extent of his stock ownership; and (iii) the impact of limiting the number of persons qualified to be directors.

Proxy Contests and Proxy Contest Defenses

1.   Contest ed Director Nominations. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals for director nominees in a contested election: (i) background and reason for the proxy contest; (ii) qualifications of the director nominees; (iii) management's track record; (iv) the issuer's long-term financial performance within its industry; (v) assessment of what each side is offering shareholders; (vi) the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and (vii) stock ownership positions of the director nominees.

2.   Reimbursement for Proxy Solicitation Expenses. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reimbursement for proxy solicitation expenses: (i) identity of the persons who will pay the expenses; (ii) estimated total cost of solicitation; (iii) total expenditures to date; (iv) fees to be paid to proxy solicitation firms; and (v) when applicable, terms of a proxy contest settlement.

3.   Ability to Alter the Size of the Board by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal seeks to fix the size of the board and/or require shareholder approval to alter the size of the board.

4.   Ability to Remove Directors by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal allows shareholders to remove directors with or without cause and/or allow shareholders to elect directors and fill board vacancies.

5.   Cumulative Voting. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on cumulative voting: (i) the ability of significant stockholders to elect a director of their choosing; (ii) the ability of minority shareholders to concentrate their support in favor of a director(s) of their choosing; and (iii) any potential limitation placed on the director's ability to work for all shareholders.

II-23



6.   Supermajority Shareholder Requirements. PIMCO may consider all relevant factors, including but not limited to limiting the ability of shareholders to effect change when voting on supermajority requirements to approve an issuer's charter or bylaws, or to approve a merger or other significant business combination that would require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority.

Tender Offer Defenses

1.   Classified Boards. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on classified boards: (i) providing continuity to the issuer; (ii) promoting long-term planning for the issuer; and (iii) guarding against unsolicited takeovers.

2.   P oison Pills. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on poison pills: (i) supporting proposals to require a shareholder vote on other shareholder rights plans; (ii) ratifying or redeeming a poison pill in the interest of protecting the value of the issuer; and (iii) other alternatives to prevent a takeover at a price clearly below the true value of the issuer.

3.   Fair Price Provisions . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals with respect to fair price provisions: (i) the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition; (ii) the vote required to repeal the fair price provision; (iii) the mechanism for determining fair price; and (iv) whether these provisions are bundled with other anti-takeover measures (e.g., supermajority voting requirements) that may entrench management and discourage attractive tender offers.

Capital Structure

1.   Stock Authoriz ations. PIMCO may consider the following factors to help distinguish between legitimate proposals to authorize increases in common stock for expansion and other corporate purchases and those proposals designed primarily as an anti-takeover device: (i) the purpose and need for the stock increase; (ii) the percentage increase with respect to the authorization currently in place; (iii) voting rights of the stock; and (iv) overall capitalization structure of the issuer.

2.   Issuance of Preferred Stoc k. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the issuance of preferred stock: (i) whether the new class of preferred stock has unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights; (ii) whether the issuer expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights; (iii) whether the issuer specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable; and (iv) whether the stated purpose is to raise capital or make acquisitions in the normal course of business.

3.   Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the number of shares with respect to the issuer's existing authorized shares; and (ii) the industry that the issuer is in and the issuer's performance in that industry.

4.   R eversed Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reverse stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the shares with respect to the issuer's existing authorized stock; and (ii) issues related to delisting the issuer's stock.

Executive and Director Compensation

1.   Stock Option Plans. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock option plans: (i) whether the stock option plan expressly permits the repricing of options; (ii) whether the plan could result in earnings dilution of greater than a specified percentage of shares outstanding; (iii) whether the plan has an option exercise price below the market price on the day of the grant; (iv) whether the proposal relates to an amendment to extend the term of options for persons leaving the firm voluntarily or for cause; and (v) whether the stock option plan has certain other embedded features.

2.   D irector Compensation. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director compensation: (i) whether director shares are at the same market risk as those of the issuer's shareholders; and (ii) how stock option programs for outside directors compare with the standards of internal stock option programs.

3.   Golden and Tin Parachutes. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on golden and/or tin parachutes: (i) whether they will be submitted for shareholder approval; and (ii) the employees covered by the plan and the quality of management.

State of Incorporation

State Takeo ver Statutes. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals to opt out of a state takeover statute: (i) the power the statute vests with the issuer's board; (ii) the potential of the statute to stifle bids; and (iii) the potential for the statute to empower the board to negotiate a better deal for shareholders.

II-24



Mergers and Restructurings

1.   Mergers and Acquisitions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a merger and/or acquisition: (i) anticipated financial and operating benefits as a result of the merger or acquisition; (ii) offer price; (iii) prospects of the combined companies; (iv) how the deal was negotiated; and (v) changes in corporate governance and the potential impact on shareholder rights. PIMCO may also consider what impact the merger or acquisition may have on groups/organizations other than the issuer's shareholders.

2.   Corporate Restru cturings. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a spin-off, PIMCO may consider the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes an asset sale, PIMCO may consider the impact on the balance sheet or working capital and the value received for the asset. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a liquidation, PIMCO may consider management's efforts to pursue alternatives, the appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

Investment C ompany Proxies

For investment companies, PIMCO votes, on a case-by-case basis, each proxy and takes all reasonable steps to ensure that proxies are voted consistent with all applicable investment policies of the client and in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the client.

1.   Election of Directors or Trustees. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the director or trustee nominees of a mutual fund: (i) board structure, director independence and qualifications, and compensation paid by the fund and the family of funds; (ii) availability and attendance at board and committee meetings; (iii) investments made by the nominees in the fund; and (iv) the fund's performance.

2.   Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on converting a closed-end fund to an open-end fund: (i) past performance as a closed-end fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address any discount of the fund's shares; (iv) past shareholder activism; (v) board activity; and (vi) votes on related proposals.

3.   Proxy Contests. PIMCO may consider the following factors related to a proxy contest: (i) past performance of the fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address past shareholder activism; (iv) board activity; and (v) votes on related proposals.

4.   Investment Advisory Agreements. PIMCO may consider the following factors related to approval of an investment advisory agreement: (i) proposed and current fee arrangements/schedules; (ii) fund category/investment objective; (iii) performance benchmarks; (iv) share price performance as compared with peers; and (v) the magnitude of any fee increase and the reasons for such fee increase.

5.   Policies Established in Accordance with the 1940 Act. PIMCO may consider the following factors: (i) the extent to which the proposed changes fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and comply with SEC interpretation; (ii) potential competitiveness; (iii) regulatory developments; and (iv) current and potential returns and risks.

6.   Changing a Fu ndamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction: (i) reasons given by the board and management for the change; and (ii) the projected impact of the change on the fund's portfolio.

7.   Distribution Agreements. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to approve a distribution agreement: (i) fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar investment objectives; (ii) the distributor's reputation and past performance; and (iii) competitiveness of the fund among other similar funds in the industry.

8.   Names Rule Proposals. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a proposal to change a fund name, consistent with Rule 35d-1 of the 1940 Act: (i) whether the fund invests a minimum of 80% of its assets in the type of investments suggested by the proposed name; (ii) the political and economic changes in the target market; and (iii) current asset composition.

9.   Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to dispose of fund assets, terminate, or liquidate the fund: (i) strategies employed to salvage the fund; (ii) the fund's past performance; and (iii) the terms of the liquidation.

II-25



10.   Changes to Charter Documents. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fund's charter documents: (i) degree of change implied by the proposal; (ii) efficiencies that could result; (iii) state of incorporation; and (iv) regulatory standards and implications.

11.   Changing the Domicile of a Fund. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change the domicile of a fund: (i) regulations of both states; (ii) required fundamental policies of both states; and (iii) the increased flexibility available.

12.   Change in Fund's Subcl assification. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a change in a fund's subclassification from diversified to non-diversified or to permit concentration in an industry: (i) potential competitiveness; (ii) current and potential returns; (iii) risk of concentration; and (iv) consolidation in the target industry.

Miscellaneous Provisions

1.   Such Other Business. Proxy ballots sometimes contain a proposal granting the board authority to "transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting." PIMCO may consider the following factors when developing a position on proxy ballots that contain a proposal granting the board authority to "transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting": (i) whether the board is limited in what actions it may legally take within such authority; and (ii) PIMCO's responsibility to consider actions before supporting them.

2.   Equal Access. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on equal access: (i) the opportunity for significant company shareholders to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and to nominate candidates to the board; and (ii) the added complexity and burden of providing shareholders with access to proxy materials.

3.   Charitable Contributions . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on charitable contributions: (i) the potential benefits to shareholders; and (ii) the potential impact on the issuer's resources that could have been used to increase shareholder value.

4.   Special Interest Issues. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on special interest issues: (i) the long-term benefit to shareholders of promoting corporate accountability and responsibility on social issues; (ii) management's responsibility with respect to special interest issues; (iii) any economic costs and restrictions on management; (iv) a client's instruction to vote proxies in a specific manner and/or in a manner different from these Policies and Procedures; and (v) the responsibility to vote proxies for the greatest long-term shareholder value.

II-26



APPENDIX II-VI

J.P MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

GLOBAL PROXY VOTING
PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

2003 Edition

July 1, 2003

PX-PROC-703

01077

II-27



TABLE OF CONTENTS-GLOBAL

Part I:       JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management Global Proxy-Voting Procedures   II-29  
    A.   Objective   II-29  
    B.   Proxy Committee   II-29  
    C.   The Proxy Voting Process   II-29  
    D.   Material Conflicts of Interest   II-30  
    E.   Escalation of Material Conflicts of Interest   II-30  
    F.   Recordkeeping   II-31  
        EXHIBIT A   II-32  
Part II:       JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management Global Proxy-Voting Guidelines   II-33  
    A.   North America   II-34  
        Table of Contents   II-34  
        Guidelines   II-36  
    B.   Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America   II-45  
        Table of Contents   II-45  
        Guidelines   II-46  
    C.   Asia (Ex-Japan)   II-54  
    D.   Japan   II-55  

 

JPMorgan Fleming Corporate Governance

II-28



Part I:  JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management Proxy Voting Procedures

A.   Objective

As an investment adviser within JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management, each of the entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (each referred to individually as a "JPMFAM Entity" and collectively as "JPMFAM") may be granted by its clients the authority to vote the proxies of the securities held in client portfolios. In such cases, JPMFAM's objective is to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. To further that objective, JPMFAM adopted these Procedures.

These Procedures incorporate detailed guidelines for voting proxies on specific types of issues (the "Guidelines"). The Guidelines have been developed and approved by the relevant Proxy Committee (as defined below) with the objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value. Because proxy proposals and individual company facts and circumstances may vary, JPMFAM may not always vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines.

B.   Proxy Committee

To oversee the proxy-voting process on an on-going basis, a Proxy Committee will be established for each global location where proxy-voting decisions are made. Each Proxy Committee will be composed of a Proxy Administrator (as defined below) and senior officers from among the Investment, Legal, Compliance and Risk Management Departments. The primary functions of each Proxy Committee are to periodically review general proxy-voting matters; review and approve the Guidelines annually; and provide advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues to be implemented by the relevant JPMFAM Entity. The Proxy Committee may delegate certain of its responsibilities to subgroups composed of Proxy Committee members. The Proxy Committee meets at least semi-annually, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

C.  The Proxy Voting Process

JPMFAM investment professionals monitor the corporate actions of the companies held in their clients' portfolios. To assist JPMFAM investment professionals with public companies' proxy voting proposals, a JPMFAM Entity may, but shall not be obligated to, retain the services of an independent proxy voting service ("Independent Voting Service"). The Independent Voting Service is assigned responsibility for various functions, which may include one or more of the following: coordinating with client custodians to ensure that all proxy materials are processed in a timely fashion; providing JPMFAM with a comprehensive analysis of each proxy proposal and providing JPMFAM with recommendations on how to vote each proxy proposal based on the Guidelines or, where no Guideline exists or where the Guidelines require a case-by-case analysis, on the Independent Voting Service's analysis; and executing the voting of the proxies in accordance with Guidelines and its recommendation, except when a recommendation is overridden by JPMFAM, as described below. If those functions are not assigned to an Independent Voting Service, they are performed or coordinated by a Proxy Administrator (as defined below).

Situations often arise in which more than one JPMFAM client invests in the same company or in which a single client may invest in the same company but in multiple accounts. In those situations, two or more clients, or one client with different accounts, may be invested in strategies having different investment objectives, investment styles, or portfolio managers. As a result, JPMFAM may cast different votes on behalf of different clients or on behalf of the same client with different accounts.

Each JPMFAM Entity appoints a JPMFAM professional to act as a proxy administrator ("Proxy Administrator") for each global location of such entity where proxy-voting decisions are made. The Proxy Administrators are charged with oversight of these Procedures and the entire proxy-voting process. Their duties, in the event an Independent Voting Service is retained, include the following: evaluating the quality of services provided by the Independent Voting Service; escalating proposals identified by the Independent Voting Service as non-routine, but for which a Guideline exists (including, but not limited to, compensation plans, anti-takeover proposals, reincorporation, mergers, acquisitions and proxy-voting contests) to the attention of the appropriate investment professionals and confirming the Independent Voting Service's recommendation with the appropriate JPMFAM investment professional (documentation of those confirmations will be retained by the appropriate Proxy Administrator); escalating proposals identified by the Independent Voting Service as not being covered by the Guidelines (including proposals requiring a case-by-case determination under the Guidelines) to the appropriate investment professional and obtaining a recommendation with respect thereto; reviewing recommendations of JPMFAM investment professionals with respect to proposals not covered by the Guidelines (including proposals requiring a case-by-case determination under the Guidelines) or to override the Guidelines (collectively, "Overrides"); referring investment considerations regarding Overrides to the Proxy Committee, if necessary; determining, in the case of Overrides, whether a material conflict, as described below, exists; escalating material conflicts to the Proxy Committee; and maintaining the records required by these Procedures.

II-29



In the event investment professionals are charged with recommending how to vote the proxies, the Proxy Administrator's duties include the following: reviewing recommendations of investment professionals with respect to Overrides; referring investment considerations regarding such Overrides to the Proxy Committee, if necessary; determining, in the case of such Overrides, whether a material conflict, as described below, exists; escalating material conflicts to the Proxy Committee; and maintaining the records required by these Procedures.

IN THE EVENT A JPMFAM INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL MAKES A RECOMMENDATION IN CONNECTION WITH AN OVERRIDE, THE INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL MUST PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE PROXY ADMINISTRATOR WITH A WRITTEN CERTIFICATION ("CERTIFICATION") WHICH SHALL CONTAIN AN ANALYSIS SUPPORTING HIS OR HER RECOMMENDATION AND A CERTIFICATION THAT HE OR SHE (A) RECEIVED NO COMMUNICATION IN REGARD TO THE PROXY THAT WOULD VIOLATE EITHER THE J.P. MORGAN CHASE ("JPMC") SAFEGUARD POLICY (AS DEFINED BELOW) OR WRITTEN POLICY ON INFORMATION BARRIERS, OR RECEIVED ANY COMMUNICATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROXY SOLICITATION OR OTHERWISE THAT WOULD SUGGEST THE EXISTENCE OF AN ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL CONFLICT BETWEEN JPMFAM'S INTERESTS AND THAT OF ITS CLIENTS AND (B) WAS NOT AWARE OF ANY PERSONAL OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP THAT COULD PRESENT AN ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST WITH THE CLIENTS' INTERESTS.

D.  Material Conflicts of Interest

The U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires that the proxy-voting procedures adopted and implemented by a U.S. investment adviser include procedures that address material conflicts of interest that may arise between the investment adviser's interests and those of its clients. To address such material potential conflicts of interest, JPMFAM relies on certain policies and procedures. In order to maintain the integrity and independence of JPMFAM's investment processes and decisions, including proxy-voting decisions, and to protect JPMFAM's decisions from influences that could lead to a vote other than in its clients' best interests, JPMC (including JPMFAM) adopted a Safeguard Policy, and established formal informational barriers designed to restrict the flow of information from JPMC's securities, lending, investment banking and other divisions to JPMFAM investment professionals. The information barriers include, where appropriate: computer firewalls; the establishment of separate legal entities; and the physical separation of employees from separate business divisions. Material conflicts of interest are further avoided by voting in accordance with JPMFAM's predetermined Guidelines. When an Override occurs, any potential material conflict of interest that may exist is analyzed in the process outlined in these Procedures.

Examples of such material conflicts of interest that could arise include circumstances in which: (i) management of a JPMFAM investment management client or prospective client, distributor or prospective distributor of its investment management products, or critical vendor, is soliciting proxies and failure to vote in favor of management may harm JPMFAM's relationship with such company and materially impact JPMFAM's business; or (ii) a personal relationship between a JPMFAM officer and management of a company or other proponent of a proxy proposal could impact JPMFAM's voting decision.

E.  Escalation of Material Conflicts of Interest

When an Override occurs, the investment professional must complete the Certification and the Proxy Administrator will review the circumstances surrounding such Certification. When a potential material conflict of interest has been identified, the Proxy Administrator, in consultation with a subgroup of the Proxy Committee, will evaluate the potential conflict and determine whether an actual material conflict of interest exists. That subgroup shall include a Proxy Committee member from the Investment Department and one or more Proxy Committee members from the Legal, Compliance or Risk Management Departments. In the event that the Proxy Administrator and the subgroup of the Proxy Committee determine that an actual material conflict of interest exists, they shall make a recommendation on how the relevant JPMFAM Entity shall vote the proxy. Sales and marketing professionals will be precluded from participating in the decision-making process.

Depending upon the nature of the material conflict of interest, JPMFAM, in the course of addressing the material conflict, may elect to take one or more of the following measures, or other appropriate action:

•  removing certain JPMFAM personnel from the proxy voting process;

•  "walling off" personnel with knowledge of the material conflict to ensure that such personnel do not influence the relevant proxy vote;

II-30



•  voting in accordance with the applicable Guidelines, if any, if the application of the Guidelines would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner; or

•  deferring the vote to the Independent Voting Service, if any, which will vote in accordance with its own recommendation.

The resolution of all potential and actual material conflict issues will be documented in order to demonstrate that JPMFAM acted in the best interests of its clients.

F.   Recordkeeping

JPMFAM is required to maintain in an easily accessible place for seven (7) years all records relating to the proxy voting process. Those records include the following:

•  a copy of the JPMFAM Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines;

•  a copy of each proxy statement received on behalf of JPMFAM clients;

•  a record of each vote cast on behalf of JPMFAM client holdings;

•  a copy of all documents created by JPMFAM personnel that were material to making a decision on the voting of client securities or that memorialize the basis of the decision; and

•  a copy of each written request by a client for information on how JPMFAM voted proxies on behalf of the client, as well as a copy of any written response by JPMFAM to any request by a JPMFAM client for information on how JPMFAM voted proxies on behalf of our client.

It should be noted that JPMFAM reserves the right to use the services of the Independent Voting Service to maintain certain required records in accordance with all applicable regulations.

II-31



EXHIBIT A

J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.

J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (USA) Inc.

Robert Fleming Inc.

J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (London) Limited

J.P. Morgan Fleming Asset Management (UK) Limited

JF International Management Inc.

JF Asset Management Limited

JF Asset Management (Singapore) Limited

II-32



Part II:  PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

JPMFAM is a global asset management organization with the capabilities to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, our proxy voting guidelines have been customized for each region to take into account such variations.

JMPFAM currently has four sets of proxy voting guidelines covering the regions of (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan, respectively. Notwithstanding the variations among the guidelines, all of these guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, each JPMFAM Entity will apply the guidelines of the region in which the issuer of such security is organized.

II-33



Part II.A: NORTH AMERICA GUIDELINES TABLE OF CONTENTS

  1.     Uncontested Director Elections     II-36  
  2.     Proxy Contests   II-36  
  a.     Election of Directors   II-36  
  b.     Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses   II-36  
  3     Ratification of Auditors     II-36  
  4.     Proxy Contest Defenses   II-36  
  a.     Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections   II-36  
  b.     Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors   II-37  
  c.     Cumulative Voting   II-37  
  d.     Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meeting   II-37  
  e.     Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent   II-37  
  f.     Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board   II-37  
  5.     Tender Offer Defenses   II-37  
  a.     Poison Pills   II-37  
  b.     Fair Price Provisions   II-38  
  c.     Greenmail   II-38  
  d.     Unequal Voting Rights   II-38  
  e.     Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend Charter or Bylaws   II-38  
  f.     Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers   II-38  
  6.     Miscellaneous Board Provisions   II-38  
  a.     Separate Chairman and CEO Positions   II-38  
  b.     Lead Directors and Executive Sessions   II-38  
  c.     Majority of Independent Directors   II-38  
  d.     Stock Ownership Requirements   II-38  
  e.     Term of Office   II-38  
  f.     Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection   II-39  
  g.     Board Size   II-39  
  7.     Miscellaneous Governance Provisions   II-39  
  a.     Independent Nominating Committee   II-39  
  b.     Confidential Voting   II-39  
  c.     Equal Access   II-39  
  d.     Bundled Proposals   II-39  
  e.     Charitable Contributions   II-39  
  f.     Date/Location of Meeting   II-39  
  g.     Include Nonmanagement Employees on Board   II-39  
  h.     Adjourn Meeting if Votes are Insufficient   II-39  
  i.     Other Business   II-39  
  j.     Disclosure of Shareholder Proponents   II-39  
  8.     Capital Structure   II-40  
  a.     Common Stock Authorization   II-40  
  b.     Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends   II-40  
  c.     Reverse Stock Splits   II-40  

 

II-34



  d.     Blank Check Preferred Authorization   II-40  
  e.     Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock   II-40  
  f.     Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock   II-40  
  g.     Restructurings/Recapitalizations   II-40  
  h.     Share Repurchase Programs   II-40  
  i.     Targeted Share Placements   II-40  
  9.     Executive and Director Compensation   II-41  
  a.     Stock-based Incentive Plans   II-41  
  b.     Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans   II-41  
  c.     Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay   II-41  
  d.     Golden and Tin Parachutes   II-41  
  e.     401(k) Employee Benefit Plans   II-41  
  f.     Employee Stock Purchase Plans   II-41  
  g.     Option Expensing   II-41  
  h.     Options Repricing   II-42  
  i.     Stock Holding Periods   II-42  
  10.     Incorporation   II-42  
  a.     Reincorporation Outside of the United States   II-42  
  b.     Voting on State Takeover Statutes   II-42  
  c.     Voting on Reincorporation Proposals   II-42  
  11.     Mergers and Corporate Restructurings     II-42  
  a.     Mergers and Acquisitions   II-42  
  b.     Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger or Acquisition   II-42  
  c.     Corporate Restructuring   II-42  
  d.     Spin-offs   II-42  
  e.     Asset Sales   II-42  
  f.     Liquidations   II-42  
  g.     Appraisal Rights   II-42  
  h.     Changing Corporate Name   II-43  
  12.     Social and Environmental Issues     II-43  
  a.     Energy and Environment   II-43  
  b.     Northern Ireland   II-43  
  c.     Military Business   II-43  
  d.     International Labor Organization Code of Conduct   II-43  
  e.     Promote Human Rights in China, Nigeria, and Burma   II-43  
  f.     World Debt Crisis   II-43  
  g.     Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination   II-43  
  h.     Animal Rights   II-43  
  i.     Product Integrity and Marketing   II-43  
  j.     Human Resources Issues   II-43  
  k.     Link Executive Pay with Social and/or Environmental Criteria   II-43  
  13.     Foreign Proxies   II-44  
  14.     Pre-Solicitation Contact   II-44  

 

II-35



1.  UNCONTESTED DIRECTOR ELECTIONS

Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE (for) basis. Votes generally will be WITHHELD from directors who:

1)  attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences; or

2)  implement or renew a dead-hand or modified dead-hand poison pill; or

3)  are inside or affiliated outside directors and sit on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees; or

4)  ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a i) majority of the shares outstanding, or ii) majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years; or

5)  are inside or affiliated outside directors and the full board serves as the audit, compensation, or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.

Special attention will be paid to companies that display a chronic lack of shareholder accountability.

2.   PROXY CONTESTS

2a.  Election of Directors

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors: long-term financial performance of the subject company relative to its industry; management's track record; background to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (both slates); evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership positions.

2b.  Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

3.   RATIFICATION OF AUDITORS

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent registered public accounting firm has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position.

Generally vote AGAINST auditor ratification and WITHHOLD votes from Audit Committee members if non-audit fees exceed audit fees.

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation unless the rotation period is so short (less than five years) that it would be unduly burdensome to the company.

4.   PROXY CONTEST DEFENSES

4a.  Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

Proposals regarding classified boards will be voted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Classified boards normally will be supported if the company's governing documents contain each of the following provisions:

1)  Majority of board composed of independent directors,

2)   Nominating committee composed solely of independent directors,

3)   Do not require more than a two-thirds shareholders' vote to remove a director, revise any bylaw or revise any classified board provision,

4)   Confidential voting (however, there may be a provision for suspending confidential voting during proxy contests),

5)   Ability of shareholders to call special meeting or to act by written consent with 90 days' notice,

6)   Absence of superior voting rights for one or more classes of stock,

7)   Board does not have the sole right to change the size of the board beyond a stated range that has been approved by shareholders, and

8)   Absence of shareholder rights plan that can only be removed by the incumbent directors (dead-hand poison pill).

II-36



4b.  Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed ONLY for cause.

Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

4c.  Cumulative Voting

Cumulative voting proposals will be voted on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. If there are other safeguards to ensure that shareholders have reasonable access and input into the process of nominating and electing directors, cumulative voting is not essential. Generally, a company's governing documents must contain the following provisions for us to vote against restoring or providing for cumulative voting:

1)   Annually elected board,

2)   Majority of board composed of independent directors,

3)   Nominating committee composed solely of independent directors,

4)   Confidential voting (however, there may be a provision for suspending confidential voting during proxy contests),

5)   Ability of shareholders to call special meeting or to act by written consent with 90 days' notice,

6)   Absence of superior voting rights for one or more classes of stock,

7)   Board does not have the sole right to change the size of the board beyond a stated range that has been approved by shareholders, and

8)   Absence of shareholder rights plan that can only be removed by the incumbent directors (dead-hand poison pill).

4d.  Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meeting

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings. The ability to call special meetings enables shareholders to remove directors or initiate a shareholder resolution without having to wait for the next scheduled meeting.

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

4e.  Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

We generally vote FOR proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent. The requirement that all shareholders be given notice of a shareholders' meeting and matters to be discussed therein seems a reasonable protection of minority shareholder rights.

We generally vote AGAINST proposals to allow or facilitate shareholder action by written consent.

4f.  Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

Vote FOR proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

5.   TENDER OFFER DEFENSES

5a.  Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company's poison pill. Studies indicate that companies with a rights plan secure higher premiums in hostile takeover situations.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill. We generally look for shareholder friendly features including a two- to three-year sunset provision, a permitted bid provision, a 20 percent or higher flip-in provision, and the absence of dead-hand features.

II-37



5b.  Fair Price Provisions

Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

5c.  Greenmail

Vote FOR proposals to adopt antigreenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company's ability to make greenmail payments.

5d.  Unequal Voting Rights

Generally, vote AGAINST dual-class recapitalizations as they offer an effective way for a firm to thwart hostile takeovers by concentrating voting power in the hands of management or other insiders.

Vote FOR dual-class recapitalizations when the structure is designed to protect economic interests of investors.

5e.  Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend Charter or Bylaws

Vote AGAINST management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments. Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

5f.  Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

Vote AGAINST management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations. Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

6.  MISCELLANEOUS BOARD PROVISIONS

6a.  Separate Chairman and CEO Positions

We will generally vote FOR proposals looking to separate the CEO and Chairman roles.

6b.  Lead Directors And Executive Sessions

In cases where the CEO and Chairman roles are combined, we will vote FOR the appointment of a "lead" (non-insider) director and for regular "executive" sessions (board meetings taking place without the CEO/Chairman present).

6c.  Majority of Independent Directors

We generally vote FOR proposals that call for the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors. We believe that a majority of independent directors can be an important factor in facilitating objective decision making and enhancing accountability to shareholders.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the board's audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking for a 2/3 independent board.

6d.  Stock Ownership Requirements

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board, so long as such minimum amount is not excessive or unreasonable.

6e.  Term of Office

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors. Term limits pose artificial and arbitrary impositions on the board and could harm shareholder interests by forcing experienced and knowledgeable directors off the board.

II-38



6f.  Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to limit or eliminate director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

Vote FOR proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful only if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the company's best interests, AND (2) the director's legal expenses would be covered.

   6g.  Board Size

Vote FOR proposals to limit the size of the board to 15 members.

7.  MISCELLANEOUS GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS

7a.  Independent Nominating Committee

Vote FOR the creation of an independent nominating committee.

7b.  Confidential Voting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

7c.  Equal Access

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that would give significant company shareholders equal access to management's proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees and to nominate their own candidates to the board.

7d.  Bundled Proposals

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or "conditioned" proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances where the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

7e.   Charitable Contributions

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals regarding charitable contributions. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which contributions are in the best interests of the company.

7f.   Date/Location of Meeting

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date or location of the shareholders' meeting. No one site will meet the needs of all shareholders.

7g.  Include Nonmanagement Employees On Board

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to include nonmanagement employees on the board. Constituency representation on the board is not supported, rather decisions are based on director qualifications.

7h.  Adjourn Meeting if Votes are Insufficient

Vote FOR proposals to adjourn the meeting when votes are insufficient. Management has additional opportunities to present shareholders with information about its proposals.

7i. Other Business

Vote FOR proposals allowing shareholders to bring up "other matters" at shareholder meetings.

7j. Disclosure of Shareholder Proponents

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that companies disclose the names of shareholder proponents. Shareholders may wish to contact the proponents of a shareholder proposal for additional information.

II-39



8.  CAPITAL STRUCTURE

8a.  Common Stock Authorization

Review proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of a class of stock that has superior voting rights in companies that have dual-class capital structure.

8b.  Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

Vote FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance given a company's industry and performance as measured by total shareholder returns.

8c.  Reverse Stock Splits

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split that also reduces the number of authorized common shares to a level where the number of shares available for issuance is not excessive given a company's industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that does not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue.

8d.  Blank Check Preferred Authorization

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights ("blank check" preferred stock).

Vote FOR proposals to create "blank check" preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover device.

Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases when the company specifies voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company's industry and performance as measured by total shareholder returns.

8e.  Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.

8f.  Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock. The purpose of par value is to establish the maximum responsibility of a shareholder in the event that a company becomes insolvent.

8g.  Restructurings/Recapitalizations

Review proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Consider the following issues:

Dilution -How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?

Change in Control -Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?

Bankruptcy -Generally, approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.

8h.  Share Repurchase Programs

Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

8i.  Targeted Share Placements

These shareholder proposals ask companies to seek stockholder approval before placing 10% or more of their voting stock with a single investor. The proposals are in reaction to the placement by various companies of a large block of their voting stock in an ESOP, parent capital fund or with a single friendly investor, with the aim of protecting themselves against a hostile

II-40



tender offer. These proposals are voted on a CASE BY CASE BASIS after reviewing the individual situation of the company receiving the proposal.

9.  EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

9a.  Stock-Based Incentive Plans

Votes with respect to compensation plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. The analysis of compensation plans focuses primarily on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders). Other matters included in our analysis are the amount of the company's outstanding stock to be reserved for the award of stock options, whether the exercise price of an option is less than the stock's fair market value at the date of the grant of the options, and whether the plan provides for the exchange of outstanding options for new ones at lower exercise prices. Every award type is valued. An estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all continuing plans is derived. This cost, dilution to shareholders' equity, will also be expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth and will be considered along with dilution to voting power.

Once the cost of the plan is estimated, it is compared to a company-specific dilution cap. The allowable cap is industry-specific, market cap-based, and pegged to the average amount paid by companies performing in the top quartile of their peer groupings. To determine allowable caps, companies are categorized according to standard industry code (SIC) groups. Top quartile performers for each group are identified on the basis of five-year total shareholder returns. Industry-specific cap equations are developed using regression analysis to determine those variables that have the strongest correlation to shareholder value transfer. Industry equations are used to determine a company-specific allowable cap; this is accomplished by plugging company specific data into the appropriate industry equation to reflect size, performance, and levels of cash compensation.

Votes are primarily determined by this quantitative analysis. If the proposed plan cost is above the allowable cap, an AGAINST vote is indicated. If the proposed cost is below the allowable cap, a vote FOR the plan is indicated unless the plan violates the repricing guidelines. If the company has a history of repricing options or has the express ability to reprice underwater stock options without first securing shareholder approval under the proposed plan, the plan receives an AGAINST vote-even in cases where the plan cost is considered acceptable based on the quantitative analysis.

9b.  Approval of Cash or Cash-And-Stock Bonus Plans

Vote FOR cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from limits on deductibility under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

9c.  Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals for performance pay such as indexed or premium priced options if a company has a history of oversized awards and one-, two- and three-year returns below its peer group.

9d.  Golden and Tin Parachutes

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes. Favor golden parachutes that limit payouts to two times base salary, plus guaranteed retirement and other benefits.

9e.  401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

9f.  Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans with an offering period of 27 months or less when voting power dilution is ten percent or less.

Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans with an offering period of greater than 27 months or voting power dilution of greater than ten percent.

9g.  Option Expensing

Within the context of common industry practice, generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to expense fixed-price options.

II-41



9h.  Option Repricing

In most cases, we take a negative view of option repricings and will, therefore, generally vote AGAINST such proposals. We do, however, consider the granting of new options to be an acceptable alternative and will generally SUPPORT such proposals.

9i.  Stock Holding Periods

Generally vote AGAINST all proposals requiring executives to hold the stock received upon option exercise for a specific period of time.

10.  INCORPORATION

10a.  Reincorporation Outside of the United States

Generally speaking, we will vote AGAINST companies looking to reincorporate outside of the U.S.

10b.  Voting on State Takeover Statutes

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

10c.  Voting on Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company's state of incorporation should be examined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Review management's rationale for the proposal, changes to the charter/bylaws, and differences in the state laws governing the companies.

11.   MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

11a.  Mergers and Acquisitions

Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account factors including the following: anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium); prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.

11b.  Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger or Acquisition

Some companies have proposed a charter provision which specifies that the board of directors may examine the nonfinancial effect of a merger or acquisition on the company. This provision would allow the board to evaluate the impact a proposed change in control would have on employees, host communities, suppliers and/or others. We generally vote AGAINST proposals to adopt such charter provisions. We feel it is the directors' fiduciary duty to base decisions solely on the financial interests of the shareholders.

11c.  Corporate Restructuring

Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, Spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales, should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

11d.  Spin-Offs

Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

11e.  Asset Sales

Votes on asset sales should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

11f.  Liquidations

Votes on liquidations should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after reviewing management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

11g.  Appraisal Rights

Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal. Rights of appraisal provide shareholders who are not satisfied with the terms of certain corporate transactions the right to demand a judicial review in order to determine a fair value for their shares.

II-42



11h.  Changing Corporate Name

Vote FOR changing the corporate name.

12.   SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

12a.  Energy and Environment

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that request companies to subscribe to the CERES Principles.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information.

12b.  Northern Ireland

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals pertaining to the MacBride Principles.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information about progress being made toward eliminating employment discrimination.

12c.  Military Business

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on defense issue proposals.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information on military-related operations.

12d.  International Labor Organization Code of Conduct

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse international labor organization code of conducts.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information on company activities in this area.

12e.  Promote Human Rights in China, Nigeria, and Burma

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to promote human rights in countries such as China, Nigeria, and Burma.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information on company activities regarding human rights.

12f.  World Debt Crisis

Vote CASE-BY-CASE ON proposals dealing with third world debt.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports regarding company activities with respect to third world debt.

12g.  Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding equal employment opportunities and discrimination.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information about affirmative action efforts, particularly when it appears that companies have been unresponsive to shareholder requests.

12h.  Animal Rights

Vote CASE-BY-CASE ON proposals that deal with animal rights.

12i.  Product Integrity and Marketing

Vote CASE-BY-CASE ON proposals that ask companies to end their production of legal, but socially questionable, products.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information regarding product integrity and marketing issues.

12j.  Human Resources Issues

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals regarding human resources issues.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information regarding human resources issues.

12k.  Link Executive Pay with Social and/or Environmental Criteria

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to link executive pay with the attainment of certain social and/or environmental criteria.

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on disclosure reports that seek additional information regarding this issue.

II-43



13.  FOREIGN PROXIES

Responsibility for voting non-U.S. proxies rests with our Proxy Voting Committee located in London. The Proxy Committee is composed of senior analysts and portfolio managers and officers of the Legal and Compliance Department. It is chaired by a Managing Director of the Firm. A copy of our policy for voting international proxies can be provided upon request.

14.  PRE-SOLICITATION CONTACT

From time to time, companies will seek to contact analysts, portfolio managers and others in advance of the formal proxy solicitation to solicit support for certain contemplated proposals. Such contact can potentially result in the recipient receiving material non-public information and result in the imposition of trading restrictions. Accordingly, pre-solicitation contact should occur only under very limited circumstances and only in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

WHAT IS MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

The definition of material non-public information is highly subjective. The general test however, is whether or not such information would reasonably affect an investor's decision to buy, sell or hold securities, or whether it would be likely to have a significant market impact. Examples of such information include, but are not limited to:

•  a pending acquisition or sale of a substantial business;

•  financial results that are better or worse than recent trends would lead one to expect;

•  major management changes;

•  an increase or decrease in dividends;

•  calls or redemptions or other purchases of its securities by the company;

•  a stock split, dividend or other recapitalization; or

•  financial projections prepared by the Company or the Company's representatives.

WHAT IS PRE-SOLICITATION CONTACT?

Pre-solicitation contact is any communication, whether oral or written, formal or informal, with the Company or a representative of the Company regarding proxy proposals prior to publication of the official proxy solicitation materials. This contact can range from simply polling investors as to their reaction to a broad topic, e.g., "How do you feel about dual classes of stock?", to very specific inquiries, e.g., "Here's a term sheet for our restructuring. Will you vote to approve this?" 

Determining the appropriateness of the contact is a factual inquiry which must be determined on a case-by-case basis. For instance, it might be acceptable for us to provide companies with our general approach to certain issues. Promising our vote, however, is prohibited under all circumstances. Likewise, discussion of our proxy guidelines, in whole or in part, with a company or others is prohibited. In the event that you are contacted in advance of the publication of proxy solicitation materials, please notify the Legal/Compliance Department immediately. The Company or its representative should be instructed that all further contact should be with the Legal/Compliance Department.

It is also critical to keep in mind that as a fiduciary, we exercise our proxies solely in the best interests of our clients. Outside influences, including those from within J.P. Morgan Chase should not interfere in any way in our decision making process. Any calls of this nature should be referred to the Legal/Compliance Department for response.

II-44



PART III.B: EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST, AFRICA, CENTRAL AMERICA AND SOUTH AMERICA GUIDELINES TABLE OF CONTENTS

  1.     Reports & Accounts   II-46  
  2.     Dividends   II-46  
  3.     Auditors   II-46  
  a.     Auditor Independence   II-46  
  b.     Auditor Remuneration   II-46  
  4.     Boards   II-46  
  a.     Chairman & CEO   II-46  
  b.     Board Structure   II-46  
  c.     Board Size   II-47  
  d.     Board Independence   II-47  
  e.     Board Committees   II-47  
  5.     Directors   II-47  
  a.     Directors' Contracts   II-47  
  b.     Executive Director's Remuneration   II-48  
  c.     Directors' Liability   II-48  
  d.     Directors over 70   II-48  
  6.     Non-Executive Directors   II-48  
  a.     Role of Non-Executive Directors   II-48  
  b.     Director Independence   II-48  
  c.     Non-Executive Director's Remuneration   II-49  
  d.     Multiple Directorships   II-49  
  7.     Issue of Capital   II-49  
  a.     Issue of Equity   II-49  
  b.     Issue of Debt   II-49  
  c.     Share Repurchase Programmes   II-49  
  8.     Mergers/Acquisitions   II-49  
  9.     Voting Rights   II-49  
  10.     Share Options/Long-Term Incentive Plans (L-TIPs)   II-50  
  a.     Share Options   II-50  
  b.     Long-Term Incentive Plans (L-TIPs)   II-50  
  11.     Others   II-50  
  a.     Poison Pills   II-50  
  b.     Composite Resolutions   II-50  
  c.     Social/Environmental Issues   II-50  
  d.     Charitable Issues   II-51  
  e.     Political Issues   II-51  
  12.     Shareholder Activism And Company Engagement     II-51  
  a.     Activism Statement   II-51  
  b.     Activism Policy   II-51  
  13.     Social Responsible Investment ("SRI")     II-52  
  a.     SRI Statement   II-52  
  b.     SRI Policy   II-52  

 

II-45



1.  REPORTS & ACCOUNTS

Reports and accounts should be both detailed and transparent, and should be submitted to shareholders for approval. They should meet accepted reporting standards, and company accounts should employ Generally Accepted Accounting Practices (GAAP). Reports should meet with the spirit as well as the letter of reporting standards, including the most recent recommendations of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

For UK companies, a statement of compliance with the Combined Code should be made, or reasons given for non-compliance. The reports and accounts should include a detailed report on executive remuneration, and best practice demands that this should also be submitted to shareholders for approval.

Legal disclosure varies from market to market. If, in our opinion, a company's standards of disclosure (whilst meeting minimum legal requirements) are insufficient, we will inform company management of our concerns, and either abstain or vote against the approval of the annual report, depending on the circumstances. Similar consideration would relate to the use of inappropriate accounting methods.

2.  DIVIDENDS

Proposals for the payment of dividends should be presented to shareholders for approval, and should be fully disclosed in advance of the meeting.

We will vote against dividend proposals if the earnings and cash cover are inadequate and we feel that payment of the proposed dividend would prejudice the solvency or future prospects of the company.

3.  AUDITORS

3a.  Auditor Independence

Auditors must provide an independent and objective check on the way in which the financial statements have been prepared and presented.

JPMF will vote against the appointment or reappointment of auditors who are not perceived as being independent. The length of time both the audit company and the audit partner have served in their capacity with a given company will be taken into account when determining independence.

3b.  Auditor Remuneration

Companies should be encouraged to distinguish clearly between audit and non-audit fees. Audit committees should keep under review the non-audit fees paid to the auditor, both in relation to the size of the total audit fee and in relation to the company's total expenditure on consultancy, and there should be a mechanism in place to ensure that consultancy work is put out to competitive tender.

We would oppose non-audit fees consistently exceeding audit fees, where no explanation was given to shareholders. Audit fees should never be excessive.

See Audit Committee.

4.  BOARDS

4a.   Chairman & CEO

The Combined Code states that there should be a clear division of responsibilities at the head of a company, such that no one individual has unfettered powers of decision. JPMF believes that the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer should normally be separate. JPMF will generally vote against combined posts.

4b.  Board Structure

JPMF is in favour of unitary boards of the type found in the UK, as opposed to tiered board structures. We agree with the Combined Code, which finds that unitary boards offer flexibility while, with a tiered structure, there is a risk of upper tier directors becoming remote from the business, while lower tier directors become deprived of contact with outsiders of wider experience. No director should be excluded from the requirement to submit him/herself for reelection on a regular basis.

JPMF will generally vote to encourage the gradual phasing-out of tiered board structures, in favour of unitary boards. However, tiered boards are still very prevalent in markets outside the UK and local market practice will always be taken into account.

II-46



4c.  Board Size

Boards with more than 20 directors are deemed excessively large, and JPMF will exercise its voting powers in favour of reducing large boards wherever possible.

4d.  Board Independence

JPMF believes that a strong independent element to a board is essential to the effective running of a company. The Combined Code states that the calibre and number of non-executive directors on a board should be such that their views will carry significant weight in the board's decisions. We agree with the ICGN, and the findings of the Higgs Review, that the majority of a board of directors should be independent, especially if the company has a joint Chairman/CEO. However, as a minimum, all boards should require at least three non-executive directors, unless the company is of such a size that sustaining such a number would be an excessive burden.

JPMF will use its voting powers to encourage appropriate levels of board independence, taking into account local market practice.

See Non Executive Directors.

4e.  Board Committees

Where appropriate, boards should delegate key oversight functions to independent committees. The Chairman and members of any Committee should be clearly identified in the annual report.

(i)  Nomination Committee-There should be a formal nomination process for the appointment of Directors with both executive and non-executive representation on the Nomination Committee.

(ii)  Remuneration Committee-Boards should appoint remuneration committees consisting exclusively of independent non-executive directors, with no personal financial interest in relation to the matters to be decided, other than their fees and their shareholdings. Non-executive directors should have no potential conflicts of interest arising from cross directorships and no day-to-day involvement in the running of the business. We would oppose the reelection of any non executive director who, in our view, had failed to exercise sound judgement on remuneration issues.

(iii)  Audit Committee-An Audit Committee should be established consisting solely of non-executive directors, who should be independent of management. The Committee should include at least one person with appropriate financial qualifications but they should all undergo appropriate training that provides and maintains a reasonable degree of up-to-date financial literacy and there should be written terms of reference which deal clearly with their authority and duties. Formal arrangements should be in place for the Committee to hold regular meetings with external auditors, without executive or staff presence, and they should have an explicit right of unrestricted access to company documents and information. The Committee should have the authority to engage independent advisers where appropriate and also should have responsibility for selecting and recommending to the board, the external auditors to be put forward for appointment by the shareholders in general meeting. The Committee should monitor and review the scope and results of internal audit work on a regular basis. The Committee should be able to give additional assurance about the quality and reliability of financial information used by the board and public financial statements by the company.

5.  DIRECTORS

5a.  Directors' Contracts

JPMF believes that there is a strong case for directors' contracts being of one year's duration or less. This is in line with the findings of recent UK government committees as well as the view of the NAPF and ABI. However, JPMF always examines these issues on a case-by-case basis and we are aware that there will occasionally be a case for contracts of a longer duration in exceptional circumstances, in order to secure personnel of the required calibre.

Generally, we encourage contracts of one year or less and vote accordingly. Unless the remuneration committee gives a clearly-argued reason for contracts in excess of one year, we will vote against the reelection of any director who has such a contract, as well as consider the reelection of any director who is a member of the remuneration committee.

Directors' contracts increasingly contain special provisions whereby additional payment becomes due in the event of a change of control. We agree with the view of the NAPF and ABI that such terms are inappropriate and should be discouraged and, under normal circumstances, we will use our voting power accordingly.

II-47



Market practice globally regarding the length of directors' service contracts varies enormously, and JPMF is cognisant that it would be inappropriate to enforce UK standards in some other markets. To this end, JPMF investment takes into account local market practice when making judgements in this area.

5b.  Executive Directors' Remuneration

Executive remuneration is and will remain a contentious issue, particularly the overall quantum of remuneration. However, company policy in this area cannot be prescribed by any code or formula to cater for all circumstances and must depend on responsible and well-informed judgement on the part of remuneration committees. Any remuneration policy should be transparent and fully disclosed to shareholders in the Annual Report.

JPMF will generally vote against shareholder proposals to restrict arbitrarily the compensation of executives or other employees. We feel that the specific amounts and types of employee compensation are within the ordinary business responsibilities of the board and the company management. However, the remuneration of executive directors should be determined by independent remuneration committees and fully disclosed to shareholders. Any stock option plans or long-term incentive plans should meet our guidelines for such plans set forth herein.

We strongly believe that directors should be encouraged to hold meaningful amounts of company stock, equivalent to at least one year's salary, in order to align fully their interests with the interests of shareholders.

See Stock Options and Long-Term Incentive Plans (L-TIPs).

5c.  Directors' Liability

In certain markets, this proposal asks shareholders to give blanket discharge from responsibility for all decisions made during the previous financial year. Depending on the market, this resolution may or may not be legally binding, and may not release the board from its legal responsibility.

JPMF will usually vote against discharging the board from responsibility in cases of pending litigation, or if there is evidence of wrongdoing for which the board must be held accountable.

5d.  Directors Over 70

Whilst special requirements for directors over 70 have their roots in company legislation (in the UK) as well as various corporate governance guidelines, JPMF considers that a similar standard of care should be applied to the selection of a director over 70 as would be applied to that of any other director, although we would expect to see such a director offer him or herself for reelection each year.

6.  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

6a.  Role of Non-Executive Directors

As stated earlier in these guidelines, JPMF believes that a strong independent element to a board is essential to the effective running of a company. We will use our voting power to ensure that a healthy independent element to the board is preserved at all times and to oppose the reelection of non-executive directors whom we no longer consider to be independent.

In determining our vote, we will always consider independence issues on a case-by-case basis, taking into account any exceptional individual circumstances, together with local markets' differing attitudes to director independence.

In order to help assess their contribution to the company, the time spent by each non-executive director should be disclosed to shareholders, as well as their attendance at board and committee meetings.

Audit and remuneration committees should be composed exclusively of independent directors.

6b.  Director Independence

We agree with the ICGN that a director will generally be deemed to be independent if he or she has no significant financial, familial or other ties with the company which might pose a conflict, and has not been employed in an executive capacity by the company for at least the previous ten years.

A non-executive director who has served more than three terms (or ten years) in the same capacity can no longer be deemed to be independent.

II-48



6c.  Non-Executive Director's Remuneration

JPMF strongly believes that non-executive directors should be paid, at least in part, in shares of the company wherever possible, in order to align their interests with the interests of shareholders. Performance criteria, however, should never be attached. Non-executive directors should not be awarded options.

6d.  Multiple Directorships

In order to be able to devote sufficient time to his or her duties, we would not normally expect a non-executive to hold more than five significant directorships at any one time. For executives, only one additional non-executive post would normally be considered appropriate without further explanation.

7.  ISSUE OF CAPITAL

7a.  Issue of Equity

In most countries, company law requires that shareholder approval be obtained in order to increase the authorised share capital of the company. Proposals for equity issues will also specify whether pre-emptive rights are to be retained or suppressed or partially suppressed for the issue. As a general rule, JPMF believes that any new issue of equity should first be offered to existing shareholders on a preemptive basis.

JPMF will vote in favour of increases in capital which enhance a company's long-term prospects. We will also vote in favour of the partial suspension of preemptive rights if they are for purely technical reasons (e.g., rights offers which may not be legally offered to shareholders in certain jurisdictions).

JPMF will vote against increases in capital which would allow the company to adopt "poison pill" takeover defence tactics, or where the increase in authorised capital would dilute shareholder value in the long term.

7b.  Issue of Debt

Reasons for increased bank borrowing powers are many and varied, including allowing normal growth of the company, the financing of acquisitions, and allowing increased financial leverage. Management may also attempt to borrow as part of a takeover defence.

JPMF will vote in favour of proposals which will enhance a company's long-term prospects. We will vote against an increase in bank borrowing powers which would result in the company reaching an unacceptable level of financial leverage, where such borrowing is expressly intended as part of a takeover defence, or where there is a material reduction in shareholder value.

7c.  Share Repurchase Programmes

Boards may instigate share repurchase or stock buy-back programs for a number of reasons. JPMF will vote in favour of such programmes where the repurchase would be in the best interests of shareholders, and where the company is not thought to be able to use the cash in a more useful way.

We will vote against such programmes when shareholders' interests could be better served by deployment of the cash for alternative uses, or where the repurchase is a defensive manoeuvre or an attempt to entrench management.

8.  MERGERS/ACQUISITIONS

Mergers and acquisitions are always reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the investment analyst in conjunction with portfolio managers and, in exceptional circumstances, the Committee. Individual circumstances will always apply. However, as a general rule, JPMF will favour mergers and acquisitions where the proposed acquisition price represents fair value, where shareholders cannot realise greater value though other means, and where all shareholders receive fair and equal treatment under the merger/acquisition terms.

9.  VOTING RIGHTS

JPMF believes in the fundamental principle of "one share, one vote." Accordingly, we will vote to phase out dual voting rights or classes of share with restricted voting rights, and will oppose attempts to introduce new ones. We are opposed to mechanisms that skew voting rights, such as cumulative voting; directors should represent all shareholders equally, and voting rights should accrue in accordance with the shareholder's equity capital commitment to the company.

Similarly, we will generally oppose amendments to require supermajority (i.e., more than 51%) votes to approve mergers, consolidations or sales of assets or other business combinations.

II-49



10.  SHARE OPTIONS/LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS (L-TIPs)

10a.  Share Options

Share option schemes should be clearly explained and fully disclosed to both shareholders and participants, and put to shareholders for approval. Each director's share options should be detailed, including exercise prices, expiry dates and the market price of the shares at the date of exercise. They should take into account maximum levels of dilution, as set out in ABI, NAPF and similar guidelines. Full details of any performance criteria should be included. Share options should never be issued at a discount, and there should be no award for below-median performance. In general, JPMF will vote in favour of option schemes, the exercise of which requires that challenging performance criteria be met.

Best practice requires that share options be fully expensed, so that shareholders can assess their true cost to the company. The assumptions and methodology behind the expensing calculation should also be explained to shareholders.

We will generally vote against the cancellation and reissue, retesting or repricing, of underwater options.

10b.  Long-Term Incentive Plans (L-TIPs)

A Long-Term Incentive Plan ("L-TIP") can be defined as any arrangement, other than deferred bonuses and retirement benefit plans, which require one or more conditions in respect of service and/or performance to be satisfied over more than one financial year.

JPMF, in agreement with the stipulations of the Combined Code, feels that the performance-related elements of any L-TIP should be designed to give directors keen incentives to perform at the highest levels, and that grants under such schemes should be subject to performance criteria which are challenging and which reflect the company's objectives.

Ideally, the L-TIP should use a methodology such as total shareholder return ("TSR"), coupled with a financial underpin such as growth in earnings per share ("EPS"). Performance should be benchmarked against an appropriate comparator group of companies and a graph of recent performance should be included. Awards should increase on a straight-line basis, with a maximum award only vesting for the very highest performance. As with share option schemes, there should be no award for below-median performance. Any beneficiary should be encouraged to retain any resultant shares for a suitable time.

In all markets JPMF will vote in favour of schemes with keen incentives and challenging performance criteria, which are fully disclosed to shareholders in advance, and vote against payments which are excessive or performance criteria which are undemanding. We would expect remuneration committees to explain why criteria are considered to be challenging and how they align the interests of shareholders with the interests of the recipients.

11.  OTHERS

11a.  Poison Pills

Poison pills, or shareholder rights plans, are designed to give shareholders of a target company the right to purchase shares of the acquiring company, the target company, or both at a substantial discount from market value. These rights are exercisable once a predefined "triggering event" occurs, generally a hostile takeover offer or an outsider's acquisition of a certain percentage of stock. Corporations may or may not be able to adopt poison pills without shareholder approval, depending on the market.

JPMF reviews such proposals on a case-by-case basis; however we will generally vote against such proposals and support proposals aimed at revoking existing plans.

In reaching its voting position, the Committee has reviewed and continues to review current takeover events. However, it has concluded that there is no clear evidence that poison pills deter takeover offers or defeat takeover attempts, and are in fact sometimes used as tools to entrench management.

11b.  Composite Resolutions

Agenda items at shareholder meetings should be presented in such a way that they can be voted upon clearly, distinctly and unambiguously. We normally oppose deliberately vague, composite or "bundled" resolutions, depending on the context.

11c.  Social/Environmental Issues

The Committee reviews shareholder proposals concerning social and environmental issues. In normal circumstances, the consideration of social issues in investment decisions is the duty of directors; nevertheless, from time to time, a company's response to the circumstances of a particular social or environmental issue may have economic consequences, either directly or indirectly. In these cases, the economic effects are considered in determining our vote.

II-50



Where management is proposing changes with a social, environmental or ethical dimension, these proposals should be in line with JPMF's SRI policy.

See Socially Responsible Investment (SRI).

11d.  Charitable Issues

Charitable donations are generally acceptable, provided they are within reasonable limits and fully disclosed to shareholders.

11e.  Political Issues

JPMF does not normally support the use of shareholder funds for political donations, and would require the fullest explanation as to why this would be beneficial to shareholders.

12.  SHAREHOLDER ACTIVISM AND COMPANY ENGAGEMENT

12a.  Activism Statement

The Myners Review identified "shareholder activism" as an important part of the responsibilities of UK pension fund trustees and their investment managers and recommended that managers address the issue as follows:

•  ensure managers have an explicit strategy on activism

•  monitor the performance of investee companies

•  intervene where necessary

•  evaluate the impact of engagement activity

•  report back to clients

This approach was endorsed by the Institutional Shareholders' Committee ("ISC") in their response to Myners. Curiously, neither activism nor intervention is defined in the Myners Report and they are interpreted differently by different investors. At one extreme are those who deliberately set out to invest in underperforming companies with the aim of encouraging change. Such investors would expect to be involved in detailed discussions about management and policy and would expect to have significant influence on both. As effective insiders they are unlikely to be active traders of their position and will take a
long-term view of the investment, regardless of market conditions. At the other extreme are those who regard activism as the simple process of voting their shareholding, with little or no regard for a company's governance policy or standards. They would argue that their clients' interests are best served by selling shares in underperforming companies. JPMF's approach is set out below.

12b.  Activism Policy

(i)   Explicit Strategy -A clearly articulated policy has existed at JPMF for many years. Our primary aim is to protect our clients' interests. Thus, where appropriate, we will engage with companies in which client assets are invested if they fail to meet our requirements with regard to corporate governance and/or performance. The approach involves active discussion with company management and, if necessary, participation in action groups, but not direct involvement in management.

Our strategy is explicitly based on the US Department of Labor's recommendations which are commended by Myners and which have been cited in every edition of our Voting Policy and Guidelines.

(ii)   Monitor Performance -At JPMF, whilst we do seek to build a good understanding of the businesses in which we invest, we do not see ourselves in any way as management consultants. Our responsibility is to achieve our clients' investment objectives and, provided a company's potential is undiminished and it offers satisfactory prospective returns, we believe that we are most likely to meet these objectives retaining our holdings, meeting management, when appropriate and by considered voting at company meetings. In addition we increasingly find that we are consulted by companies on remuneration policy proposals. Of course, there are times when it is in the best interests of our clients to sell holdings in companies which we expect to perform badly and we absolutely reserve the right to do so.

(iii)   Intervene Where Necessary -As we have an active approach to proxy voting we do, in that sense, intervene frequently in company affairs and this causes us to vote against or abstain on resolutions at company meetings.

Whenever we believe that it may be appropriate to vote against management, we speak with the company in order to ensure that they are fully informed of the reasons for the policy to which we are opposed and to give management an opportunity to amend that policy. The evidence is that by consistently seeking compliance with best practice we do, over time,

II-51



influence company behaviour. On occasion, this has been best achieved by registering disapproval and abstaining whilst making it clear to management that unless policy changes within a year we shall vote against management in the following year. In this context we have found "vocal abstention" as a very potent form of activism.

JPMF does not intervene directly in the management of companies. However, where a company has failed to meet our expectations in terms of revenue or profits growth and it is not clear what action is being taken to remedy the situation but we believe that the potential of the company still justifies retention in our clients' portfolios, we arrange to meet with senior management. On such occasions we expect management to explain what is being done to bring the business back on track, but if possible we try to avoid being made insiders as this constrains our ability to deal in the stock. In the small capitalisation end of the market, more aggressive intervention is more common, but still infrequent, as we may hold a significant percentage of a company's equity. In such circumstances we will frequently raise our concerns first with the company's brokers or advisers.

(iv)   Evaluate Impact -None to our knowledge has so far been able to measure directly and explicitly the benefits of good corporate governance. However, we remain convinced that a strong governance culture leads ultimately to a better business with above average growth and a better stock market rating. There is some evidence from the emerging markets that better governance leads to more effective capital markets and until recently investors' confidence in the Anglo-Saxon markets was supported by a belief in their strong governance culture.

As investors we scrutinise companies' governance policies as a part of our investment research and take comfort from good governance. Thus, one measure of success is the extent to which our investment strategy achieves our clients' investment objectives. Where we have pushed for change, either in governance policies or in business strategy, we measure success by the extent that change is forthcoming and whether our clients benefit as a result.

We are actively involved in a number of working parties and investor groups and our aim is to be at the forefront of developments in this area.

(v)   Reporting -Reports detailing our engagement activity are available to clients on a quarterly basis.

13.  SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT ("SRI")

13a.  SRI Statement

From 3rd July 2000, trustees of occupational pension schemes in the UK have been required to disclose their policy on socially responsible investment in their Statement of Investment Principles.

JPMF has had experience in tailoring portfolios to meet individual ethical requirements for over fifty years. We believe that we operate to the highest standards and that our SRI screens will meet or exceed the requirements of most clients. For pension fund clients, who are not permitted to exclude specific areas of investment from their portfolios, we have developed a number of strategies to positively target companies with superior social, ethical and environmental credentials.

For institutional clients such as charitable foundations and endowments, where the legal framework for ethical and socially responsible investing is less restrictive, JPMF has substantial experience over a long period of time of managing ethically-constrained portfolios. This service is client-preference led and flexible, and forms part of our charitable sector specialist investment services.

For clients who have not specified individual social or environmental criteria in their guidelines, these issues are still taken into account by analysts and portfolio managers as part of the overall stock selection process, and certain engagement activity is still undertaken by JPMF on their behalf. This is detailed in the following section.

13b.  SRI Policy

Where JPMF engages with companies on broader social, environmental and sustainability issues, we have adopted a positive engagement approach. Thus, specific assets or types of assets are not excluded on purely social, environmental or ethical criteria (unless specifically requested by clients). Rather, analysts take such issues into account as part of the mainstream analytical process. Where appropriate, JPMF will also engage with company management on specific issues at company one-to-one meetings. This engagement activity is then reported to clients at regular intervals.

Where social or environmental issues are the subject of a proxy vote, JPMF will consider the issue on a case-by-case basis, keeping in mind at all times the best economic interests of our clients. Increasingly, shareholder proposals are being used by activist groups to target companies as a means of promoting single-issue agendas. In these instances, it is important to differentiate between constructive resolutions, intended to bring about genuine social or environmental improvement, and hostile proposals intended to limit management power, which may in fact ultimately destroy shareholder value.

II-52



In formulating our SRI policy, we have endeavoured not to discriminate against individual companies or sectors purely on the grounds of the particular business sector in which they are involved. Thus a company in an extractive industry or the defence industry will not be automatically marked down because their sector is perceived as "unfriendly." Similarly, a company in a low-impact industry such as financial services will still be expected to have in place detailed policies and rigorous oversight of its environmental impact. JPMF is committed to improving standards of corporate social responsibility among all of the companies in which it invests its clients' assets as part of an inclusive positive engagement strategy.

The current focus of this engagement process is on UK companies. However, social and environmental issues are taken into account for overseas companies on a wider basis where appropriate as described previously. It is anticipated that our SRI program will continue to expand both in terms of scope and market coverage as client demand and availability of suitable resources dictate.

II-53



PART IV: ASIA EX-JAPAN PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

1.  The client is the beneficial owner of all securities in a portfolio. As such the client is entitled to all benefits of ownership including the exercise of votes in the event of corporate actions.

2.  In the absence of specific client instructions, the investment manager is the party responsible for exercising the voting of proxies.

3.  JFAM, as investment managers, recognise that proxies have an economic value; the voting of proxies therefore represents a responsibility on JFAM as fiduciaries.

4.  The sole criterion for determining how to vote a proxy is always what is in the best interest of the client.

5.  For routine proxies (e.g., in respect of voting at AGMs) the house position is neither to vote in favour or against. For EGMs, however, where specific issues are put to a shareholder vote, these issues are analysed by the respective Country Specialist concerned. A decision is then made based on his/her judgement.

6.  Where proxy issues concern corporate governance, takeover defense measures, compensation plans, capital structure changes and so forth, JFAM pays particular attention to management's arguments for promoting the prospective change. The sole criterion in determining our voting stance is whether such changes will be to the economic benefit of the beneficial owners of the shares.

7.  Corporate governance procedures differ among the countries. Proxy materials are generally mailed by the issuer to the subcustodian which holds the securities for the client in the country where the portfolio company is organised, but there may not be sufficient time for such materials to be transmitted to the investment manager in time for a vote to be cast. Many proxy statements are in foreign languages. In some countries proxy statements are not mailed at all. Voting is highly impractical (if not impossible) in locations where the deadline for voting is two to four days after the initial announcement that a vote is to be solicited or where voting is restricted to the beneficial owner. In short, because of the time constraints and local customs involved, it is not always possible for an investment manager to receive and review all proxy materials in connection with each item submitted for vote. The cost of voting is also an issue that we will consider in light of the expected benefit of the vote.

II-54



PART V: JAPAN PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

1.   Number of Directors. To ensure a swift management decision-making process, the appropriate number of directors should be 20 or less.

2.   Release of Directors From Legal Liability. Vote against actions releasing a director from legal liability.

3.   Director's Tenure. Director's tenure should be less than 1 year.

4.   Director's Remuneration. Remuneration of directors should generally be determined by an independent committee.

5.   Audit Fees. Audit fees must be at an appropriate level.

6.   Capital Increase. Capital increases will be judged on a case-by-case basis depending on its purpose. Vote against capital increases if the purpose is to defend against a takeover.

7.   Borrowing of Funds. Vote against abrupt increases in borrowing of funds if the purpose is to defend against a takeover.

8.   Share Repurchase Programs. Vote in favor of share repurchase programs if it leads to an increase in the value of the company's shares.

9.   Payout Ratio. As a general rule, vote against any proposal for appropriation of profits which involves a payout ratio of less than 50% (after taking into account other forms of payouts to shareholders such as share repurchase programs) if the capital ratio is equal to or greater than 50% and there is no further need to increase the level of retained earnings.

10.   Mergers/Acquisitions. Mergers and acquisitions must only be consummated at a price representing fair value.

11.   Stock Options. Stock option programs should generally be publicly disclosed. Programs which result in increases in remuneration despite declines in corporate earnings (such as through a downward adjustment of the exercise price) is generally not acceptable.

12.   Political Contributions. Do not approve any use of corporate funds for political activities.

13.   Environmental/Social Issues. Do not take into account environmental/social issues that do not affect the economic value of the company.

II-55



APPENDIX II-VII

NFJ INVESTMENT GROUP LP

PART II FORM ADV DISCLOSURE

GENERAL PROXY VOTING POLICY

NFJ INVESTMENT GROUP L.P. (the "Company") typically votes proxies as part of its discretionary authority to manage accounts, unless the client has explicitly reserved the authority for itself. When voting proxies, the Company's primary objective is to make voting decisions solely in the best economic interests of its clients. The Company will act in a manner that it deems prudent and diligent and which is intended to enhance the economic value of the underlying portfolio securities held in its clients' accounts.

The Company has adopted written Proxy Policy Guidelines and Procedures (the "Proxy Guidelines") that are reasonably designed to ensure that the Company is voting in the best interest of its clients. The Proxy Guidelines reflect the Company's general voting positions on specific corporate governance issues and corporate actions. Some issues may require a case by case analysis prior to voting and may result in a vote being cast that will deviate from the Proxy Guideline. Upon receipt of a client's written request, the Company may also vote proxies for that client's account in a particular manner that may differ from the Proxy Guideline. Deviation from the Proxy Guidelines will be documented and maintained in accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

In accordance with the Proxy Guidelines, the Company may review additional criteria associated with voting proxies and evaluate the expected benefit to its clients when making an overall determination on how or whether to vote the proxy. The Company may vote proxies individually for an account or aggregate and record votes across a group of accounts, strategy or product. In addition, the Company may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of its clients' accounts due to de-minimis holdings, impact on the portfolio, items relating to foreign issuers, timing issues related to the opening/closing of accounts and contractual arrangements with clients and/or their authorized delegate. For example, the Company may refrain from voting a proxy of a foreign issuer due to logistical considerations that may have a detrimental effect on the Company's ability to vote the proxy. These issues may include, but are not limited to: (i) proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language, (ii) untimely notice of a shareholder meeting, (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person, (iv) restrictions on foreigner's ability to exercise votes, (v) restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting, or (vi) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis.

To assist in the proxy voting process, the Company may retain an independent third party service provider to assist in providing research, analysis and voting recommendations on corporate governance issues and corporate actions as well as assist in the administrative process. The services provided offer a variety of proxy-related services to assist in the Company's handling of proxy voting responsibilities.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Company may have conflicts of interest that can affect how it votes its clients' proxies. For example, the Company or an affiliate may manage a pension plan whose management is sponsoring a proxy proposal. The Proxy Guidelines are designed to prevent material conflicts of interest from affecting the manner in which the Company votes its clients' proxies. In order to ensure that all material conflicts of interest are addressed appropriately while carrying out its obligation to vote proxies, the Chief Investment Officer of the Company may designate an employee or a proxy committee to be responsible for addressing how the Company resolves such material conflicts of interest with its clients.

To obtain a copy of the Policy Guidelines or to obtain information on how your account's securities were voted, please contact your account representative.

II-56



APPENDIX II-VIII

OAK ASSOCIATES, LTD.
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

II-57



I. INTRODUCTION

Proxy voting is an important right of the shareholders. When Oak Associates, ltd. has discretion to vote the proxies of its clients, two principles guide the voting: advancing the economic interests of our clients and protecting their rights as beneficial owners of the corporation in whose securities we invest.

The client relationships in which Oak will vote the proxies include:

•  Employee benefit plans and other clients subject to ERISA.

•  Plans and other institutional clients, not subject to ERISA, which have delegated proxy-voting responsibility to Oak Associates, ltd.

•  The registered investment companies ("Oak Associates Funds") advised by Oak Associates, ltd.

•  Wrap fee programs that have delegated proxy-voting responsibility to Oak Associates, ltd.

For those advisory clients who have retained proxy-voting responsibility, Oak Associates, ltd. has no authority and will not vote any proxies for those client portfolios. Generally, the clients that have retained proxy-voting responsibility are individuals and their related accounts.

This document summarizes our voting policies on both management and shareholder proposals. Our policies cover the issues that we most frequently encounter.

II. ROLE OF INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

1.  The Investment Committee, which is the committee consisting of all the Portfolio Managers and Research Analysts, is designated as the Firm's policy-making body with respect to proxy voting.

2.  The Investment Committee determines the Statement of Policy, which is set forth as Section IV of this policy.

3.  The Investment Committee shall determine how to vote proxies with respect to issues that are not indicated by the Statement of Policy.

4.  The Investment Committee will delegate decisions with respect to specific proxy issues to one of the Portfolio Managers or Research Analysts who is most familiar with the issuer and its business.

5.  The Investment Committee may determine to vote proxies in a manner that differs from the Statement of Policy if the Investment Committee believes that not voting in accordance with the Investment Policy is in the best interest of the client.

III. PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

1.  Oak Associates, ltd. has retained a third party, Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), to assist it in coordinating and voting proxies with respect to client securities. Oak's Compliance Officer shall monitor ISS to assure that all proxies are being properly voted and appropriate records are being retained.

2.  All proxies received by Oak Associates, ltd. will be sent to ISS to coordinate and vote proxies. ISS will:

a.  Keep a record of each proxy received;

b.  Determine which accounts managed by Oak Associates, ltd. hold the security to which the proxy relates;

c.  Compile a list of accounts that hold the security, together with the number of votes each account controls and the date by which Oak must vote the proxy in order to allow enough time for the completed proxy to be returned to the issuer prior to the vote taking place.

3.  Oak Associates, ltd. will identify ROUTINE ITEMS, NON-ROUTINE ITEMS and CONFLICT OF INTEREST ITEMS on the proxy and determine whether a specific policy of Oak applies to the NON-ROUTINE ITEMS and CONFLICT OF INTEREST ITEMS.

4.  The Compliance Officer will identify any conflicts that exist between the interests of Oak and its clients. This examination will include a review of the relationship of Oak with the issuer of each security to determine if the issuer is a client of Oak or has some other relationship with Oak.

II-58



IV. STATEMENT OF POLICY

Oak Associates, ltd. believes that voting proxies in accordance with the following policies is in the best interest of the separate account clients and mutual fund shareholders. For Taft Hartley clients, Oak will vote those proxies in accordance with the recommendations made by Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) Proxy Voter Services (PVS) unless Oak is directed by the Taft Hartley client not to use the ISS services. PVS is dedicated to voting proxies for Taft Hartley plans.

1.  Routine Items:

•  Oak will generally vote FOR the election of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated).

•  Oak will generally vote FOR an independent chairman of the board.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST shareholder resolutions to limit the tenure of directors.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR the selection of independent auditors.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR increases in or reclassification of common stock.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR management recommendations on indemnification and liability limitations for officers and directors.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit indemnification and liability limitations.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR changes in the board of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated).

•  Oak will generally vote FOR outside director compensation.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST expensing options.

2.  Non-Routine and Conflict of Interest Items:

•  Oak will generally vote FOR shareholder resolutions requesting the adoption of confidential voting.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST management resolutions to implement fair price procedures.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST management proposals to introduce several classes of voting stock with unequal voting rights.

•  Oak will generally vote AGAINST management proposals to institute supermajority rules.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR a proposed reverse split of a company's common stock.

•  Oak will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that a company opt out of various anti-takeover statutes.

3.  General Voting Policy

If the proxy includes a ROUTINE ITEM that implicates corporate governance changes or a NON-ROUTINE ITEM where no specific policy applies, then the Investment Committee will review the proxy and determine how the proxies should be voted on a case-by-case basis.

Oak Associates, ltd. also seeks to avoid any conflicts that may arise in the review and voting of client proxies. In the event any POTENTIAL OR ACTUAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST may arise, Oak will disclose the circumstances of any such conflict to client(s) and in most cases either forward the proxy materials to the client to vote, abstain from voting or take such other action as may be appropriate under the particular circumstances.

V. DISCLOSURE

Oak Associates, ltd. will make available these policies and procedures on the Oak Associates, ltd. website at www.oakassociates.com.

Oak Associates, ltd. will disclose a concise summary of the firm's proxy policy and procedures and indicate in its Form ADV Part II that clients may contact Client Services via e-mail or by telephone in order to obtain information on how Oak voted such client's proxies, and to request a copy of these procedures and policies. If a separate account client requests this information, Client Services will prepare a written response to the client that lists, with respect to each voted proxy that the client has inquired about, (1) the name of the issuer; (2) the proposal voted upon; and (3) how Oak voted the client's proxy.

Our Form ADV disclosures will be amended whenever these procedures and policies are updated.

II-59



VI. RECORDKEEPING

The Compliance Officer has overall responsibility for maintaining files and records regarding Oak Associates, ltd. proxy policies and practices in an appropriate manner and for the required period, i.e., two years on-site in Oak Associates, ltd. offices and at least an additional three years off-site in secure and accessible facilities. The firm's recordkeeping procedures include the following:

•  Oak Associates, ltd. maintains relevant records, in paper or electronic format, i.e., internally and EDGAR, including proxy statements, related research materials, proxy ballots and votes, on an issuer and client basis.

•  Oak Associates, ltd. also maintains an annual file of records of any written client requests for proxy voting information for their portfolio securities and provides information to clients as requested.

JULY 2003

II-60



APPENDIX II-IX

RS Investment Management, L.P.
RS Investment Management, INC.
RS Growth Group LLC
RS Value Group LLC

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
July 2003

Purpose and General Statement

The purpose of these proxy voting policies and procedures is to set forth the principles, guidelines and procedures by which each of RS Investment Management L.P., RS Investment Management, Inc., RS Growth Group LLC, and RS Value Group LLC (each, an "Adviser") votes the securities owned by its advisory clients for which an Adviser exercises voting authority and discretion (the "Proxies"). The advisory clients for which an Adviser votes Proxies are registered investment companies and certain other institutional accounts. These policies and procedures have been designed to ensure that Proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients in accordance with our fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"). These policies and procedures do not apply to any client that has explicitly retained authority and discretion to vote its own proxies or delegated such authority and discretion to a third party; the Advisers take no responsibility for the voting of any proxies on behalf of any such client. For those clients that have delegated such authority and discretion to an Adviser, these policies and procedures apply equally to registered investment companies and other institutional accounts.

These proxy voting policies and procedures are available to all advisory clients of an Adviser upon request, subject to the provision that these policies and procedures are subject to change at any time without notice.

Policies Relating to Proxy Voting

The guiding principle by which the Advisers vote on all matters submitted to security holders is to act in a manner consistent with the best interest of their clients, without subrogating the clients' interests to those of the Advisers. The Advisers do not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is contrary to, or dilutive of, the guiding principle set forth above. The policies and procedures set forth herein are designed to ensure that material conflicts of interest on the part of an Adviser or its affiliates do not affect our voting decisions on behalf of our clients. All Adviser personnel who are involved in the voting of Proxies will be required to adhere to these policies and procedures.

It is the general policy of an Adviser to vote on all matters presented to security holders in any Proxy, and these policies and procedures have been designed with that in mind. However, the Advisers reserve the right to abstain on any particular vote or otherwise withhold their vote on any matter if in the judgment of an Adviser, the costs associated with voting such Proxy outweigh the benefits to clients or if the circumstances make such an abstention or withholding otherwise advisable and in the best interest of our clients, in the judgment of an Adviser.

Absent any legal or regulatory requirement to the contrary, it is generally the policy of the Advisers to maintain the confidentiality of the particular votes that it casts on behalf of our clients. Registered investment company clients disclose the votes cast on their behalf by an Adviser in accordance with their legal and regulatory requirements. Any other institutional client of an Adviser can obtain details of how its Adviser has voted the securities in its account by contacting the client's designated service representative.

Proxy Policy Committee

Certain aspects of the administration of these proxy voting policies and procedures are governed by a Proxy Policy Committee (the "Committee") currently comprising four members. The members of this Committee are the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer, and Director of Compliance. The Chief Operating Officer serves as Chair of the Committee. The Committee may change its structure or composition from time to time.

The Committee meets whenever a portfolio manager recommends that the Committee authorize an override of the Guidelines (as defined below) and to consider Special Votes (as defined below), in each case where a material conflict of interest has been identified, and at such other times as the Chief Operating Officer shall determine. In addition, the Committee holds at least two regular meetings during each calendar year, at which the Committee reviews data with respect to votes taken in accordance with these policies and procedures since the previous meeting. The Committee reviews the existing Guidelines at least once each calendar year and in connection with such review may recommend any changes to the Guidelines.

II-61



On all matters, the Committee makes its decisions by a vote of a majority of the members of the Committee present at the meeting. At any meeting of the Committee, a majority of the members of the Committee then in office shall constitute a quorum.

Proxy Voting Procedures

The Advisers have retained Investor Responsibility Research Center ("IRRC") to vote proxies for the accounts of our advisory clients. IRRC prepares analyses of most matters submitted to a shareholder vote and also provides voting services to institutions such as an Adviser. IRRC receives a daily electronic feed of all holdings in the Advisers' voting accounts, and trustees and/or custodians for those accounts have been instructed to deliver all proxy materials that they receive directly to IRRC. IRRC monitors the accounts and their holdings to be sure that all Proxies are received and voted. As a result of the firm's decision to use IRRC, there is generally no physical handling of Proxies by an Adviser's personnel.

The Advisers have adopted proxy voting guidelines (the "Guidelines") that set forth how the Advisers plan to vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote. The Guidelines are attached as ANNEX A to these policies and procedures. The indicated vote in the Guidelines is the governing position on any matter specifically addressed by the Guidelines, and for any such matter, absent prior instructions to the contrary from an Adviser, IRRC will automatically vote in accordance with the Guidelines.

Each Adviser reserves the right to override the Guidelines when it considers that such an override would be in the best interest of our clients, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. See "Procedures for Overriding the Guidelines" below.

In addition, there may be situations involving matters presented for shareholder vote that are not governed by the Guidelines (any such vote being a "Special Vote"). Special Votes will be addressed according to the procedures discussed below at "Procedures Regarding Special Votes".

Well in advance of the deadline for any particular vote, IRRC posts information regarding that vote on its secure web site. This information includes the upcoming voting deadline, the vote indicated by the Guidelines, if any, and any analysis or other information that IRRC has prepared with respect to the vote. In the case of Special Votes, IRRC notifies the Advisers of the vote and the relevant deadline. The Compliance Department accesses the website on a regular basis to monitor the matters presented for shareholder votes and to track the voting of the Proxies.

Procedures for Overriding the Guidelines

If any portfolio manager or analyst, in the course of his or her regular monitoring of companies whose securities are held in client accounts, is interested in a particular shareholder matter, and desires an Adviser to vote in a manner inconsistent with the Guidelines, he or she shall take action in accordance with the procedures set forth below.

In the case of a portfolio manager or analyst who believes an Adviser should vote in a manner inconsistent with the Guidelines, he or she must first submit such proposal to the Chief Compliance Officer. The Compliance Department is responsible for making a determination as to whether there is a material conflict of interest between an Adviser, on the one hand, and the relevant advisory client, on the other hand, arising out of the provision of certain services or products by an Adviser to the company on whose behalf Proxies are being solicited, personal shareholdings of any Adviser personnel in the company, or any other relevant material conflict of interest.

If the Compliance Department determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the Chief Compliance Officer will present this finding to the Chief Operating Officer for ratification. If the Chief Operating Officer agrees that there is no material conflict of interest, then the Chief Operating Officer will inform the Chief Compliance Officer of the decision to override. The Compliance Department will instruct IRRC accordingly prior to the voting deadline. The Compliance Department will retain records of documents material to any such determination, which records will be made available to the Committee for review during one of its regular meetings.

If, however, the Compliance Department or the Chief Operating Officer determines that there is a material conflict of interest with respect to the relevant shareholder vote, or if the Chief Operating Officer for any other reason wants guidance from the Committee, then the Chief Operating Officer will call a special meeting of the Committee and present the matter to the Committee for consideration. As part of its deliberations, the Committee will review, as applicable, the following:

•  a description of the proposed vote, together with copies of the relevant proxy statement and other solicitation material;

•  data regarding client holdings in the relevant issuer;

II-62



•  information pertinent to the decision by the Compliance Department or the Chief Operating Officer as to the presence of a material conflict of interest, together with all relevant materials;

•  the vote indicated by the Guidelines, together with any relevant information provided by IRRC; and

•  the rationale for the request for an override of the Guidelines, together with all relevant information, as provided by the Chief Operating Officer, portoflio manager or analyst, as the case may be.

After review, the Committee will arrive at a decision based on the guiding principle of acting in a manner consistent with the best interest of their clients. The Committee may vote to authorize an override of the Guidelines with respect to such a vote notwithstanding the presence of a material conflict of interest only if the Committee determines that such an override would be in the best interests of the clients in question. Whether or not the Committee authorizes an override, the Committee's deliberations and decisions will be appropriately documented and such records will be maintained by the Compliance Department.

Procedures Regarding Special Votes

If the Chief Compliance Officer is informed by IRRC or otherwise becomes aware of a Special Vote, he will submit the Special Vote to the Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer will review any information provided by IRRC or the Compliance Department regarding the Special Vote, and, in his or her discretion, may also consult with the relevant portoflio manager or analyst. If after this review the Chief Operating Officer agrees with IRRC that the vote is not covered by the Guidelines, the Chief Operating Officer will consult the Compliance Department as to whether or not the Special Vote involves a material conflict of interest on the part of an Adviser. As with cases of recommended overrides of the Guidelines, the determination made by the Compliance Department as to the absence of a material conflict of interest will be presented to the Chief Operating Officer for ratification. If the Chief Operating Officer determines that there is no material conflict of interest involved, he will inform the Chief Compliance Officer of his decision and the Compliance Officer will then instruct IRRC to vote based on the decision of the portfolio manager. The Compliance Department will retain records of documents material to any such determination, which records will be made available to the Committee for review during one of its regular meetings.

If, however, the Compliance Department, or the Chief Operating Officer, upon review of its decision, determines that there is a material conflict of interest with respect to the relevant Special Vote, or if the Chief Operating Officer for any other reason wants guidance from the Committee, then the Chief Operating Officer will call a special meeting of the Committee and present the matter to the Committee for consideration. As part of its deliberations, the Committee will review, as applicable the following:

•  a description of the proposed vote, together with copies of the relevant proxy statement and other solicitation material;

•  data regarding client holdings in the relevant issuer;

•  information pertinent to the decision by the Compliance Department or the Chief Operating Officer as to the presence of a material conflict of interest, together with all relevant materials;

•  analysis prepared by IRRC with respect to the Special Vote; and

•  other relevant information considered by the Chief Operating Officer with respect to the Special Vote.

After reviewing the relevant information, the Committee will render a decision as to how the Special Vote is to be voted based on the guiding principle of acting in a manner consistent with the best interest of their clients. The Compliance Department will then inform IRRC of this decision and instruct IRRC to vote the Special Vote accordingly. The Committee's deliberations and decisions will be appropriately documented and such records will be maintained by the Compliance Department.

Undue Influence

If at any time any person is pressured or lobbied either by an Adviser's personnel or affiliates or third parties with respect to a particular shareholder vote, he or she should provide information regarding such activity to the Chief Compliance Officer, who will keep a record of this information and forward the information to the Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer will consider this information when making his or her decision to recommend override the Guidelines with respect to such a vote to the Committee (or, in the case of a Special Vote, in his or her decision regarding the voting of the relevant Proxy). If applicable, the Chief Operating Officer will provide this information to the Committee.

II-63



Record Keeping

Each Adviser, or IRRC, as the Advisers' agent, maintains records of all proxies voted in accordance with Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act. As required and permitted by Rule 204-2(c) under the Advisers Act, the following records are maintained:

•  a copy of these policies and procedures;

•  proxy statements received regarding client securities are maintained by IRRC;

•  a record of each vote cast is maintained by IRRC, and such records are accessible to designated an Adviser personnel at any time;

•  a copy of any document created by an Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision;

•  each written client request for proxy voting records and the Adviser's written response to any (written or oral) client request for such records;

II-64



ANNEX A

RSIM PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

RS Investment Management, L.P.

RS Investment Management, Inc.

RS Growth Group LLC

RS Value Group LLC

Elect Directors (1000)

  1000-1     Always vote FOR uncontested director nominees.   x  
  1000-2     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF XX % or more directors are (1) employees or (2) have financial ties to the company.   o  
  1000-3     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF XX % or more of directors serving on the nominating committee are employees or have ties.   o  
  1000-4     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF employee directors serve on the board's
nominating committee.
  o  
  1000-5     WITHHOLD from any director nominee attending less than 75% of the board and committee meetings during the previous fiscal year.   x  
  1000-6     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF 25% or more directors serving on the compensation committee are employees.   x  
  1000-7     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the board will consist of more than XX directors
after the election.
  o  
  1000-8     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the board will consist of fewer than XX directors
after the election.
  o  
  1000-9     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the company has adopted a classified
board structure.
  x  
  1000-10     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the company does not have an independent
chair or lead director.
  o  
  1000-11     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF 50 % or more employee directors serve on the board's audit committee.   x  
  1000-12     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the board does not include at least one woman
director.
  o  
  1000-13     WITHHOLD votes from director nominees IF the board does not include at least one minority
director.
  o  
  1000-14     WITHHOLD votes from audit committee member nominees IF non-audit services exceed
XX % of fees.
  o  
  1000-15     WITHHOLD votes from any director nominee who is retired from active employment and who serves on boards at 3 or more other major companies.   x  
  1000-16     WITHHOLD votes from any director nominee who is employed full-time and who serves on boards at 2 or more other major companies.   x  

 

Contested Election of Directors (1001)

  1001-1     Always vote FOR all management nominees.   x  
  1001-2     Always vote AGAINST all management nominees.   o  

 

II-65



Ratify Selection of Auditors (1010)

  1010-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to ratify the board's selection of auditors.   x  
  1010-2     Vote AGAINST IF the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with
the company.
  x  
  1010-3     Vote AGAINST IF the non-audit services exceed XX % of fees.   o  
  1010-4     Vote AGAINST IF the auditors have served more than XX consecutive years.   o  

 

Approve Name Change (1020)

  1020-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to change the company name.   x  
  1020-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to change the company name.   o  

 

Approve Other Business (1030)

  1030-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve other business.   x  
  1030-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve other business.   o  

 

Adjourn Meeting (1035)

  1035-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adjourn the meeting.   x  
  1035-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adjourn the meeting.   o  

 

Approve Technical Amendments (1040)

  1040-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to make technical amendments to the charter
and/or bylaws.
  x  
  1040-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to make technical amendments to the charter
and/or bylaws.
  o  

 

Approve Financial Statements (1050)

  1050-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve financial statements.   x  
  1050-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve financial statements.   o  

 

Increase Authorized Common Stock (1100)

  1100-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to increase authorized common stock.   o  
  1100-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to increase authorized common stock.   o  
  1100-3     Vote AGAINST IF the increase is NOT intended to effect a merger, stock split, or recapitalization.   o  
  1100-4     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution represents more than 10% of current authorized shares.   x  

 

Decrease Authorized Common Stock (1101)

  1101-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to decrease authorized common stock.   x  
  1101-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to decrease authorized common stock.   o  

 

Amend Authorized Common Stock (1102)

  1102-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend authorized common stock.   o  
  1102-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend authorized common stock.   x  

 

II-66



Approve Common Stock Issuance (1103)

  1103-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve the issuance of authorized common stock.   o  
  1103-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve the issuance of authorized
common stock.
  x  
  1103-3     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution represents more than 10% of current outstanding voting power.   o  
  1103-4     Vote AGAINST IF the stock would be issued at a discount to the fair market value.   o  
  1103-5     Vote AGAINST IF the issued common stock has superior voting rights.   o  

 

Approve Issuance or Exercise of Stock Warrants (1104)

  1104-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve the issuance or exercise of stock warrants.   o  
  1104-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve the issuance or exercise of
stock warrants.
  x  
  1104-3     Vote AGAINST IF the warrants, when exercised, would exceed XX % of the outstanding
voting power.
  o  

 

Authorize Preferred Stock (1110)

  1110-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to authorize preferred stock.   o  
  1110-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to authorize preferred stock.   x  
  1110-3     Vote AGAINST IF the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares.   o  

 

Increase Authorized Preferred Stock (1111)

  1111-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to increase authorized preferred stock.   o  
  1111-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to increase authorized preferred stock.   x  
  1111-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed increase creates potential dilution of more than XX %.   o  
  1111-4     Vote AGAINST IF the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares.   o  

 

Decrease Authorized Preferred Stock (1112)

  1112-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to decrease authorized preferred stock.   x  
  1112-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to decrease authorized preferred stock.   o  

 

Cancel Series of Preferred Stock (1113)

  1113-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to cancel a class or series of preferred stock.   x  
  1113-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to cancel a class or series of preferred stock.   o  

 

Amend Authorized Preferred Stock (1114)

  1114-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend preferred stock.   o  
  1114-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend preferred stock.   x  

 

Approve Issuance or Conversion of Preferred Stock (1115)

  1115-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to issue or convert preferred stock.   o  
  1115-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to issue or convert preferred stock.   x  
  1115-3     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution represents more than XX % of the total voting power.   o  
  1115-4     Vote AGAINST IF the shares have voting rights superior to those of other shareholders.   o  

 

II-67



Eliminate Preemptive Rights (1120)

  1120-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate preemptive rights.   x  
  1120-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate preemptive rights.   o  

 

Restore Preemptive Rights (1121)

  1121-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to create or restore preemptive rights.   o  
  1121-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to create or restore preemptive rights.   x  

 

Authorize Dual Class Stock (1130)

  1130-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to authorize dual or multiple classes of common stock.   o  
  1130-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to authorize dual or multiple classes of
common stock.
  x  
  1130-3     Vote AGAINST IF the shares have inferior or superior voting rights.   o  

 

Eliminate Dual Class Stock (1131)

  1131-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate authorized dual or multiple classes
of common stock.
  x  
  1131-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate authorized dual or multiple
classes of common stock.
  o  

 

Amend Dual Class Stock (1132)

  1132-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend authorized dual or multiple classes of
common stock.
  o  
  1132-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend authorized dual or multiple classes
of common stock.
  x  

 

Increase Authorized Dual Class Stock (1133)

  1133-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to increase authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple class common stock.   o  
  1133-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to increase authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple class common stock.   x  
  1133-3     Vote AGAINST IF it will allow the company to issue additional shares with superior voting rights.   o  
  1133-4     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding voting power.   o  
  1133-5     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution is more than XX % of the class of stock.   o  

 

Approve Share Repurchase (1140)

  1140-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve a stock repurchase program.   x  
  1140-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve a stock repurchase program.   o  

 

Approve Stock Split (1150)

  1150-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve a stock split.   x  
  1150-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve a stock split.   o  

 

Approve Reverse Stock Split (1151)

  1151-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve reverse a stock split.   x  
  1151-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve reverse a stock split.   o  

 

II-68



Approve Merger/Acquisition (1200)

  1200-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to merge with or acquire another company.   x  
  1200-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to merge with or acquire another company.   o  
  1200-3     Vote AGAINST IF the combined entity would be controlled by a person or group.   o  
  1200-4     Vote AGAINST IF the change-in-control provision would be triggered.   o  
  1200-5     Vote AGAINST IF the current shareholders would be minority owners of the combined company.   o  
  1200-6     Vote AGAINST IF the combined entity would reincorporate or change its governance structure.   o  
  1200-7     Vote AGAINST IF the company's board did not obtain a fairness opinion from an investment bank.   o  
  1200-8     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal would move the target company's location outside of the U.S.   o  

 

Approve Recapitalization (1209)

  1209-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve recapitalization.   x  
  1209-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve recapitalization.   o  

 

Approve Restructuring (1210)

  1210-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to restructure the company.   x  
  1210-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to restructure the company.   o  

 

Approve Bankruptcy Restructuring (1211)

  1211-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal on bankruptcy restructurings.   x  
  1211-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal on bankruptcy restructurings.   o  

 

Approve Liquidation (1212)

  1212-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve liquidation.   o  
  1212-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve liquidation.   x  

 

Approve Reincorporation (1220)

  1220-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to reincorporate in a different state.   x  
  1220-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to reincorporate in a different state.   o  
  1220-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal would reduce shareholder rights.   x  
  1220-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal would move the target company's location outside of the U.S.   o  

 

Approve Leveraged Buyout (1230)

  1230-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve a leveraged buyout of the company.   o  
  1230-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve a leveraged buyout of the
company.
  x  
  1230-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company's board did not obtain a fairness opinion from an
investment bank.
  o  

 

Approve Spin-Off (1240)

  1240-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to spin-off certain company operations or divisions.   x  
  1240-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to spin-off certain company operations or
divisions.
  o  

 

II-69



Approve Sale of Assets (1250)

  1250-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve the sale of assets.   x  
  1250-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve the sale of assets.   o  

 

Eliminate Cumulative Voting (1300)

  1300-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate cumulative voting.   x  
  1300-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate cumulative voting.   x  

 

Adopt Cumulative Voting (1301)

  1301-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt cumulative voting.   o  
  1301-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt cumulative voting.   x  

 

Adopt Director Liability Provision (1310)

  1310-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to limit the liability of directors.   o  
  1310-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to limit the liability of directors.   x  

 

Amend Director Liability Provision (1311)

  1311-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend director liability provisions.   o  
  1311-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend director liability provisions.   x  

 

Adopt Indemnification Provision (1320)

  1320-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to indemnify directors and officers.   o  
  1320-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to indemnify directors and officers.   x  

 

Amend Indemnification Provision (1321)

  1321-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend provisions concerning the indemnification of directors and officers.   o  
  1321-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend provisions concerning the indemnification of directors and officers.   x  

 

Approve Board Size (1332)

  1332-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to set the board size.   x  
  1332-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to set the board size.   o  
  1332-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal reduces the board size and the company has cumulative voting.   o  
  1332-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed maximum board size is greater than 15 directors.   x  
  1332-5     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed minimum board size is less than XX directors.   o  
  1332-6     Vote AGAINST IF the board will consist of more than XX directors.   o  
  1332-7     Vote AGAINST IF the board will consist of fewer than XX directors.   o  

 

No Shareholder Approval to Fill Vacancy (1340)

  1340-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to allow the directors to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval.   x  
  1340-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to allow the directors to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval.   o  

 

II-70



Give Board Authority to Set Board Size (1341)

  1341-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to give the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval.   x  
  1341-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to give the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval.   o  

 

Removal of Directors (1342)

  1342-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal regarding the removal of directors.   x  
  1342-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal regarding the removal of directors.   o  
  1342-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal limits the removal of directors to cases where there is legal cause.   o  
  1342-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal would allow for the removal of directors without cause.   o  

 

Approve Non-Technical Charter Amendments (1350)

  1350-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve non-technical amendments to the company's certificate of incorporation.   x  
  1350-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve non-technical amendments to the company's certificate of incorporation.   o  
  1350-3     Vote AGAINST IF an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders' rights.   x  

 

Approve Non-Technical Bylaw Amendments (1351)

  1351-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve non-technical amendments to the
company's bylaws.
  x  
  1351-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve non-technical amendments to the
company's bylaws.
  o  
  1351-3     Vote AGAINST IF an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders' rights.   x  

 

Approve Classified Board (1400)

  1400-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a classified board.   x  
  1400-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a classified board.   o  
  1400-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company has cumulative voting.   o  
  1400-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company has adopted a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   o  

 

Amend Classified Board (1401)

  1401-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a classified board.   x  
  1401-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a classified board.   o  

 

Repeal Classified Board (1402)

  1402-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to repeal a classified board.   x  
  1402-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to repeal a classified board.   o  

 

Adopt Poison Pill (1410)

  1410-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to ratify or adopt a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   o  
  1410-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to ratify or adopt a shareholder rights
plan (poison pill).
  x  
  1410-3     Vote AGAINST IF the poison pill contains a "dead-hand" provision.   o  

 

II-71



  1410-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company has a classified board.   o  
  1410-5     Vote AGAINST IF the poison pill does not have a "sunset" provision.   o  
  1410-6     Vote AGAINST IF the poison pill does not have a TIDE provision.   o  
  1410-7     Vote AGAINST IF the poison pill trigger is less than XX %.   o  

 

Redeem Poison Pill (1411)

  1411-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to redeem a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   o  
  1411-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to redeem a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   x  

 

Eliminate Special Meeting (1420)

  1420-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate shareholders' right to call a special meeting.   o  
  1420-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate shareholders' right to call a
special meeting.
  x  

 

Limit Special Meeting (1421)

  1421-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to limit shareholders' right to call a special meeting.   o  
  1421-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to limit shareholders' right to call a special meeting.   x  
  1421-3     Vote AGAINST IF the limitation requires more than XX % of the outstanding shares to call a
special meeting.
  o  

 

Restore Special Meeting (1422)

  1422-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to restore shareholders' right to call a special meeting.   x  
  1422-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to restore shareholders' right to call a
special meeting.
  o  

 

Eliminate Written Consent (1430)

  1430-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate shareholders' right to act by written
consent.
  o  
  1430-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate shareholders' right to act by
written consent.
  x  

 

Limit Written Consent (1431)

  1431-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to limit shareholders' right to act by written consent.   o  
  1431-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to limit shareholders' right to act by
written consent.
  x  
  1431-3     Vote AGAINST IF the limitation requires written consent of more than XX % of the
outstanding shares.
  o  

 

Restore Written Consent (1432)

  1432-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to restore shareholders' right to act by written consent.   x  
  1432-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to restore shareholders' right to act by
written consent.
  o  

 

II-72



Adopt Supermajority Requirement (1440)

  1440-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to establish a supermajority vote provision to approve merger or other business combination.   x  
  1440-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to establish a supermajority vote provision to approve merger or other business combination.   o  
  1440-3     Vote AGAINST IF the required vote is more than XX % of the outstanding shares.   o  

 

Amend Supermajority Requirement (1443)

  1443-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a supermajority vote provision to approve merger or other business combination.   x  
  1443-2     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment would increase the vote required to approve the transaction.   o  
  1443-3     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the vote requirement above XX % of the
outstanding shares.
  o  

 

Eliminate Supermajority Requirement (1444)

  1444-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate a supermajority vote provision to approve merger or other business combination.   x  
  1444-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate a supermajority vote provision to approve merger or other business combination.   o  

 

Adopt Supermajority Lock-In (1445)

  1445-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   x  
  1445-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   o  
  1445-3     Vote AGAINST IF the vote requirement is more than XX % of the outstanding shares.   o  
  1445-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal would result in establishing a complete Lock-In on all of the charter and bylaw provisions.   o  

 

Amend Supermajority Lock-In (1446)

  1446-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   x  
  1446-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   o  
  1446-3     Vote AGAINST IF the changes would increase the vote requirement above XX % of the
outstanding shares.
  o  
  1446-4     Vote AGAINST IF the changes would result in a complete Lock-In on all of the charter and
bylaw provisions.
  o  

 

Eliminate Supermajority Lock-In (1447)

  1447-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to eliminate supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   x  
  1447-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to eliminate supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions.   o  

 

II-73



Consider Non-Financial Effects of Merger (1450)

  1450-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to expand or clarify the authority of the board of directors to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid.   o  
  1450-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to expand or clarify the authority of the board of directors to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid.   x  

 

Adopt Fair Price Provision (1460)

  1460-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal that establishes a fair price provision.   x  
  1460-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal that establishes a fair price provision.   o  

 

Amend Fair Price Provision (1461)

  1461-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a fair price provision.   x  
  1461-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a fair price provision.   o  

 

Repeal Fair Price Provision (1462)

  1462-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to repeal a fair price provision.   x  
  1462-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to repeal a fair price provision.   o  

 

Adopt Anti-Greenmail Provision (1470)

  1470-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to limit the payment of greenmail.   x  
  1470-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to limit the payment of greenmail.   o  

 

Adopt Advance Notice Requirement (1480)

  1480-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt advance notice requirements.   x  
  1480-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt advance notice requirements.   o  
  1480-3     Vote AGAINST IF the provision requires advance notice for director nominations.   o  
  1480-4     Vote AGAINST IF the provision requires advance notice of more than XX days.   o  

 

Opt Out of State Takeover Law (1490) 1490 and 1491 seem inconsistent

  1490-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal seeking to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision.   x  
  1490-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal seeking to opt out of a state takeover
statutory provision.
  o  

 

Opt Into State Takeover Law (1491)

  1491-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal seeking to opt into a state takeover statutory provision.   x  
  1491-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal seeking to opt into a state takeover statutory
provision.
  o  

 

Adopt Stock Option Plan (1500)

  1500-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1500-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1500-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than 10% of outstanding common stock.   x  
  1500-4     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum equity overhang of all plans is more than 15% of outstanding
common stock.
  x  
  1500-5     Vote AGAINST IF the non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the plan.   x  

 

II-74



  1500-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits pyramiding.   x  
  1500-7     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for the repricing or replacement of underwater options.   x  
  1500-8     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for non-qualified options to be priced at less than XX % of the fair market value on the grant date.   o  
  1500-9     Vote AGAINST IF the plan has a share replenishment feature (evergreen plan)-that is, it adds a specified number or percentage of outstanding shares for awards each year.   x  
  1500-10     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for multiple awards and does not set a limit on non-option awards.   o  
  1500-11     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits time-lapsing restricted stock awards.   x  
  1500-12     Vote AGAINST IF the company's equity overhang exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1500-13     Vote AGAINST IF the plan contains change-in-control provisions.   x  
  1500-14     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may provide loans to exercise awards.   o  
  1500-15     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards.   x  
  1500-16     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may grant reloaded stock options.   x  
  1500-17     Vote AGAINST IF the company allowed the repricing or replacement of underwater options in
past fiscal year.
  x  
  1500-18     Vote AGAINST IF the options granted to the top 5 executives exceed 30% of options granted in the past fiscal year.   x  
  1500-19     Vote AGAINST IF the 3-year run rate exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1500-20     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not expense stock options.   x  

 

Amend Stock Option Plan (1501)

  1501-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1501-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1501-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan would allow options to be priced at less than 85% fair market value
on the grant date.
  x  
  1501-4     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment allows for the repricing or replacement of underwater options.   x  
  1501-5     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment extends post-retirement exercise period.   x  
  1501-6     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment enhances existing change-in-control features or adds
such provisions.
  x  
  1501-7     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment adds time-lapsing restricted stock awards to those granted.   x  
  1501-8     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the per employee limit for awards.   x  
  1501-9     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment allows for multiple awards and does not set a limit on
non-option awards.
  x  

 

Add Shares to Stock Option Plan (1502)

  1502-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to add shares to a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1502-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to add shares to a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1502-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than 5 % of outstanding common stock.   x  
  1502-4     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum equity overhang of all plans is more than 15 % of total outstanding common stock.   x  
  1502-5     Vote AGAINST IF the non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the plan.   x  

 

II-75



  1502-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits pyramiding.   x  
  1502-7     Vote AGAINST IF the company allows for the repricing or replacement of underwater options.   x  
  1502-8     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows non-qualified options to be priced at less than 85 % of fair market value on the grant date.   x  
  1502-9     Vote AGAINST IF the plan has a share replenishment feature (evergreen plan)-that is, it adds a specified number or percentage of outstanding shares for awards each year.   x  
  1502-10     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for multiple awards and does not set a limit on non-option awards.   x  
  1502-11     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits awards of time-lapsing restricted stock.   x  
  1502-12     Vote AGAINST IF the company's equity overhang exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1502-13     Vote AGAINST IF the plan contains change-in-control provisions.   x  
  1502-14     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may provide loans to exercise awards.   o  
  1502-15     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards.   x  
  1502-16     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may grant reloaded stock options.   x  
  1502-17     Vote AGAINST IF the company allowed the repricing or replacement of underwater options in
past fiscal year.
  x  
  1502-18     Vote AGAINST IF the options granted to the top 5 executives exceed 30 %of options granted in the past fiscal year.   x  
  1502-19     Vote AGAINST IF the 3-year run rate exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1502-20     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not expense stock options.   o  

 

Limit Annual Awards (1503)

  1503-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to limit per-employee annual option awards.   x  
  1503-2     Vote AGAINST IF the per-employee limit is more than 50,000 shares per year.   x  
  1503-3     Vote AGAINST IF the aggregate per-employee limit is more than 1,000,000 shares over the life
of the plan.
  x  

 

Extend Term of Stock Option Plan (1505)

  1505-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to extend the term of a stock option plan for employees.   o  
  1505-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to extend the term of a stock option plan
for employees.
  o  
  1505-3     Vote AGAINST IF the non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the plan.   x  
  1505-4     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum equity overhang of all plans is more than 15 % of outstanding
common stock.
  x  
  1505-5     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits pyramiding.   x  
  1505-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows repricing or replacement of underwater options.   x  
  1505-7     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows non-qualified options to be priced at less than 85 % of the fair
market value.
  x  
  1505-8     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for multiple awards and does not set a limit on non-option awards.   x  
  1505-9     Vote AGAINST IF the plan permits time-lapsing restricted stock awards.   x  
  1505-10     Vote AGAINST IF the company's equity overhang exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1505-11     Vote AGAINST IF the plan contains change-in-control provisions.   x  

 

II-76



  1505-12     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may provide loans to exercise awards.   o  
  1505-13     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards.   x  
  1505-14     Vote AGAINST IF the plan administrator may grant reloaded stock options.   x  
  1505-15     Vote AGAINST IF the company repriced or replaced underwater options in the past fiscal year.   x  
  1505-16     Vote AGAINST IF the options granted to the top 5 executives exceed XX % of the options granted in the past fiscal year.   o  
  1505-17     Vote AGAINST IF the 3-year run rate exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   x  
  1505-18     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not expense stock options.   o  

 

Adopt Director Stock Option Plan (1510)

  1510-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a stock option plan for non-employee directors.   o  
  1510-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a stock option plan for non-employee
directors.
  x  
  1510-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows non-qualified options to be priced at less than XX % of the fair
market value.
  o  
  1510-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1510-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1510-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan authorizes 5 or more types of awards.   o  
  1510-7     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows for non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1510-8     Vote AGAINST IF the plan includes an incentive to receive shares instead of cash.   o  
  1510-9     Vote AGAINST IF the company's equity overhang exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   o  
  1510-10     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not expense stock options.   o  

 

Amend Director Stock Option Plan (1511)

  1511-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a stock option plan for non-employee
directors.
  o  
  1511-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a stock option plan for
non-employee directors.
  x  
  1511-3     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the size of the option awards.   o  
  1511-4     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment would authorize 5 or more types of awards.   o  
  1511-5     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment would permit the granting of non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1511-6     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment would provide an incentive to receive shares instead of cash.   o  

 

Add Shares to Director Stock Option Plan (1512)

  1512-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to add shares to a stock option plan for
non-employee directors.
  o  
  1512-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to add shares to a stock option plan for
non-employee directors.
  x  
  1512-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows non-qualified options to be priced at less than 85 % of fair
market value.
  o  
  1512-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than 15 % of the outstanding common equity.   o  

 

II-77



  1512-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1512-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan authorizes 5 or more types of awards.   o  
  1512-7     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed plan allows for non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1512-8     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed plan includes an incentive to receive shares instead of cash.   o  
  1512-9     Vote AGAINST IF the company's equity overhang exceeds the 75th percentile of its peer group.   o  
  1512-10     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not expense stock options.   o  

 

Adopt Employee Stock Purchase Plan (1520)

  1520-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt an employee stock purchase plan.   o  
  1520-2     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows employees to purchase stock at less than 95 % the fair market value.   x  
  1520-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1520-4     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans, including this proposal, is more than  XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  

 

Amend Employee Stock Purchase Plan (1521)

  1521-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend an employee stock purchase plan.   o  
  1521-2     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows employees to purchase stock at less than 95 % of
the fair market value.
  x  

 

Add Shares to Employee Stock Purchase Plan (1522)

  1522-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to add shares to an employee stock purchase plan.   o  
  1522-2     Vote AGAINST IF the plan allows employees to purchase stock at less than 95% of
the fair market value.
  x  
  1522-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1522-4     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans, including this proposal, is more than  XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  

 

Adopt Stock Award Plan (1530)

  1530-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a stock award plan for executives.   o  
  1530-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a stock award plan for executives.   x  
  1530-3     Vote AGAINST IF the awards vest solely on tenure.   o  
  1530-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1530-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1530-6     Vote AGAINST IF the equity overhang including this proposal exceeds the 75th percentile of the company's peer group.   o  

 

Amend Stock Award Plan (1531)

  1531-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a stock award plan for executives.   o  
  1531-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a stock award plan for executives.   x  
  1531-3     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment shortens the vesting requirement or lessens the
performance requirements.
  o  
  1531-4     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the per-employee limit for awards.   o  

 

II-78



Add Shares to Stock Award Plan (1532)

  1532-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to add shares to a stock award plan for executives.   o  
  1532-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to add shares to a stock award plan for executives.   x  
  1532-3     Vote AGAINST IF the awards vest solely on tenure.   o  
  1532-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1532-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1532-6     Vote AGAINST IF the equity overhang including this proposal exceeds the 75th percentile of the company's peer group.   o  

 

Adopt Director Stock Award Plan (1540)

  1540-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a stock award plan for non-employee directors.   o  
  1540-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a stock award plan for
non-employee directors.
  x  
  1540-3     Vote AGAINST IF the vesting is based solely on tenure or if the shares are unrestricted
when granted.
  o  
  1540-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1540-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution for all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1540-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan would permit the granting of non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1540-7     Vote AGAINST IF the plan would provide an incentive to receive shares instead of cash.   o  

 

Amend Director Stock Award Plan (1541)

  1541-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a stock award plan for non-employee directors.   o  
  1541-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a stock award plan for
non-employee directors.
  x  
  1541-3     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the award size.   o  
  1541-4     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment allows stock awards with no tenure or
performance-based vesting.
  o  
  1541-5     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment would permit the granting of non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1541-6     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed amendment would include an incentive to receive shares
instead of cash.
  o  

 

Add Shares to Director Stock Award Plan (1542)

  1542-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to add shares to a stock award plan for
non-employee directors.
  o  
  1542-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to add shares to a stock award plan for
non-employee directors.
  x  
  1542-3     Vote AGAINST IF the vesting is based on tenure or if the shares are unrestricted when granted.   o  
  1542-4     Vote AGAINST IF the plan dilution is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1542-5     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum potential dilution of all plans is more than XX % of the outstanding common equity.   o  
  1542-6     Vote AGAINST IF the plan would permit the granting of non-formula discretionary awards.   o  
  1542-7     Vote AGAINST IF the proposed plan includes an incentive to receive shares instead of cash.   o  

 

II-79



Approve Annual Bonus Plan (1560)

  1560-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve an annual bonus plan.   x  
  1560-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve an annual bonus plan.   o  
  1560-3     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee payout is not disclosed.   o  
  1560-4     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee bonus payable is more than XX % of
the participant's base salary.
  o  
  1560-5     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee bonus payable is more than $ XX .   o  
  1560-6     Vote AGAINST IF the performance criteria is not disclosed.   o  

 

Approve Savings Plan (1561)

  1561-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a savings plan.   x  
  1561-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a savings plan.   o  

 

Approve Option/Stock Awards (1562)

  1562-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to grant a one-time option/stock award.   o  
  1562-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to grant a one-time option/stock award.   x  
  1562-3     Vote AGAINST IF the option/stock award is priced less than XX % of the fair market value on
the grant date.
  o  
  1562-4     Vote AGAINST IF the option/stock award represents dilution of more than XX % of
outstanding common equity.
  o  
  1562-5     Vote AGAINST IF the option/stock award is time-lapsing restricted shares.   o  
  1562-6     Vote AGAINST IF the option/stock award is unrestricted shares.   o  
  1562-7     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum equity overhang from all plans is more than XX % of
the common equity.
  o  
  1562-8     Vote AGAINST IF the company's overhang, including this proposal, exceeds the 75th percentile of
its peer group.
  o  

 

Adopt Deferred Compensation Plan (1563)

  1563-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to adopt a deferred compensation plan.   x  
  1563-2     Vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a deferred compensation plan for
non-employee directors.
  o  
  1563-3     Vote AGAINST a management proposal to adopt a deferred compensation plan for executives.   o  
  1563-4     Vote AGAINST IF the dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity.   x  

 

Approve Long-Term Bonus Plan (1564)

  1564-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve a long-term bonus plan.   o  
  1564-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve a long-term bonus plan.   o  
  1564-3     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee payout is not disclosed.   x  
  1564-4     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee bonus payable over the performance period is more than  50 % of the participant's base salary.   x  
  1564-5     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee bonus payable over the performance period is
more than $ XX .
  o  
  1564-6     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal creates dilution of more than 5 % of the outstanding common equity.   x  
  1564-7     Vote AGAINST IF the performance criteria is not disclosed.   o  

 

II-80



Approve Employment Agreements (1565)

  1565-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to approve an employment agreement or contract.   x  
  1565-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to approve an employment agreement or contract.   o  

 

Amend Deferred Compensation Plan (1566)

  1566-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a deferred compensation plan.   o  
  1566-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a deferred compensation plan.   x  

 

Exchange Underwater Options (1570)

  1570-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to exchange underwater options (options with a per-share exercise price that exceeds the underlying stock's current market price).   o  
  1570-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to exchange underwater options (options with a per-share exercise price that exceeds the underlying stock's current market price).   x  
  1570-3     Vote AGAINST IF the 5 highest paid executives are eligible for the option exchange program.   o  

 

Amend Annual Bonus Plan (1581)

  1581-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend an annual bonus plan.   o  
  1581-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend an annual bonus plan.   x  
  1581-3     Vote AGAINST IF the amendment increases the maximum annual per-employee bonus.   o  

 

Reapprove Option/Bonus Plan for Obra (1582)

  1582-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to reapprove a stock option plan or bonus plan for
purposes of OBRA.
  x  
  1582-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to reapprove a stock option plan or bonus plan for purposes of OBRA.   o  
  1582-3     Vote AGAINST IF the maximum per-employee payout is not disclosed.   x  
  1582-4     Vote AGAINST IF the performance criteria is not disclosed.   o  
  1582-5     Vote AGAINST IF the company repriced or replaced options in the past fiscal year.   o  

 

Amend Long-Term Bonus Plan (1586)

  1586-1     Always vote FOR a management proposal to amend a long-term bonus plan.   x  
  1586-2     Always vote AGAINST a management proposal to amend a long-term bonus plan.   o  
  1586-3     Vote AGAINST IF the plan increases the per-employee maximum bonus.   o  

 

II-81



SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

SP-Shareholder Approval of Auditors (2000)

  2000-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for stockholder ratification of auditors.   x  
  2000-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for stockholder ratification of auditors.   o  

 

SP-Auditors Must Attend Annual Meeting (2001)

  2001-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for the auditors to attend the annual meeting.   x  
  2001-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for the auditors to attend the annual meeting.   o  

 

SP-Limit Consulting by Auditors (2002)

  2002-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for limiting consulting by auditors.   x  
  2002-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for limiting consulting by auditors.   o  

 

SP-Rotate Auditors (2003)

  2003-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for the rotation of auditors.   x  
  2003-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for the rotation of auditors.   o  

 

SP-Restore Preemptive Rights (2010)

  2010-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to restore preemptive rights.   x  
  2010-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to restore preemptive rights.   o  

 

SP-Study Sale or Spin-Off (2030)

  2030-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking the company to study sales, spin-offs or other strategic alternatives.   x  
  2030-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking the company to study sales, spin-offs or other strategic alternatives.   o  

 

SP-Adopt Confidential Voting (2100)

  2100-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots.   x  
  2100-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots.   o  

 

SP-Counting Shareholder Votes (2101)

  2101-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non-votes in vote tabulations.   x  
  2101-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non-votes in vote tabulations.   o  

 

SP-No Discretionary Voting (2102)

  2102-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to eliminate the company's discretion to vote unmarked
proxy ballots.
  x  
  2102-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to eliminate the company's discretion to vote unmarked proxy ballots.   o  

 

II-82



SP-Equal Access to the Proxy (2110)

  2110-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to provide equal access to the proxy materials for
shareholders.
  x  
  2110-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to provide equal access to the proxy materials for
shareholders.
  o  
  2110-3     Vote AGAINST IF the ballot will become open to shareholders' nominees.   o  
  2110-4     Vote AGAINST IF the change will allow shareholder statements.   o  

 

SP-Improve Meeting Reports (2120)

  2120-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to improve annual meeting reports.   x  
  2120-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to improve annual meeting reports.   o  

 

SP-Change Annual Meeting Location (2130)

  2130-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to change the annual meeting location.   x  
  2130-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to change the annual meeting location.   o  

 

SP-Change Annual Meeting Date (2131)

  2131-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to change the annual meeting date.   x  
  2131-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to change the annual meeting date.   o  

 

SP-Increase Board Independence (2202)

  2202-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking to increase board independence.   x  
  2202-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking to increase board independence.   o  

 

SP-Director Tenure/Retirement Age (2203)

  2203-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking to limit the period of time a director can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy.   o  
  2203-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking to limit the period of time a director can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy.   x  
  2203-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal seeks to establish a tenure policy shorter than XX years.   o  
  2203-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal seeks to establish a retirement age of more than XX years.   o  

 

SP-Minimum Stock Ownership by Directors (2204)

  2204-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to require minimum stock ownership by directors.   x  
  2204-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to require minimum stock ownership by directors.   o  
  2204-3     Vote AGAINST IF the minimum level of ownership required is more than XX shares.   o  

 

SP-Allow Union/Employee Representatives on the Board (2205)

  2205-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that seeks to provide for union or employee representatives on the board of directors.   o  
  2205-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that seeks to provide for union or employee representatives on the board of directors.   x  

 

II-83



SP-Directors' Role in Corporate Strategy (2206)

  2206-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking to increase disclosure regarding the board's role in the development and monitoring of the company's long-term strategic plan.   o  
  2206-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking to increase disclosure regarding the board's role in the development and monitoring of the company's long-term strategic plan.   x  

 

SP-Increase Nominating Committee Independence (2210)

  2210-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of the nominating committee.   x  
  2210-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of
the nominating committee.
  o  

 

SP-Create Nominating Committee (2211)

  2211-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to create a nominating committee of the board.   x  
  2211-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to create a nominating committee of the board.   o  
  2211-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal includes no requirements on the number of independent directors required to serve on the committee.   o  

 

SP-Create Shareholder Committee (2212)

  2212-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal urging the creation of a shareholder committee.   o  
  2212-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal urging the creation of a shareholder committee.   o  
  2212-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal is a binding bylaw amendment.   x  

 

SP-Independent Board Chairman (2214)

  2214-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking that the chairman of the board of directors be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee directors.   o  
  2214-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking that the chairman of the board of directors be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee directors.   x  

 

SP-Lead Director (2215)

  2215-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking that a lead director be chosen from among the ranks of non-employee directors.   x  
  2215-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking that a lead director be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee directors.   o  

 

SP-Adopt Cumulative Voting (2220)

  2220-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for the adoption of cumulative voting.   x  
  2220-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for the adoption of cumulative voting.   o  

 

SP-Require Nominee Statement in Proxy (2230)

  2230-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to require directors to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement.   o  
  2230-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to require directors to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement.   x  

 

II-84



SP-Double Board Nominees (2231)

  2231-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to nominate two director candidates for each
open board seat.
  o  
  2231-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to nominate two director candidates for
each open board seat.
  x  

 

SP-Director Liability (2240)

  2240-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to make directors liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a director's gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect.   x  
  2240-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to make directors liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a director's gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect.   o  

 

SP-Repeal Classified Board (2300)

  2300-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to repeal a classified board.   x  
  2300-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to repeal a classified board.   o  
  2300-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not have a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   o  

 

SP-Redeem or Vote on Poison Pill (2310)

  2310-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   x  
  2310-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).   o  
  2310-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal seeks to redeem the rights plan.   o  
  2310-4     Vote AGAINST IF the board has an independent majority.   o  
  2310-5     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal is binding rather than merely precatory (advisory).   o  
  2310-6     Vote AGAINST IF the pill does not contain a dead-hand provision.   o  
  2310-7     Vote AGAINST IF the company elects the entire board annually.   o  

 

SP-Eliminate Supermajority Provision (2320)

  2320-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that seeks to eliminate supermajority provisions.   x  
  2320-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that seeks to eliminate supermajority provisions.   o  

 

SP-Reduce Supermajority Provision (2321)

  2321-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that seeks to reduce supermajority provisions.   x  
  2321-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that seeks to reduce supermajority provisions.   o  

 

SP-Repeal Fair Price Provision (2324)

  2324-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that seeks to repeal fair price provisions.   o  
  2324-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that seeks to repeal fair price provisions.   x  

 

SP-Restore Right to Call a Special Meeting (2325)

  2325-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to restore shareholders' right to call a special meeting.   x  
  2325-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to restore shareholders' right to call a
special meeting.
  o  

 

II-85



SP-Restore Right to Act by Written Consent (2326)

  2326-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to restore shareholders' right to act by written consent.   x  
  2326-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to restore shareholders' right to act by
written consent.
  o  

 

SP-Prohibit Targeted Share Placement (2330)

  2330-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to limit the board's discretion to issue targeted share placements or to require shareholder approval before such block placements can be made.   x  
  2330-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to limit the board's discretion to issue targeted share placements or to require shareholder approval before such block placements
can be made.
  o  

 

SP-Opt Out of State Takeover Statute (2341)

  2341-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision.   x  
  2341-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision.   o  

 

SP-Reincorporation (2342)

  2342-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to reincorporate the company in another state.   x  
  2342-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to reincorporate the company in another state.   o  
  2342-3     Vote AGAINST IF the new state has stronger anti-takeover provisions.   o  

 

SP-Adopt Anti-Greenmail Provision (2350)

  2350-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to limit greenmail payments.   x  
  2320-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to limit greenmail payments.   o  

 

SP-Restrict Executive Compensation (2400)

  2400-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to restrict executive compensation.   x  
  2400-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to restrict executive compensation.   o  
  2400-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal limits executive pay without linking compensation to
financial performance.
  o  

 

SP-Disclose Executive Compensation (2401)

  2401-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to enhance the disclosure of executive compensation.   x  
  2401-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to enhance the disclosure of executive compensation.   o  
  2401-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal extends reporting to all executives paid more than $250,000.   o  

 

SP-Restrict Director Compensation (2402)

  2402-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to restrict director compensation.   x  
  2402-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to restrict director compensation.   o  

 

SP-Cap Executive Pay (2403)

  2403-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to cap executive pay.   x  
  2403-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to cap executive pay.   o  

 

II-86



SP-Pay Directors in Stock (2405)

  2405-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for directors to be paid with company stock.   x  
  2405-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for directors to be paid with company stock.   o  
  2405-3     Vote AGAINST IF the resolution would require directors to receive their entire compensation in the form of company stock.   o  

 

SP-Approve Executive Compensation (2406)

  2406-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for shareholder votes on executive pay.   x  
  2406-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for shareholder votes on executive pay.   o  

 

SP-Restrict Director Pensions (2407)

  2407-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for the termination of director retirement plans.   x  
  2407-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for the termination of director retirement plans.   o  

 

SP-Review/Report on/Link Executive Pay to Social Performance (2408)

  2408-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to review, report on and/or link executive compensation to non-financial criteria, particularly social criteria.   x  
  2408-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to review, report on and/or link executive compensation to non-financial criteria, particularly social criteria.   o  
  2408-3     Vote AGAINST IF the resolution goes beyond the request for a review and/or report, and includes actual linkage of pay to social performance.   o  

 

SP-No Repricing of Underwater Options (2409)

  2409-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options.   x  
  2409-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options.   o  
  2409-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal seeking shareholder approval to reprice is binding.   o  

 

SP-Golden Parachutes (2414)

  2414-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal calling for a ban or shareholder vote on future
golden parachutes.
  x  
  2414-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal calling for a ban or shareholder vote on future
golden parachutes.
  o  
  2414-3     Vote FOR IF the current potential payout exceeds XX . XX times one or more of the executives' 
salary and bonus.
  o  

 

SP-Award Performance-Based Stock Options (2415)

  2415-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal seeking to award performance-based stock options.   x  
  2415-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal seeking to award performance-based stock options.   o  

 

SP-Expense Stock Options (2416)

  2416-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company's annual income statement.   o  
  2416-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company's annual income statement.   x  

 

II-87



SP-Pension Fund Surplus (2417)

  2417-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that requests future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income.   o  
  2417-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that requests future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income.   x  

 

SP-Create Compensation Committee (2420)

  2420-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to create a compensation committee.   x  
  2420-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to create a compensation committee.   o  

 

SP-Hire Independent Compensation Consultant (2421)

  2421-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to require that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants-separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management-to assist with executive compensation issues.   x  
  2421-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to require that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants-separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management-to assist with executive compensation issues.   o  

 

SP-Increase Compensation Committee Independence (2422)

  2422-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of the
compensation committee.
  x  
  2422-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of the
compensation committee.
  o  

 

SP-Increase Audit Committee Independence (2500)

  2500-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of the audit committee.   x  
  2500-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of the audit committee.   o  

 

SP-Increase Key Committee Independence (2501)

  2501-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of key committees.   x  
  2501-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to increase the independence of key committees.   o  

 

II-88



SOCIAL ISSUE PROPOSALS

SP-Develop/Report on Human Rights Policy (3000)

  3000-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to develop or report on
human rights policies.
  o  
  3000-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to develop or report on human rights policies.   o  
  3000-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not operate in countries of concern.   x  

 

SP-Review Operations' Impact On Local Groups (3005)

  3005-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review its operations' 
impact on local groups.
  o  
  3005-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review its operations' impact on local groups.   x  

 

SP-Burma-Limit or End Operations (3030)

  3030-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end operations
in Burma.
  o  
  3030-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end operations
in Burma.
  o  
  3030-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company's operations are de minimus and do not involve oil or mining.   x  
  3030-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company does not contract directly with the Burmese government.   o  

 

SP-Burma-Review Operations (3031)

  3031-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to review operations in Burma.   x  
  3031-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to review operations in Burma.   o  

 

SP-China-No Use of Forced Labor (3040)

  3040-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor.   x  
  3040-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor.   o  

 

SP-China-Adopt Code of Conduct (3041)

  3041-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of
Workers in China.
  o  
  3041-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of
Workers in China.
  o  
  3041-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company has de minimus operations involving China.   x  

 

SP-Review Military Contracting Criteria (3100)

  3100-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to develop social, economic and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts.   o  

 

II-89



  3100-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to develop social, economic and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts.   o  
  3100-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company derives less than 50% of its revenues from military-related
operations.
  x  

 

SP-Review Economic Conversion (3110)

  3110-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to create a plan for converting the company's facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for
commercial markets.
  o  
  3110-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to create a plan for converting the company's facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for commercial markets.   o  
  3110-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company derives less than 50% of its revenues from defense contracts.   x  

 

SP-Review Space Weapons (3120)

  3120-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related
space systems.
  o  
  3120-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related
space systems.
  x  

 

SP-Review Foreign Military Sales (3130)

  3130-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's foreign military sales or foreign offset activities.   x  
  3130-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's foreign military sales or foreign offset activities.   o  
  3130-3     Vote AGAINST IF all of the company's current weapons programs result in sales to both the U.S. and foreign governments, or to the U.S. government exclusively.   o  

 

SP-Limit or End Nuclear Weapons Production (3150)

  3150-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to limit or end nuclear
weapons production.
  o  
  3150-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to limit or end nuclear
weapons production.
  x  

 

SP-Review Nuclear Weapons Production (3151)

  3151-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to review nuclear
weapons production.
  o  
  3151-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to review nuclear
weapons production.
  x  

 

SP-Review Charitable Giving Policy (3210)

  3210-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to establish shareholder-designated contribution programs.   o  
  3210-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to establish shareholder-designated contribution programs.   o  
  3210-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company has a well-managed program or the proposal will be unduly
burdensome.
  x  

 

II-90



SP-Limit or End Charitable Giving (3215)

  3215-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end charitable giving.   o  
  3215-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end
charitable giving.
  o  
  3215-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company's giving is not excessive or the proposal would end all giving.   x  

 

SP-Review Political Spending (3220)

  3220-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities.   o  
  3220-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities.   o  
  3220-3     Vote AGAINST IF the information requested is already easily available or if compliance is costly.   x  

 

SP-Limit or End Political Spending (3221)

  3221-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end political spending.   o  
  3221-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to limit or end
political spending.
  o  
  3221-3     Vote AGAINST IF the total contributions were less than $50,000 or the proposal would end
all spending.
  x  

 

SP-Disclose Prior Government Service (3222)

  3222-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal requesting disclosure of company executives' 
prior government service.
  o  
  3222-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal requesting disclosure of company executives' prior government service.   x  

 

SP-Affirm Political Nonpartisanship (3224)

  3224-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship.   o  
  3224-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship.   x  

 

SP-Review Tobacco Marketing (3300)

  3300-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices.   o  
  3300-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices.   o  
  3300-3     Vote AGAINST IF no relevant studies suggest the company's practices promote illegal
sales to minors.
  o  
  3300-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal deals with marketing to specific target groups.   o  
  3300-5     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal deals with marketing practices abroad.   o  
  3300-6     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal deals with criteria or codes for tobacco ads.   o  
  3300-7     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal calls for action beyond reporting.   x  

 

SP-Sever Links with Tobacco Industry (3307)

  3307-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal to sever links with the tobacco industry.   o  
  3307-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal to sever links with the tobacco industry.   x  

 

II-91



  3307-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company is submitted to a tobacco company.   o  
  3307-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company is NOT a health care company.   o  
  3307-5     Vote AGAINST IF the company has retail outlets for tobacco products.   o  
  3307-6     Vote AGAINST IF the company provides products to the tobacco industry.   o  
  3307-7     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal concerns media outlets for tobacco advertising.   o  
  3307-8     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal concerns tobacco farmers.   o  

 

SP-Review or Reduce Tobacco Harm to Health (3308)

  3308-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review or reduce tobacco
harm to health.
  o  
  3308-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review or reduce
tobacco harm to health.
  x  
  3308-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal concerns adoption of a no-smoking policy.   o  
  3308-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal concerns research or changes to product ingredients.   o  
  3308-5     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal concerns changes to package labeling and health warnings.   o  

 

SP-Review or Promote Animal Welfare (3320)

  3320-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to review or promote
animal welfare.
  o  
  3320-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to review or promote
animal welfare.
  x  
  3320-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal calls for an end to consumer product safety tests with animals.   o  

 

SP-Review Drug Pricing or Distribution (3340)

  3340-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution.   o  
  3340-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution.   o  
  3340-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for more than a report.   x  
  3340-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal relates only to domestic pricing.   o  

 

SP-Oppose Embryo/Fetal Destruction (3350)

  3350-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to take action on embryo or
fetal destruction.
  o  
  3350-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to take action on embryo or fetal destruction.   x  

 

SP-Review Nuclear Facility/Waste (3400)

  3400-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste.   o  
  3400-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste.   o  
  3400-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  
  3400-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for cessation of nuclear-related activities.   o  

 

II-92



SP-Review Energy Efficiency& Renewables (3410)

  3410-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency.   o  
  3410-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency.   o  
  3410-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for more than a report.   x  

 

SP-Control Generation of Pollutants (3422)

  3422-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to control generation of
pollutant(s).
  o  
  3422-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to control generation of
pollutant(s).
  o  
  3422-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  
  3422-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company reports its emissions and plans to limit their future growth.   o  
  3422-5     Vote AGAINST IF the company reports its emissions and plans to reduce them
from established levels.
  o  

 

SP-Report on Environmental Impact or Plans (3423)

  3423-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to report on its environmental
impact or plans.
  o  
  3423-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to report on its environmental impact or plans.   o  
  3423-3     Vote AGAINST IF management has issued a written statement beyond the legal minimum.   x  

 

SP-Review or Curb Bioengineering (3430)

  3430-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on, label or restrict sales of bioengineered products.   o  
  3430-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on, label or restrict sales of bioengineered products.   o  
  3430-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  
  3430-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal calls for a moratorium on sales of bioengineered products.   o  

 

SP-Preserve/Report on Natural Habitat (3440)

  3440-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to preserve natural habitat.   o  
  3440-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to preserve natural habitat.   o  
  3440-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  
  3440-4     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal does not address a unique habitat.   o  

 

SP-Review Developing Country Debt (3500)

  3500-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal asking the company to review its developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings.   o  
  3500-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal asking the company to review their developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings.   o  
  3500-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  

 

II-93



SP-Review Social Impact of Financial Ventures (3503)

  3503-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that requests a company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights or other socioeconomic impacts of its credit decisions.   o  
  3503-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that requests a company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights or other socioeconomic impacts of its
credit decisions.
  o  
  3503-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks for action beyond reporting.   x  

 

SP-Review Fair Lending Policy (3520)

  3520-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices.   o  
  3520-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices.   x  

 

SP-Review Plant Closings (3600)

  3600-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work.   o  
  3600-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work.   x  

 

SP-Report on EEO (3610)

  3610-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO-1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company.   o  
  3610-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on the company's affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO-1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company.   o  
  3610-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company releases its EEO-1 reports.   o  
  3610-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company's EEO-1 reports and compliance record indicate it is average.   x  
  3610-5     Vote AGAINST IF the information indicates a well-established affirmative action program.   o  

 

SP-Drop Sexual Orientation from EEO Policy (3614)

  3614-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to drop sexual orientation
from EEO policy.
  o  
  3614-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to drop sexual orientation
from EEO policy.
  x  

 

SP-Review Mexican Work Force Conditions (3621)

  3621-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or review
Mexican operations.
  o  
  3621-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or review
Mexican operations.
  x  

 

SP-Adopt Standards for Mexican Operation (3622)

  3622-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to adopt standards for
Mexican operations.
  o  
  3622-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to adopt standards for
Mexican operations.
  x  

 

II-94



SP-Review or Implement MacBride Principles (3630)

  3630-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to review or implement the
MacBride principles.
  o  
  3630-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to review or implement the MacBride principles.   o  
  3630-3     Vote AGAINST IF no fair employment problems exist.   x  

 

SP-Urge MacBride on Contractor/Franchisee (3632)

  3632-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles.   o  
  3632-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles.   o  
  3632-3     Vote AGAINST IF no fair employment problems exist at contractor/franchisee.   x  

 

SP-Review Global Labor Practices (3680)

  3680-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of their contractors.   o  
  3680-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of their contractors.   o  
  3680-3     Vote AGAINST IF the company already reports publicly using a recognized standard.   o  
  3680-4     Vote AGAINST IF the resolution asks for more than a report.   x  

 

SP-Monitor/Adopt ILO Conventions (3681)

  3681-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal that asks management to adopt, implement or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization's (ILO) core labor
conventions.
  o  
  3681-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal that asks management to adopt, implement or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization's (ILO) core labor conventions.   o  
  3681-3     Vote AGAINST IF the proposal asks the company to use third-party monitors.   o  
  3681-4     Vote AGAINST IF the company has a reasonable code and monitoring system.   x  

 

SP-Report on Sustainability (3700)

  3700-1     Always vote FOR a shareholder proposal requesting reports on sustainability.   o  
  3700-2     Always vote AGAINST a shareholder proposal requesting reports on sustainability.   o  
  3700-3     Always vote AGAINST IF the company has already issued a report in GRI format.   x  

 

II-95



APPENDIX II-X

WESTCAP INVESTORS

PROXY POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Policy

WESTCAP Investors, LLC ("WESTCAP") acts as investment manager or investment adviser for various clients, including clients governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). As "investment manager" or "investment adviser" we vote proxies as part of our authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets when delegated by the client (or for ERISA accounts, unless the "named fiduciary" has explicitly reserved that authority for itself). When voting proxies for clients, our utmost concern is that all decisions be made solely in the best interest of our clients (for ERISA accounts, "plan beneficiaries and participants", in accordance with the letter and spirit of ERISA) in their capacity as shareholders. We will act in a manner we deem prudent and diligent and which is intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the account.

Purpose

The purpose of these Proxy Policy and Procedures is to memorialize the procedures and policies adopted by WESTCAP to enable it to comply with its accepted responsibilities.

Procedures

The Proxy Policy Committee ("PPC") is responsible for establishing the guidelines by which we vote our proxies. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for reviewing the proxy proposals to determine which proposals may be voted in accordance with previously established guidelines or precedents. The proposals which are not clearly governed by the guidelines will require the further review and approval of the members of PPC. In addition, PPC will meet briefly whenever necessary or desirable to review proxy voting matters.

While how best to vote a proxy to maximize investment return may not be clear or be able to be decided with certainty in all cases, Westcap will exercise its best judgment to vote proxies so as to maximize investment return.

Proxy Administrator

The Proxy Administrator supervises and oversees the voting of all proxies. The Proxy Administrator reviews open issues on proxies and uses such available resources, such as the recommendation services provided by Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS"), as it deems appropriate to help in evaluating the issues. Usually, the company's proxy statement contains sufficient information to make a specific voting decision; however, additional information is available if needed, such as the Annual Report and reports from ISS or other proxy evaluation services. These outside services assist us by providing a summary of the pros and cons of the proposals outlined in the proxy statements. In some cases the Administrator may also obtain input from the portfolio managers regarding any stock they hold in their portfolios. After analyzing the issues based on the accumulated information and the guidelines, the proxy will be voted in accordance with the guidelines, or if the guidelines do not govern or the issue is controversial, the Proxy Administrator will forward the proxy and materials to the IPC for further review and approval.

Record Keeping

Westcap is presently using ISS to assist in the voting of and record keeping of proxies. ISS is used to retrieve and print information or reports regarding a particular proxy, issue, or account.

ISS receives a list of Westcap accounts which held the stock in question as of the designated record date. A filter is done against the list to eliminate accounts for which Westcap does not have voting authority. The remaining list is checked against actual forms/cards received by ISS to determine that ISS has received a proxy for each account for which it has voting responsibility. A timely follow up is made by ISS with the client's custodian for the missing forms/cards. As the meeting date approaches ISS makes a reasonable effort to get all shares for which Westcap has voting responsibility.

A list of Westcap accounts and the number of shares held by each of the companies presenting the proxy is established on the ISS system through coordination with Westcap's portfolio accounting system. The voting direction in accordance with the guidelines is affirmed or transmitted to Proxyedge, the electronic voting system used by ISS. The date the proxy card was actually received at ISS is recorded. The final step is to record the date the proxy was actually voted and mailed.

II-96



The Proxy Administrator receives quarterly reports from ISS for voted proxies. On an as needed basis, Westcap can retrieve a report for a client for a requested period all proxies were voted, along with how each issue was voted and any comments or guidelines expressed by Westcap.

Westcap's voting decision is noted in the ISS system which is retained in electronic form for a minimum of three years.

Conflicts of Interest

Westcap is sensitive to conflicts of interest that may arise in the proxy decision making process. For example, conflicts of interest may arise when: (i) proxy votes regarding non-routine matters are solicited by an issuer who has an institutional separate account relationship with Westcap; (ii) a proponent of a proxy proposal has a business relationship with Westcap (e.g., an employee group for which Westcap manages money); (iii) Westcap has business relationships with participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or director candidates; or (iv) a Westcap employee has a personal interest in the outcome of a particular matter before shareholders (e.g., a Westcap executive has a relative who serves as a director of a company). Westcap is committed to resolving all such and similar conflicts in its clients' collective best interest. Westcap has developed this Proxy Policy to serve the collective best interests of its clients, and accordingly, will generally vote pursuant to this Proxy Policy when conflicts of interest arise. When there are proxy voting proposals, however, that give rise to conflicts of interest and are not addressed by this Proxy Policy, the Investment Policy Committee will consult Westcap's Compliance Officer and senior management. The IPC, Compliance Officer and senior management will consult with an independent consultant or outside counsel to resolve material conflicts of interest. Possible resolutions of such conflicts may include: (i) voting in accordance with the guidance of an independent consultant or outside counsel; (ii) erecting information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions; (iii) designating a person or committee to vote that has no knowledge of any relationship between Westcap and the issuer, its officers or directors, director candidates, or proxy proponents; (iv) voting in proportion to other shareholders; or (v) voting in other ways that are consistent with Westcap's obligation to vote in its clients' collective best interest.

No actual conflicts of interest have been identified by Westcap.

Guidelines

Each proxy issue will be considered individually. The following general guidelines are a partial list to be used in voting proposals contained in the proxy statements, but will not be used as rigid rules.

Vote Against

(a) Issues regarding Board entrenchment and anti-takeover measures such as the following:

(i)  Proposals to stagger board members' terms;

(ii)  Proposals to limit the ability of shareholders to call special meetings;

(iii)  Proposals to require super majority votes;

(iv)  Proposals requesting excessive increases in authorized common or preferred shares where management provides no explanation for the use or need of these additional shares;

(v)  Proposals regarding "fair price" provisions;

(vi)  Proposals regarding "poison pill" provisions; and

(vii)  Permitting "green mail".

(b) Providing cumulative voting rights.

(c) "Social issues," unless specific client guidelines supersede, e.g. restrictions regarding South Africa.

Vote For

(a)  Date and place of Annual Meeting.

(b)  Rotation of Annual Meeting Place.

(c)  Limitation on charitable contributions, fees paid to lawyers.

(d)  Ratification of directors' actions on routine matters since previous Annual Meeting.

(e)  Confidential voting.

II-97



Case-By-Case

(1)  Pay Directors solely in stock.

(2)  Eliminate Director mandatory retirement policy.

(3)  Mandatory retirement age for directors.

(4)  Rotate annual meeting location/date.

(5)  Option and stock grants to management and directors.

(6)  Allowing indemnification of directors and/or officers after reviewing the applicable state laws and extent of protection requested.

(7)  Election of auditors recommended by management

(8)  Limit Directors Liability

(9)  Election of directors recommended by management, except if there is a proxy fight.

(Revised 6/03)

II-98



PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 23. Exhibits.

(a)  (1) Certificate of Trust. 1

(2) Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated September 4, 2001. 5

(3) Agreement and Declaration of Trust. 1

(4) Certificate of Correction of Amendment to Certificate of Trust dated May 14, 2002. 5

(b)  By-Laws, amended as of November 16, 2004.*

(c)  In response to this item, Registrant incorporates by reference the following provisions of its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, filed herewith as Exhibit (a)(3) and Exhibit (b), defining the rights of the Trust's shareholders: Articles III and V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Article III of the By-Laws.

(d)  (1) Management Agreement between Registrant and Prudential Investments Fund Management LLC (PI). 2

(2) (i)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. 2

(ii)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Westcap Investors, LLC. dated July 24, 2003. 6

(iii)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Columbus Circle Investors. 2

(iv)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Pacific Investment Management Company. 2

(v)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC ("Hotchkis and Wiley") dated October 22, 2001. 5

(vi)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Robert Fleming Inc. (d/b/a J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. 2

(vii)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and EARNEST Partners, LLC ("EARNEST") dated December 13, 2001. 5

(viii)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Oak Associates, Ltd. 2

(ix)  Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and RS Investments.*

(x)  Subadvisory Agreement between PI and NFJ Investment Group, L.P.*

(xi)  Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Lee Munder Capital Group L.P.*

(xii)  Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.*

(e)  (1) Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS). 2

(2) Selected Dealer Agreement. 3

(f)  Not applicable.

(g)  Custodian Contract between the Registrant and The Bank of New York (BNY) dated November 7, 2002. 6

(h)  (1) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC. 2

(2) Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated September 4, 2002. 6

(i)  Opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell dated September 27, 2002. 5

(j)  Consent of independent auditors. *

(k)  Not applicable.

(l)  Not applicable.

(m)  (1) 12b-1 Fee Waivers and Expense Limitations for Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares. 5

C-1



(2)  (i)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class L Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.*

  (ii)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class L Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.*

(3) (i)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class M Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.*

  (ii)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class M Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.*

(4) (i)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class X Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.*

  (ii)  Distribution and Service Plan for Class X Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.*

(n)  Rule 18f-3 Plan.*

(p)  (1) Amended Code of Ethics of Registrant dated September 4, 2002. 5

(2) Amended Code of Ethics of PI and PIMS (Personal Securities Trading Policy) dated September 4, 2002. 5

(3) Code of Ethics of J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. 2

(4) Code of Ethics of Westcap Investors, LLC. 6

(5) Code of Ethics of NFJ Investment Group. 6

(6) Code of Ethics of Columbus Circle Investors. 2

(7) Code of Ethics of Pacific Investment Management Company. 2

(8) Code of Ethics of Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC.*

(9) Code of Ethics of Robert Fleming Inc. (d/b/a J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.)

(10) Code of Ethics of Oak Associates, Ltd. 2

(11) Code of Ethics of EARNEST Partners, LLC. 5

(12) Code of Ethics of RS Investments. 6

(13) Code of Ethics of Lee Munder Capital Group L.P.*

(q)  (1) Powers of attorney dated August 1, 2003. 6

(2) Powers of attorney dated August 1, 2003. 6

1  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on July 9, 1999 (File No. 333-82621)

2  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on October 31, 2000 (File No.333-82621).

3  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on August 1, 2000. (File No.333-82621).

4  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(3) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Prudential Natural Resources Fund, Inc. filed on July 31, 2001 (File No. 33-15166).

5  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on
September 30, 2002.

6  Incorporated by reference to the identically numbered exhibit to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 filed on Form N-1A on October 2, 2003.

*   Filed herewith.

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant.

Not Applicable.

Item 25. Indemnification.

As permitted by Sections 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), and pursuant to Article VII of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a)(3) to this Registration Statement) and Article XI of the Trust's By-Laws (Exhibit (b) to the Registration Statement), officers, trustees, employees and agents of Registrant will not be liable to Registrant, any stockholder, officer, director, employee, agent or other person for any action or failure to act, except for bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties, and those individuals may be indemnified against liabilities in connection with Registrant, subject to the same exceptions. Section 3817 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act permits indemnification of trustees who acted in good faith and reasonably believed that the conduct was in the best interest of the Trust. As permitted by Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, pursuant to Section 10 of the Distribution Agreement (Exhibit (e)(1) to this

C-2



Registration Statement), the Distributor of Registrant may be indemnified against liabilities which it may incur, except liabilities arising from bad faith, gross negligence, willful misfeasance or reckless disregard of duties.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1940 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in connection with the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against Registrant by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the shares being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1940 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Registrant has purchased an insurance policy insuring its officers and trustees against liabilities, and certain costs of defending claims against such officers and trustees, to the extent such officers and trustees are not found to have committed conduct constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. The insurance policy also insures Registrant against the cost of indemnification payments to officers and trustees under certain circumstances.

Section 8 of the Management Agreement (Exhibit (d)(1) to the Registration Statement) and Section 4 of the Subadvisory Agreements (Exhibits (d)(2)(i) through (x) to the Registration Statement) limit the liability of PI and each Adviser, respectively, to liabilities arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or from reckless disregard by them of their respective obligations and duties under the agreements.

Registrant hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provisions of its By-Laws and the Distribution Agreement in a manner consistent with Release No. 11330 of the Commission under the 1940 Act as long as the interpretation of Section 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in effect and is consistently applied.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

(a) PI

See "How the Trust is Managed-Manager" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

The business and other connections of the officers of PI are listed in Schedules A and D of Form ADV of PI as currently on file with the Commission, as most recently amended (File No. 801-31104).

The business and other connections of PI's directors and principal executive officers are set forth below. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each person is Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

Name and Address   Position with PI   Principal Occupations  
Robert F. Gunia   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer   Executive Vice President, and Chief Administrative Officer, Pl; Vice President, Prudential; President, PIMS; Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Director of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President and Director of American Skandia Fund Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Director of American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.  
William V. Healey   Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer   Executive Vice President, and Chief Legal Officer, Pl; Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Prudential; Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, PIMS; Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc., Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of American Skandia Fund Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.  

 

C-3



Name and Address   Position with PI   Principal Occupations  
Kevin B. Osborn   Executive Vice President   Executive Vice President, Pl; Executive Vice President and Director of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc. and Executive Vice President and Director of American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.  
Stephen Pelletier   Executive Vice President   Executive Vice President, PI  
Judy A. Rice   Officer in Charge, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer   Officer-in-Charge, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer; Officer-in-Charge, Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of American Skandia Investment Services, Inc., Officer-in-Charge, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of American Skandia Fund Services, Inc.; Officer-in-Charge, Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of American Skandia Advisory Services, Inc.  

 

(b) Columbus Circle Investors (CCI)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to CCI's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-47516), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(c) J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (J.P. Morgan)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to J.P. Morgan's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-21011), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (Hotchkis and Wiley)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to Hotchkis and Wiley is included in the Form ADV of Hotchkis and Wiley filed with the Commission (File No. 801-60512), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(e) Westcap Investors, LLC (Westcap)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to Westcap is included in its Form ADV filed with Commission (File No. 801-40132), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(f) Lee Munder Capital Group L.P. (Lee Munder)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to the general members of Lee Munder is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-57397), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(g) Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to PIMCO's partners is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-7260), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(h)  EARNEST Partners, LLC (EARNEST)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

C-4



Information as to EARNEST's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-56189), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(i)  Oak Associates, Ltd. (Oak)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to Oak's directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-23632), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(j)  NFJ Investment Group (NFJ)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to NFJ directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (801-47940), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

(k)  RS Investment Management, LP (RS Investments)

See "How the Trust is Managed-Advisers and Portfolio Managers" in the Prospectus constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Advisory and Other Services-Manager and Advisers" in the SAI.

Information as to RS Investments directors and executive officers is included in its Form ADV filed with the Commission (File No. 801-44125), as most recently amended, the relevant text of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

(a)  Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (PIMS)

PIMS is distributor for Cash Accumulation Trust, Dryden Ultra Short Bond Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Fund, Inc (Nicholas-Applegate Growth Equity Fund), Dryden California Municipal Fund, Jennison Equity Fund, Inc., Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, Inc., Dryden Global Total Return Fund, Inc., Dryden Government Income Fund, Inc., Dryden Government Securities Trust, Dryden High Yield Fund, Inc., Dryden Index Series Fund, Prudential Institutional Liquidity Portfolio, Inc., MoneyMart Assets, Inc., Dryden Municipal Bond Fund, Dryden Municipal Series Fund, Jennison Natural Resources Fund, Inc., Strategic Partners Real Estate Securities Fund, Jennison Sector Funds, Inc., Dryden Short-Term Bond Fund, Inc., Jennison Small Company Fund, Inc., Prudential Tax-Free Money Fund, Inc., Dryden Tax-Managed Funds, Dryden Tax-Managed Small Cap Fund, Inc., Dryden Total Return Bond Fund, Inc., Jennison 20/20 Focus Fund, Jennison U.S. Emerging Growth Fund, Inc., Jennison Value Fund, Prudential World Fund, Inc., Special Money Market Fund, Inc., Strategic Partners Asset Allocation Funds, Strategic Partners Opportunity Funds, Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, Strategic Partners Mutual Funds, Inc., The Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc., The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. and The Target Portfolio Trust.

PIMS is also distributor of the following unit investment trusts: Separate Accounts: The Prudential Variable Contract Account-2, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-10, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-11, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24, The Prudential Variable Contract-GI-2, The Prudential Discovery Select Group Variable Contract Account, The Pruco Life Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account, The Pruco Life of New Jersey Flexible Premium Variable Annuity Account, The Prudential Individual Variable Contract Account and The Prudential Qualified Individual Variable Contract Account.

C-5



(b) Information concerning the Directors and officers of PIMS is set forth below:

Name (1)   Positions and
Offices with
Underwriter
  Positions and
Offices with
Registrant
 
Edward P. Baird 
213 Washington Street
Newark, NJ 07102
  Executive Vice President   None  
C. Edward Chaplin 
751 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102
  Executive Vice President and Treasurer   None  
Kenneth J. Schindler    Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer   None  
Robert F. Gunia    President   Vice President and Director  
William V. Healey    Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer   None  
Michael J. McQuade    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   None  
David R. Odenath    Executive Vice President   None  
Stephen Pelletier    Executive Vice President   None  
Scott G. Sleyster 
71 Hanover Road
Florham, NJ 07932
  Executive Vice President   None  
Bernard B. Winograd    Executive Vice President   None  

 

(1) The address of each person named is Gateway Center, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, unless otherwise indicated.

(c) Registrant has no principal underwriter who is not an affiliated person of the Registrant.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of The Bank of New York (BNY), One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286; Registrant, Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102; CCI, Metro Center, One Station Place, 8th Floor, Stamford, CT 06902; J.P. Morgan, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036; Hotchkis & Wiley Capital Management, LLC, 725 S. Figueroa St., Suite 4000, Los Angeles, CA 90017; Westcap, 11111 Santa Monica Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90025; RS Investments, 388 Market Street, Suite 1700, San Francisco, California 94111; NFJ Investment Group, 2121 San Jacinto, Dallas, Texas 75201; EARNEST Partners, LLC., 75 14th Street, Suite 2300, Atlanta, Georgia 30309; Oak Associates, Ltd., 3875 Embassy Parkway, Suite 250, Akron, OH 44333; PIMCO, 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 300, Newport Beach, CA 92660; and Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC, P.O. Box 8098, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101. Documents required by Rules 31a-1(b)(4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11), and 31a-1(d) and 31a-1(f) under the 1940 Act will be kept at 100 Mulberry Street, Gateway Center Three, Newark, New Jersey 07102 and the remaining accounts, books and other documents required by such other pertinent provisions of Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be kept by State Street Bank and Trust Company and PMFS.

Item 29. Management Services.

Other than as set forth under the caption "How the Trust is Managed" in the Prospectus and the caption "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in the SAI, Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.

Item 30. Undertakings.

Not applicable.

C-6



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newark and State of New Jersey, on the 22nd day of November, 2004.

  STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

  /s/   JUDY A. RICE*

  Judy A. Rice, President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature   Title   Date  
/s/ DAVID E. A. CARSON *
 David E. A. Carson
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ ROBERT E. LABLANC *
 Robert E. LaBlanc
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ DOUGLAS H. MCCORKINDALE *
 Douglas H. McCorkindale
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ STEPHEN P. MUNN *
 Stephen P. Munn
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ RICHARD A REDEKER *
 Richard A. Redeker
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ ROBIN B. SMITH *
 Robin B. Smith
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ STEPHEN STONEBURN *
 Stephen Stoneburn
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ CLAY T. WHITEHEAD *
 Clay T. Whitehead
  Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ JUDY A. RICE *
 Judy A. Rice
  President and Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ ROBERT F. GUNIA *
 Robert F. Gunia
  Vice President and Trustee   November 22, 2004  
/s/ GRACE C. TORRES*
 Grace C. Torres
  Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   November 22, 2004  
/s/ DEBORAH A. DOCS
 Deborah A. Docs
  as attorney-in-fact   November 22, 2004  

 

* Signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney.

C-7



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
  No.
  Description  

 

(b)  By-Laws, amended as of November 16, 2004.

(d)  (2)  (ix) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and RS Investments.

    (x) Subadvisory Agreement between PI and NFJ Investment Group, L.P.

    (xi) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and Lee Munder Capital Group L.P.

    (xii) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between PI and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

(j)  Consent of independent auditors.

(m)  (2)  (i) Distribution and Service Plan for Class L Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.

    (ii) Distribution and Service Plan for Class L Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.

(m)  (3)  (i) Distribution and Service Plan for Class M Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.

    (ii) Distribution and Service Plan for Class M Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.

(m)  (4)  (i) Distribution and Service Plan for Class X Shares of Small Cap Value Fund.

    (ii) Distribution and Service Plan for Class X Shares of Total Return Bond Fund.

(n)  Rule 18f-3 Plan.

(p)  (8)  Code of Ethics of Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC.

(p)  (13) Code of Ethics of Lee Munder Capital Group L.P.

C-8


Exhibit 99(b)

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

 

As amended November 16, 2004

 

ARTICLE I

 

Agreement and Declaration of Trust

 

Section 1. Agreement and Declaration of Trust . These By-Laws shall be subject to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as from time to time amended, supplemented or restated (the “Declaration of Trust”) of Target Funds (the “Trust”).

 

Section 2. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used herein have the respective meanings given them in the Declaration of Trust.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Offices

 

Section 1. Principal Office . The principal office of the Trust shall be located in the City of Newark, State of New Jersey, or such other location as the Trustees may from time to time determine.

 

Section 2. Registered Office and Other Offices . The registered office of the Trust shall be located in the City of Wilmington, State of Delaware or such other location within the State of Delaware as the Trustees may from time to time determine. The Trust may establish and maintain such other offices and places of business as the Trustees may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Shareholders

 

Section 1. Meetings . Meetings of the Shareholders shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Trust or at such other place within the United States of America as the Trustees shall designate. Meetings of the Shareholders shall be called by the Secretary whenever (i) ordered by the Trustees or (ii) for the purpose of voting on the removal of any Trustee, requested in writing by Shareholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote. If the Secretary, when so ordered or requested, refuses or neglects for more than 10 days to call such meetings, the Trustees or the Shareholders

 



 

so requesting, may, in the name of the Secretary, call the meeting by giving notice thereof in the manner required when notice is given by the Secretary.

 

Section 2. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise herein provided, notice of all meetings of the Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary by delivering or mailing, postage prepaid, to each Shareholder entitled to vote at said meeting at his or her address as recorded on the register of the Trust at least ten (10) days and not more than ninety (90) days before the meeting. Only the business stated in the notice of the meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Notice of adjournment of a Shareholders’ meeting to another time or place need not be given, if such time and place are announced at the meeting and the adjourned meeting is held within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting. No notice need be given to any Shareholder who shall have failed to inform the Trust of his or her current address or if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by the Shareholder or his or her attorney thereunto authorized, is filed with the records of the meeting.

 

Section 3. Record Date for Meetings . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting, the Trustees may from time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding thirty (30) days, as the Trustees may determine; or without closing the transfer books the Trustees may fix a date not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purpose.

 

Section 4. Proxies . At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote either in person or by written proxy signed by the Shareholder, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4 to the contrary, the Trustees may at any time adopt one or more electronic, telecommunication, telephonic, computerized or other alternatives to execution of a written instrument that will enable holders of Shares entitled to vote at any meeting to appoint a proxy to vote such holders’ Shares at such meeting. Proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers of the Trust. Only Shareholders of record shall

 



 

be entitled to vote. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he or she may vote by his or her guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy. At all meetings of the Shareholders, unless the voting is conducted by inspectors, all questions relating to the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided by the chairman of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Declaration of Trust, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Shareholders were shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

Section 5. Inspection of Books . The Trustees shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent, and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Trust or any of them shall be open to the inspection of the Shareholders; and no Shareholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Trust except as conferred by law or otherwise by the Trustees or by resolution of the Shareholders.

 

Section 6. Action Without Meeting . Any action that may be taken at any meeting of Shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the holders of outstanding Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all Shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the records of Shareholder meetings. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

 



 

Section 7. Application of this Article . Meetings of Shareholders shall consist of Shareholders of any Series (or Class thereof) or of all Shareholders, as determined pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, and this Article shall be construed accordingly.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Trustees

 

Section 1. Meetings of the Trustees . The Trustees may in their discretion provide for regular or stated meetings of the Trustees. Notice of regular or stated meetings need not be given. Meetings of the Trustees other than regular or stated meetings shall be held whenever called by the Chairman, the President, or by any two of the Trustees, at the time being in office. Notice of the time and place of each meeting other than regular or stated meetings shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or Trustees calling the meeting and shall be delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to each Trustee at least two days before the meeting, or shall be telegraphed, cabled, or wired to each Trustee at his or her business address, or personally delivered to him or her, at least one day before the meeting. Such notice may, however, be waived by any Trustees. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting. The Trustees may meet by means of a telephone conference circuit or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting are connected, which meeting shall be deemed to have been held at a place designated by the Trustees at the meeting. Participation in a telephone conference meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Trustees may be taken by the Trustees without a meeting if a majority of the Trustees then in office (or such higher number of Trustees as would be required to act on the matter under the Declaration of Trust, these By-Laws or applicable law if a meeting were held) consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the Trustees’ meetings. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of the Trustees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all actions of the Trustees shall be taken in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 



 

Section 2. Quorum and Manner of Acting . A majority of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Trustees there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be obtained. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given. The act of the majority of the Trustees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Trustees, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law or by the Declaration of Trust or by these By-Laws.

 

Section 3.  Chair .  The Trustees may elect a Trustee as Chair of the Trustees.  The Chair, if one is elected shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and of the stockholders at which he or she is present.  The Chair shall perform such duties and have such powers as are assigned by the Trustees.  The Chair shall not be an officer of the Trust for any purposes.  The Chair shall not be an “interested” person of the Trust or an adviser to the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Chair shall have no greater liability as a result of serving as Chair and will have no greater responsibility for overseeing the affairs of the Trust than that of other Trustees other than with respect to specific responsibilities of the chair as set forth in these Bylaws or as assigned by the Trustees.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Committees

 

Section 1. Executive and Other Committees . The Trustees by vote of a majority of all the Trustees may elect from their own number an Executive Committee to consist of not less than three (3)  Trustees to hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees, which shall have the power to conduct the current and ordinary business of the Trust while the Trustees are not in session, including the purchase and sale of securities and the designation of securities to be delivered upon redemption of Shares of the Trust, and such other powers of the Trustees as the Trustees may, from time to time, delegate to them except those powers by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws they are prohibited from delegating. The Trustees may also elect from their own number or otherwise other Committees from time to time, the number composing such Committees, the powers conferred upon the same (subject to the same limitations as with respect to the Executive Committee), the terms of membership on such Committees and the termination or circumstances giving rise to the termination of such Committees to be determined by the Trustees. The Trustees may

 



 

designate a chairman of any such Committee. In the absence of such designation the Committee may elect its own chairman.

 

Section 2. Meetings, Quorum and Manner of Acting . The Trustees may (1) provide for stated meetings of any Committees, (2) specify the manner of calling and notice required for special meeting of any Committee, (3) specify the number of members of a Committee required to constitute a quorum and the numbers of members of a Committee required to exercise specified powers delegated to such Committee, (4) authorize the making of decisions to exercise specified powers by written assent of the requisite number of members of a Committee without a meeting, and (5) authorize the members of a Committee to meet by means of a telephone conference circuit. Each Committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and records of decisions taken without a meeting and cause them to be recorded in a book designated for that purpose and kept at the principal executive offices of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Officers

 

Section 1. General Provisions . The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, who shall be elected by the Trustees.  The Trustees may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as the business of the Trust may require, including one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Trustees may delegate to any officer or Committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers or agents.

 

Section 2. Term of Office and Qualifications . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws, the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary, and all other officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees. The Secretary and Treasurer may be the same person.  A Vice President and the Treasurer or a Vice President and the Secretary may be the same person, but the offices of Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer shall not be held by the same person. The President shall hold no other office, but may be a Trustee of the Trust. Except as above provided, any two offices may be held by the same person. The Chairman, if there be one, shall be a Trustee and may but need not be a Shareholder. Any other officer may be but none need be a Trustee or Shareholder.

 

Section 3. Removal . The Trustees, at any regular or special meeting of the Trustees, may remove any officer with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office. Any officer or agent

 



 

appointed by an officer or committee may be removed with or without cause by such appointing officer or committee.

 

Section 4. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the principal executive officer of the Trust. He or she may call meetings of the Trustees and of any Committee thereof when he or she deems it necessary and, in the absence of the Chairman, shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Trustees. Subject to the control of the Trustees, the Chairman and any Committees of the Trustees, within their respective spheres, as provided by the Trustees, the President shall at all times exercise a general supervision and direction over the affairs of the Trust. The President shall have the power to employ attorneys, accountants and other advisers and agents for the Trust and to employ such subordinate officers, agents, clerks and employees as he or she may find necessary to transact the business of the Trust. He or she shall also have the power to grant, issue, execute or sign such powers of attorney, proxies or other documents as may be deemed advisable or necessary in furtherance of the interests of the Trust. The President shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him or her by the Trustees.

 

Section 5. Powers and Duties of the Vice President . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President or, if there be more than one Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties and may exercise any of the powers of the President, subject to the control of the Trustees. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

 

Section 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the principal financial and accounting officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall deliver all funds of the Trust which may come into his or her hands to such Custodian as the Trustees may employ pursuant to Article X of these By-Laws. He or she shall render a statement of condition of the finances of the Trust to the Trustee as often as they shall require the same and he or she shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees. The Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.

 



 

Section 7. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Trustees and of the Shareholders in proper books provided for that purpose; he or she shall have custody of the seal of the Trust; he or she shall have charge of the Share transfer books, lists and records unless the same are in the charge of the Transfer Agent. The Secretary shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by the Trust in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law; and subject to these By-Laws, he or she shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of the Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees.

 

Section 8. Powers and Duties of Assistant Treasurers . In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of the Treasurer. Each Assistant Treasurer shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees. Each Assistant Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.

 

Section 9. Powers and Duties of Assistant Secretaries . In the absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of the Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Trustees.

 

Section 10. Compensation of Officers and Trustees . Subject to any applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the compensation of the officers and Trustees shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees or, in the case of officers, by any Committee or officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Trustees. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation as such officer by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Trustee.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Trust shall end on such date as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

 



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Seal

 

The Trustees may adopt a seal which shall be in such form and shall have such inscription thereon as the Trustees may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Waivers of Notice

 

Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. A notice shall be deemed to have been telegraphed, cabled or wired for the purposes of these By-Laws when it has been delivered to a representative of any telegraph, cable or wire company with instructions that it be telegraphed, cabled or wired.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Custody of Securities

 

Section 1. Employment of a Custodian . The Trust shall place and at all times maintain in the custody of a Custodian (including any sub-custodian for the Custodian) all funds, securities and similar investments included in the Trust Property. The Custodian (and any sub-custodian) shall be a bank having not less than $20,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits and shall be appointed from time to time by the Trustees, who shall fix its remuneration.

 

Section 2. Action upon Termination of Custodian Agreement . Upon termination of a Custodian Agreement or inability of the Custodian to continue to serve, the Trustees shall promptly appoint a successor custodian, but in the event that no successor custodian can be found who has the required qualifications and is willing to serve, the Trustees shall call as promptly as possible a special meeting of the Shareholders to determine whether the Trust shall function without a custodian or shall be liquidated. If so directed by a vote of holders of the majority of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote, the Custodian shall deliver and pay over all Trust Property held by it as specified in such vote.

 

Section 3. Provisions of Custodian Contract . The following provisions shall apply to the employment of a Custodian and to any contract entered into with the Custodian so employed: The Trustees

 



 

shall cause to be delivered to the Custodian all securities included in the Trust Property or to which the Trust may become entitled, and shall order the same to be delivered by the Custodian only in completion of a sale, exchange, transfer, pledge, loan of portfolio securities to another person, or other disposition thereof, all as the Trustees may generally or from time to time require or approve or to a successor Custodian; and the Trustees shall cause all funds included in the Trust Property or to which it may become entitled to be paid to the Custodian, and shall order the same disbursed only for investment against delivery of the securities acquired (including securities acquired under a repurchase agreement), or the return of cash held as collateral for loans of portfolio securities, or in payment of expenses, including management compensation, and liabilities of the Trust, including distributions to Shareholders, or to a successor Custodian.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary to these By-Laws, upon receipt of proper instructions, which may be standing instructions, the Custodian may deliver funds in the following cases: In connection with repurchase agreements, the Custodian shall transmit prior to receipt on behalf of the Trust of any securities or other property, funds from the Trust’s custodian account to a special custodian approved by the Trustees of the Trust, which funds shall be used to pay for securities to be purchased by the Trust subject to the Trust’s obligation to sell and the seller’s obligation to repurchase such securities (in such case, the securities shall be held in the custody of the special custodian); in connection with the Trust’s purchase or sale of financial futures contracts, the Custodian shall transmit, prior to receipt on behalf of the Trust of any securities or other property, funds from the Trust’s custo—dian account in order to furnish and to maintain funds with brokers as margin to guarantee the performance of the Trust’s futures obligations in accordance with the applicable requirements of commodities exchanges and brokers.

 

Section 4. Central Certificate System . Subject to applicable rules, regulations and orders adopted by the Commission, the Trustees may direct the Custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or such other person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class or series of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without

 



 

physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Indemnification of Trustees, Officers,
Employees and Other Agents

 

Section 1. Agents, Proceedings, Expenses . For the purpose of this Article, “agent” means any Person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of the Trust or is or was serving at the request of the Trust as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise; “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including appeals); and “expenses” includes, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and all other liabilities whatsoever.

 

Section 2 Indemnification .  Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 3 below, the Trust shall indemnify present and former Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust (each a “Covered Person”) against judgments, fines, settlements and expenses to the fullest extent authorized, and in the manner permitted, by applicable federal and state law.  The Trust shall advance the expenses of Covered Persons who are parties to any proceeding to the fullest extent authorized, and in the manner permitted, by applicable federal and state law.  Pursuant and subject to this Article XI, Section 2, the Trust shall indemnify each Covered Person against, or advance the expenses of any Covered Person for, the amount of any deductible provided in any liability insurance policy maintained by the Trust.

 

Section 3. Limitations, Settlements .  No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to an agent:

 

(a) who shall have been adjudicated by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office (collectively, “disabling conduct”); or

 

(b) with respect to any proceeding disposed of (whether by settlement, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was

 



 

brought that such agent was liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of disabling conduct, unless there has been a determination that such agent did not engage in disabling conduct:

 

(i) by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought;

 

(ii) by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor are parties to the proceeding based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or

 

(iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); provided, however, that indemnification shall be provided hereunder to an agent with respect to any proceeding in the event of (1) a final decision on the merits by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the agent was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) the dismissal of the proceeding by the court or other body before which it was brought for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct with which such agent has been charged.

 

Section 4. Insurance, Rights Not Exclusive . The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust on behalf of any agent, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any agent may now or hereafter be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any agent.

 

Section 5. Advance of Expenses . Expenses incurred by an agent in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defense to any proceeding may be paid by the Trust from time to time prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such agent that such amount will be paid over by him or her to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this Article XI; provided, however, that (a) such agent shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking, (b) the Trust is insured against losses arising out of any such advance payments or (c) either a majority of the Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to the proceedings, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a trial-type inquiry or full investigation), that there is reason to believe that such agent will be found entitled to indemnification under this Article XI.

 

Section 6. Fiduciaries of Employee Benefit Plan . The Article does not apply to any proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person’s

 



 

capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted by (a) a vote of holders of the majority of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote or (b) by the Trustees, provided, however, that no By-law may be amended, adopted or repealed by the Trustees if such amendment, adoption or repeal is required by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws, to be submitted to a vote of the Shareholders.

 

 

Amended as of February 29, 2000.

 


Exhibit 99.(d)(2)(ix)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

THE TARGET PORTFOLIO TRUST

 

Subadvisory Agreement

 

Agreement made as of this 26th day of September 2003 between Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), a New York limited liability company, and RS Investment Management, L.P. (RS Investments or the Subadviser).

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement (each, a Management Agreement) (i) dated August 25, 1999, with Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds and (ii) dated as of November 9, 1992, as amended, with The Target Portfolio Trust (the Trusts).  Each of the Trusts is a Delaware statutory trust and a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the 1940 Act), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Trusts; and

 

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to each Trust and one or more of each Trust’s respective series as specified in Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively, with the Trusts, referred to herein as the Fund) and to manage such portion of the Fund as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        (a)                                   Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of each Fund, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the Fund’s portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the Prospectus (such Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the “Prospectus”), and subject to the following understandings:

 

(i)                                      The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Fund’s investments as the Manager shall direct and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Fund, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

(ii)                                   In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the copies of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Prospectus of the Fund provided to it by the Manager (the Fund Documents) and with the instructions and

 



 

directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, co-operate with the Manager’s (or its designee’s) personnel responsible for monitoring the Fund’s compliance and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.  In connection therewith, the Subadviser shall, among other things, prepare and file such reports as are, or may in the future be, required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission).  The Manager shall provide Subadviser timely with copies of any updated Fund documents.

 

(iii)                                The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Fund’s portfolio, as applicable, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated (or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time.  In providing the Fund with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution.  Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser’s other clients may be a party.  The Manager (or Subadviser) to the Fund each shall have discretion to effect investment transactions for the Fund through broker-dealers (including, to the extent legally permissible, broker-dealers affiliated with the Subadviser(s)) qualified to obtain best execution of such transactions who provide brokerage and/or research services, as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and to cause the Fund to pay any such broker-dealers an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the brokerage or research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in light of either that particular investment transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Manager (or the Subadviser) with respect to the Fund and other accounts as to which they or it may exercise investment discretion (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(35) of the 1934 Act), are reasonable in relation to the amount of commission..

 

On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted

 



 

by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

 

(iv)                               The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund’s portfolio transactions effected by it as required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to the Fund’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request.  The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Fund with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Fund’s securities.

 

(v)                                  The Subadviser or its affiliate shall provide the Fund’s Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Fund’s assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.

 

(vi)                               The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others.  Conversely, Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Fund in a “manager-of-managers” style, the Manager will, among other things, (i) continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with such Subadviser (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Fund’s Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated, and (iii) periodically report to the Fund’s Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions.  The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.

 

(vii)                            The Subadviser acknowledges that the Manager and the Fund intend to rely on Rule 17a-10 under the 1940 Act, and the Subadviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other subadviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Fund’s portfolio or any other transactions of Fund assets.

 



 

(b)                                  The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Fund to serve in the capacities in which they are elected.  Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.

 

(c)                                   The Subadviser shall keep the Fund’s books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser’s services hereunder needed by the Manager to keep the other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund’s request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 of the Commission under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.

 

(d)                                  In connection with its duties under this Agreement, the Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.

 

(e)                                   The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                     The Subadviser shall be responsible for the voting of all shareholder proxies with respect to the investments and securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, subject to such reporting and other requirements as shall be established by the Manager.

 

2.                                        The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement.  The Manager shall provide (or cause the Fund’s custodian to provide) timely information to the Subadviser regarding such matters as the composition of assets in the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser, cash requirements and cash available for investment in such portion of the Fund, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Subadviser to perform its duties hereunder (including any excerpts of minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees of the Fund that affect the duties of the Subadviser).

 

3.                                        For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee

 



 

equal to the percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A.  Liability for payment of compensation by the Manager to the Subadviser under this Agreement is contingent upon the Manager’s receipt of payment from the Fund for management services described under the Management Agreement between the Fund and the Manager.  Expense caps or fee waivers for the Fund that may be agreed to by the Manager, but not agreed to by the Subadviser, shall not cause a reduction in the amount of the payment to the Subadviser by the Manager.

 

4.                                        The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Fund or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to waive any rights the Manager or the Fund may have against the Subadviser under federal or state securities laws.  The Manager shall indemnify the Subadviser, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Manager’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.  The Subadviser shall indemnify the Manager, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.

 

5.                                        This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement.  The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Fund and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser; provided that the Subadviser need not provide notice of such an anticipated event before the anticipated event is a matter of public record.

 



 

Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Fund at Gateway Center Three, 4th Floor, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at                        .

 

6.                                        Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser’s directors, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Fund to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser’s right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

 

7.                                        During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Fund or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof.  Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.

 

8.                                        This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

9.                                        This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

10.                                  Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act, shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States courts or, in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Commission issued pursuant to the 1940 Act.  In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is related by rules, regulation or order of the Commission, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Schedule A

 

As compensation for services provided by RS Investment Management, L.P., Prudential Investments LLC will pay RS Investment Management, L.P. a fee equal, on an annualized basis, pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Fund/Series:

 

Annual Fee (as a % of average net assets):

 

 

 

Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund

 

0.50% of the average daily net assets of the portion of each Fund subadvised by RS Investment Management, LP up to $150 million in assets, and 0.45% of the average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund subadvised by RS Investment Management, LP on all assets in excess of $150 million.

 

The Target Portfolio Trust
Small Capitalization Growth Portfolio

 

 

For purposes of the fee calculation, the assets of the Funds subadvised by RS Investment Management, LP shall be aggregated, and combined with all other funds managed by PI for which RS Investment Management, LP serves as a subadviser.

 

 

Dated as of September 26, 2003.

 


Exhibit 99.(d)(2)(x)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS
THE TARGET PORTFOLIO TRUST

 

Subadvisory Agreement

 

Agreement made as of this 6 th day of October 2003 between Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), a New York limited liability company, and NFJ Investment Group L.P. (NFJ or the Subadviser).

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement (each, a Management Agreement) (i) dated August 25, 1999, with Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds and (ii) dated as of November 9, 1992, as amended, with The Target Portfolio Trust (the Trusts).  Each of the Trusts is a Delaware statutory trust and a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the 1940 Act), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Trusts; and

 

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to each Trust and one or more of each Trust’s respective series as specified in Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively, with the Trusts, referred to herein as the Fund) and to manage such portion of the Fund as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        (a)                                   Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of each Fund, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the Fund’s portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the Prospectus (such Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the “Prospectus”), and subject to the following understandings:

 

(i)                                      The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Fund’s investments as the Manager shall direct and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Fund, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

(ii)                                   In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the copies of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Prospectus of the Fund provided to it by the Manager (the Fund Documents) and with the instructions and

 



 

directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, co-operate with the Manager’s (or its designee’s) personnel responsible for monitoring the Fund’s compliance and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.  In connection therewith, the Subadviser shall, among other things, prepare and file such reports as are, or may in the future be, required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission).  The Manager shall provide Subadviser timely with copies of any updated Fund documents.

 

(iii)                                The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Fund’s portfolio, as applicable, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated (or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time.  In providing the Fund with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution.  Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser’s other clients may be a party.  The Manager (or Subadviser) to the Fund each shall have discretion to effect investment transactions for the Fund through broker-dealers (including, to the extent legally permissible, broker-dealers affiliated with the Subadviser(s)) qualified to obtain best execution of such transactions who provide brokerage and/or research services, as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and to cause the Fund to pay any such broker-dealers an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the brokerage or research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in light of either that particular investment transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Manager (or the Subadviser) with respect to the Fund and other accounts as to which they or it may exercise investment discretion (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(35) of the 1934 Act), are reasonable in relation to the amount of commission..

 

On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted

 



 

by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution.  In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

 

(iv)                               The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Fund’s portfolio transactions effected by it as required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to the Fund’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request.  The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Fund with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Fund’s securities.

 

(v)                                  The Subadviser or its affiliate shall provide the Fund’s Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Fund’s assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.

 

(vi)                               The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others.  Conversely, Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Fund in a “manager-of-managers” style, the Manager will, among other things, (i) continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with such Subadviser (ii) periodically make recommendations to the Fund’s Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated, and (iii) periodically report to the Fund’s Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions.  The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.

 

(vii)                            The Subadviser acknowledges that the Manager and the Fund intend to rely on Rule 17a-10 under the 1940 Act, and the Subadviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other subadviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Fund’s portfolio or any other transactions of Fund assets.

 



 

(b)                                  The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Fund to serve in the capacities in which they are elected.  Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.

 

(c)                                   The Subadviser shall keep the Fund’s books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser’s services hereunder needed by the Manager to keep the other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund’s request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 of the Commission under the 1940 Act any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.

 

(d)                                  In connection with its duties under this Agreement, the Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.

 

(e)                                   The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                     The Subadviser shall be responsible for the voting of all shareholder proxies with respect to the investments and securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, subject to such reporting and other requirements as shall be established by the Manager.

 

2.                                        The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement.  The Manager shall provide (or cause the Fund’s custodian to provide) timely information to the Subadviser regarding such matters as the composition of assets in the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser, cash requirements and cash available for investment in such portion of the Fund, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Subadviser to perform its duties hereunder (including any excerpts of minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees of the Fund that affect the duties of the Subadviser).

 

3.                                        For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee

 



 

equal to the percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets of the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A.  Liability for payment of compensation by the Manager to the Subadviser under this Agreement is contingent upon the Manager’s receipt of payment from the Fund for management services described under the Management Agreement between the Fund and the Manager.  Expense caps or fee waivers for the Fund that may be agreed to by the Manager, but not agreed to by the Subadviser, shall not cause a reduction in the amount of the payment to the Subadviser by the Manager.

 

4.                                        The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Fund or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to waive any rights the Manager or the Fund may have against the Subadviser under federal or state securities laws.  The Manager shall indemnify the Subadviser, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Manager’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.  The Subadviser shall indemnify the Manager, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.

 

5.                                        This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement.  The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Fund and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser; provided that the Subadviser need not provide notice of such an anticipated event before the anticipated event is a matter of public record.

 



 

Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Fund at Gateway Center Three, 4th Floor, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 2121 San Jacinto, Ste. 1840, Dallas, TX 75201.

 

6.                                        Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser’s directors, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Fund to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser’s right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

 

7.                                        During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Fund or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof.  Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.

 

8.                                        This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Fund must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

9.                                        This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

10.                                  Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act, shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States courts or, in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Commission issued pursuant to the 1940 Act.  In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is related by rules, regulation or order of the Commission, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert F. Gunia

 

 

 

Name:

Robert F. Gunia

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NFJ INVESTMENT GROUP L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ben J. Fischer

 

 

 

Name:

Ben J. Fischer

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 



 

Schedule A

 

As compensation for services provided by NFJ Investment Group L.P., Prudential Investments LLC will pay NFJ Investment Group L.P. a fee equal, on an annualized basis, pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Fund/Series:

 

Annual Fee
(as a % of average net assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds
Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

 

0.40

%

 

 

 

 

The Target Portfolio Trust
Small Capitalization Value Portfolio

 

0.40

%

 

 

Dated as of October 6, 2003.

 


Exhibit 99.(d)(2)(xi)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Portfolio

 

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

Agreement made as of this 12th day of November, 2004 between Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), a New York limited liability company, and Lee Munder Investments, Ltd. (Lee Munder or the Subadviser),

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement (the Management Agreement) dated August 25,1999, with  Target Funds, now known as Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, a Delaware trust (the Trust) and a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the 1940 Act), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Trust and

 

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to the Trust and one or more of its series as specified in Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively, with the Trust, referred to herein as the Trust) and to manage such portion of the Trust as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the Trust’s portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in its then current prospectus and statement of additional information (such Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the “Prospectus”), and subject to the following understandings:

 

(i) The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Trust’s investments as the Manager shall direct, and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Trust, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

(ii) In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the copies of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Prospectus of the Trust provided to it by the Manager (the Trust Documents) and with the instructions and directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, co-operate with the Manager’s (or its designee’s) personnel responsible for monitoring the Trust’s compliance and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations. In connection therewith, the Subadviser shall, among other things, prepare and file such reports as are, or may in the future be, required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission). The Manager shall provide Subadviser timely with copies of any updated Trust documents.

 

(iii) The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Trust’s portfolio, as applicable, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated (or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time. In providing the Trust with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser’s other clients may be a party. The Manager (or Subadviser) to the Trust each shall have discretion to effect investment transactions for the Trust through broker-dealers (including, to the extent legally permissible, broker-dealers affiliated with the Subadviser(s)) qualified to obtain best execution of such transactions who provide brokerage and/or research services, as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and to cause the Trust to pay any such broker-dealers an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the brokerage or research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in light of either that particular investment transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Manager (or the Subadviser) with respect to the Trust and other accounts as to which they or it may exercise investment discretion (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(35) of the 1934 Act), are reasonable in relation to the amount of commission.

 

On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Trust as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or

 



 

sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Trust and to such other clients.

 

(iv) The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Trust’s portfolio transactions effected by it as required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request. The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Trust with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Trust’s securities.

 

(v) The Subadviser or an affiliate shall provide the Trust’s Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Trust’s assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.

 

(vi) The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others. Conversely, the Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Trust in a “manager-of-managers” style, the Manager will, among other things, (i)  continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with the Subadviser, (ii)  periodically make recommendations to the Trust’s Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated, and (iii) periodically report to the Trust’s Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.

 

(vii) The Subadviser acknowledges that the Manager and the Trust intend to rely on Rule 17a-10, Rule 10f-3, Rule 12d3-1 and Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Subadviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other subadviser to the Trust with respect to transactions in securities for the Trust’s portfolio or any other transactions of Trust assets.

 

(b) The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected. Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.

 

(c) The Subadviser shall keep the Trust’s books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser’s services hereunder needed by the Co-Managers to keep the other books and records of the Trust required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act or any successor regulation. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Trust any of such records upon the Trust’s request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 of the Commission under the 1940 Act or any successor regulation any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.

 

(d) In connection with its duties under this Agreement, the Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.

 

(e) The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.

 

(f) The Subadviser shall be responsible for the voting of all shareholder proxies with respect to the investments and securities held in the Trust’s portfolio, subject to such reporting and other requirements as shall be established by the Manager.

 

(g) Upon reasonable request from the Manager, the Subadviser (through a qualified person) will assist the valuation committee of the Trust or the Manager in valuing securities of the Trust as may be required from time to time, including making available information of which the Subadviser has knowledge related to the securities being valued.

 

2. The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Trust pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Manager shall provide (or cause the Trust’s custodian to provide) timely information to the Subadviser regarding such matters as the composition of assets in the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser, cash requirements and cash available for investment in such portion of the Trust, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Subadviser to perform its duties hereunder (including any excerpts of minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees of the Trust that affect the duties of the Subadviser).

 

3. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee equal to the percentage of the Trust’s average daily net assets of the portion of the Trust managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A. Liability for payment of compensation by the Manager to the Subadviser under

 



 

this Agreement is contingent upon the Manager’s receipt of payment from the Trust for management services described under the Management Agreement between the Trust and the Manager. Expense caps or fee waivers for the Trust that may be agreed to by the Manager, but not agreed to by the Subadviser, shall not cause a reduction in the amount of the payment to the Subadviser by the Manager.

 

4. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to waive any rights the Manager or the Trust may have against the Subadviser under federal or state securities laws. The Manager shall indemnify the Subadviser, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Manager’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws. The Subadviser shall indemnify the Manager, their affiliated persons, their officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.

 

5. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Trust and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser; provided that the Subadviser need not provide notice of such an anticipated event before the anticipated event is a matter of public record.

 

Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 4th Floor, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 700 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

 

6. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser’s directors, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser’s right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

 

7. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Trust or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.

 

8. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Trust must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

9. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

10. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act, shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States courts or, in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Commission issued pursuant to the 1940 Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is related by rules, regulation or order of the Commission, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 



 

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LEE MUNDER INVESTMENTS, LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Portfolio

 

As compensation for services provided by Lee Munder Investments, Ltd., Prudential Investments LLC will pay Lee Munder Investments, Ltd. a fee equal, on an annualized basis, to the following:

 

Fund Name

 

Advisory Fee

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Portfolio

 

0.40%

 

 

 

 

Dated as of November 12, 2004.

 


Exhibit 99.(d)(2)(xii)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS


Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

 

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

Agreement made as of this 12th day of November, 2004 among Prudential Investments LLC (PI or the Manager), a New York limited liability company and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. (JP Morgan or the Subadviser),

 

WHEREAS, the Manager has entered into a Management Agreement (the Management Agreement) dated August 25, 1999, with Target Funds, now known as Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds, a Delaware trust (the Trust) and a diversified, open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the 1940 Act), pursuant to which PI acts as Manager of the Trust and

 

WHEREAS, the Manager desires to retain the Subadviser to provide investment advisory services to the Trust and one or more of its series as specified in Schedule A hereto (individually and collectively, with the Trust, referred to herein as the Trust) and to manage such portion of the Trust as the Manager shall from time to time direct, and the Subadviser is willing to render such investment advisory services; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Subadviser shall manage such portion of the Trust’s portfolio, including the purchase, retention and disposition thereof, in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in its then current prospectus and statement of additional information (such Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, being herein called the “Prospectus”), and subject to the following understandings:

 

(i) The Subadviser shall provide supervision of such portion of the Trust’s investments as the Manager shall direct, and shall determine from time to time what investments and securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Trust, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

(ii) In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the copies of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Prospectus of the Trust provided to it by the Manager (the Trust Documents) and with the instructions and directions of the Manager and of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, co-operate with the Manager’s (or their designee’s) personnel responsible for monitoring the Trust’s compliance and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations. In connection therewith, the Subadviser shall, among other things, prepare and file such reports as are, or may in the future be, required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission). The Manager shall provide Subadviser timely with copies of any updated Trust documents.

 

(iii) The Subadviser shall determine the securities and futures contracts to be purchased or sold by such portion of the Trust’s portfolio, as applicable, and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants (including but not limited to Prudential Securities Incorporated (or any broker or dealer affiliated with the Subadviser) to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time. In providing the Trust with investment supervision, it is recognized that the Subadviser will give primary consideration to securing the most favorable price and efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, the Subadviser may consider the financial responsibility, research and investment information and other services provided by brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants who may effect or be a party to any such transaction or other transactions to which the Subadviser’s other clients may be a party. The Manager (or Subadviser) to the Trust each shall have discretion to effect investment transactions for the Trust through broker-dealers (including, to the extent legally permissible, broker-dealers affiliated with the Subadviser(s)) qualified to obtain best execution of such transactions who provide brokerage and/or research services, as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and to cause the Trust to pay any such broker-dealers an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the brokerage or research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in light of either that particular investment transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Co-Managers (or the Subadviser) with respect to the Trust and other accounts as to which they or it may exercise investment discretion (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(35) of the 1934 Act), are reasonable in relation to the amount of commission.

 

On occasions when the Subadviser deems the purchase or sale of a security or futures contract to be in the best interest of the Trust as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or futures contracts to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price

 



 

or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities or futures contracts so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Trust and to such other clients.

 

(iv) The Subadviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Trust’s portfolio transactions effected by it as required by subparagraphs (b)(5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall render to the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Trustees may reasonably request. The Subadviser shall make reasonably available its employees and officers for consultation with any of the Trustees or officers or employees of the Trust with respect to any matter discussed herein, including, without limitation, the valuation of the Trust’s securities. The Subadviser shall indemnify the Manager, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any direct liability and expenses.

 

(v) The Subadviser or an affiliate shall provide the Trust’s Custodian on each business day with information relating to all transactions concerning the portion of the Trust’s assets it manages, and shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.

 

(vi) The investment management services provided by the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others. Conversely, the Subadviser and Manager understand and agree that if the Manager manages the Trust in a “manager-of-managers” style, the Manager will, among other things, (i)  continually evaluate the performance of the Subadviser through quantitative and qualitative analysis and consultations with the Subadviser, (ii)  periodically make recommendations to the Trust’s Board as to whether the contract with one or more subadvisers should be renewed, modified, or terminated, and (iii) periodically report to the Trust’s Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Subadviser recognizes that its services may be terminated or modified pursuant to this process.

 

(vii) The Subadviser acknowledges that the Manager and the Trust intend to rely on Rule 17a-10, Rule 10f-3, Rule 12d3-1 and Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Subadviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other subadviser to the Trust with respect to transactions in securities for the Trust’s portfolio or any other transactions of Trust assets.

 

(b) The Subadviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees or officers of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they are elected. Services to be furnished by the Subadviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.

 

(c) The Subadviser shall keep the Trust’s books and records required to be maintained by the Subadviser pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof and shall timely furnish to the Manager all information relating to the Subadviser’s services hereunder needed by the Co-Managers to keep the other books and records of the Trust required by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act or any successor regulation. The Subadviser agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust, and the Subadviser will surrender promptly to the Trust any of such records upon the Trust’s request, provided, however, that the Subadviser may retain a copy of such records. The Subadviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 of the Commission under the 1940 Act or any successor regulation any such records as are required to be maintained by it pursuant to paragraph 1(a) hereof.

 

(d) In connection with its duties under this Agreement, the Subadviser agrees to maintain adequate compliance procedures to ensure its compliance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and other applicable state and federal regulations.

 

(e) The Subadviser shall furnish to the Manager copies of all records prepared in connection with (i) the performance of this Agreement and (ii) the maintenance of compliance procedures pursuant to paragraph 1(d) hereof as the Manager may reasonably request.

 

(f) The Subadviser shall be responsible for the voting of all shareholder proxies with respect to the investments and securities held in the Trust’s portfolio, subject to such reporting and other requirements as shall be established by the Manager.

 

(g) Upon reasonable request from the Manager, the Subadviser (through a qualified person) will assist the valuation committee of the Trust or the Manager in valuing securities of the Trust as may be required from time to time, including making available information of which the Subadviser has knowledge related to the securities being valued.

 

2. The Manager shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Trust pursuant to the Management Agreement and, as more particularly discussed above, shall oversee and review the Subadviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Manager shall provide (or cause the Trust’s custodian to provide) timely information to the Subadviser regarding such matters as the composition of assets in the portion of the Fund managed by the Subadviser, cash requirements and cash available for investment in such portion of the Trust, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Subadviser to perform its duties hereunder (including any excerpts of minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees of the Trust that affect the duties of the Subadviser).

 

2



 

3. For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser as full compensation therefor, a fee equal to the percentage of the Trust’s average daily net assets of the portion of the Trust managed by the Subadviser as described in the attached Schedule A. Liability for payment of compensation by the Manager to the Subadviser under this Agreement is contingent upon the Manager’s receipt of payment from the Trust for management services described under the Management Agreement between the Trust and the Manager. Expense caps or fee waivers for the Trust that may be agreed to by the Manager, but not agreed to by the Subadviser, shall not cause a reduction in the amount of the payment to the Subadviser by the Manager.

 

4. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust or the Manager in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Subadviser’s part in the performance of its duties or from its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to waive any rights the Manager or the Trust may have against the Subadviser under federal or state securities laws. The Manager shall indemnify the Subadviser, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Manager’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws. The Subadviser shall indemnify the Manager, its affiliated persons, its officers, directors and employees, for any liability and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be sustained as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and federal and state securities laws.

 

5. This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date hereof only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or by the Manager or the Subadviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) or upon the termination of the Management Agreement. The Subadviser agrees that it will promptly notify the Trust and the Manager of the occurrence or anticipated occurrence of any event that would result in the assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, a change or anticipated change in control (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Subadviser; provided that the Subadviser need not provide notice of such an anticipated event before the anticipated event is a matter of public record.

 

Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Manager at Gateway Center Three, 100 Mulberry Street, 4th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; (2) to the Trust at Gateway Center Three, 4th Floor, 100 Mulberry Street, Newark, NJ 07102-4077, Attention: Secretary; or (3) to the Subadviser at 522 Fifth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, NY 10036, Attention: David Warsoff.

 

6. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any of the Subadviser’s directors, officers or employees who may also be a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature, nor limit or restrict the Subadviser’s right to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

 

7. During the term of this Agreement, the Manager agrees to furnish the Subadviser at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements, reports to shareholders, sales literature or other material prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Trust or the public, which refer to the Subadviser in any way, prior to use thereof and not to use material if the Subadviser reasonably objects in writing five business days (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. Sales literature may be furnished to the Subadviser hereunder by first-class or overnight mail, facsimile transmission equipment or hand delivery.

 

8. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Trust must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

9. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

10. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the 1940 Act, shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the 1940 Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the United States courts or, in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by rules, regulations or orders of the Commission issued pursuant to the 1940 Act. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the 1940 Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is related by rules, regulation or order of the Commission, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

 

11. Delegation to Third Parties

 

3



 

(a)Except where prohibited by applicable law or regulation, with the exception of portfolio management , the Subadviser may delegate any or all of its functions under this agreement to an Affiliate and may employ a third party to perform any accounting, administrative, reporting and ancillary services required to enable the Subadviser to perform its functions under this Agreement, but the Subadviser’s liability to the Co-Managers shall not be affected thereby.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, the Subadviser may provide information about the Manager and the Portfolio to any such Affiliate or other third party for the purposes of this Clause. The Subadviser will act in good faith and with due diligence in the selection, use and monitoring of third parties.

 

12. Trade Settlement at termination

Termination will be without prejudice to the completion of any transaction already initiated. On, or after, the effective date of termination, the Subadviser shall be entitled, without prior notice to the Manager, to direct the Custodian to retain and/or realize any assets of the Portfolio as may be required to settle transactions already initiated.  Following the date of effective termination, any new transactions will only be executed by mutual agreement between the Manager and the Subadviser.

 

13. Disclosure

(a) Neither the Manager nor the Subadviser shall disclose information of a confidential nature acquired in consequence of this Agreement, except for information which they may be entitled or bound to disclose by law, regulation or which is disclosed to their advisers where reasonably necessary for the performance of their professional services or, in the case of the Subadviser, as permitted in accordance with the above clause (Delegation to Third Parties).

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any market counterparty with whom the Subadviser deals requires information relating to the Portfolio (including, but not limited to, the identity of the Manager and market value of the Portfolio), the Subadviser shall be permitted to disclose such information to the extent necessary to effect transactions on behalf of the Manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

David Warsoff

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

4



 

SCHEDULE A

 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

 

As compensation for services provided by J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC will pay J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. a fee equal, on an annualized basis, to the following:

 

Fund Name

 

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

 

0.40%

 

 

 

Dated as of  November 12, 2004.

 

5


Exhibit 99(j)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholders of

Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference, in this registration statement, of our report dated September 27, 2004 on the statements of assets and liabilities, including the portfolios of investments, as of July 31, 2004, and the related statements of operations, the statements of changes in net assets and the financial highlights for the year then ended of the Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds (comprised of Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Growth Fund, Strategic Partners Large Capitalization Value Fund, Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Growth Fund, Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund and Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund, hereafter referred to as the “Funds”).  The financial statements and financial highlights and our report thereon are included in the Annual Report of the Funds as filed on Form N-CSR.

 

We also consent to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and “Other Service Providers” and “Financial Statements” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

November 17, 2004

 


Exhibit 99.(m)(2)(i)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan

(Class L Shares)

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class L shares issued by the Fund (Class L shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class L shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class L shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class L shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class L shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class L shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to .50 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares of the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class L

 

2



 

shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class L shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class L shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class L shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)

 

sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

 

 

(b)

 

indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

 

 

(c)

 

amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class L shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

 

 

(d)

 

advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

 

 

(e)

 

sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class L shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class L shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


Exhibit 99.(m)(2)(ii)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan

( Class L Shares )

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class L shares issued by the Fund (Class L shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class L shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class L shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class L shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class L shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class L shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to .50 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class L shares of the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class L

 

2



 

shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class L shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class L shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class L shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)

 

sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

 

 

(b)

 

indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

 

 

(c)

 

amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class L shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

 

 

(d)

 

advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

 

 

(e)

 

sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class L shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class L shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class L shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


 

Exhibit 99.(m)(3)(i)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan
(Class M Shares)

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class M shares issued by the Fund (Class M shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class M shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class M shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class M shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class M shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class M shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class M shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class M shares of

 

2



 

the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class M shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class M shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class M shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class M shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)

 

sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

 

 

(b)

 

indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

 

 

(c)

 

amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class M shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

 

 

(d)

 

advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

 

 

(e)

 

sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class M shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class M shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


Exhibit 99.(m)(3)(ii)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan

( Class M Shares )

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class M shares issued by the Fund (Class M shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class M shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class M shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class M shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class M shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class M shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class M shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class M shares of the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class M shares of

 

2



 

the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class M shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class M shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class M shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)                                   sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

(b)                                  indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

(c)                                   amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class M shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

(d)                                  advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

(e)                                   sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class M shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class M shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class M shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


Exhibit 99.(m)(4)(i)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Small Capitalization Value Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan

( Class X Shares )

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class X shares issued by the Fund (Class X shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class X shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class X shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class X shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class X shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class X shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class X shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class X shares of the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class X shares of

 

2



 

the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class X shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class X shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class X shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)                                   sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

(b)                                  indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

(c)                                   amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class X shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

(d)                                  advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

(e)                                   sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class X shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class X shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


Exhibit 99.(m)(4)(ii)

 

STRATEGIC PARTNER STYLE SPECIFIC FUNDS

Strategic Partners Total Return Bond Fund

(the Fund)

 

Distribution and Service Plan

( Class X Shares )

 

Introduction

 

The Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) set forth below which is designed to conform to the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment Company Act) and Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) has been adopted by the Fund and by Prudential Investment Management Services LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the Distributor).

 

The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement pursuant to which the Fund will employ the Distributor to distribute Class X shares issued by the Fund (Class X shares).  Under the Plan, the Fund intends to pay to the Distributor, as compensation for its services, a distribution and service fee with respect to Class X shares.

 

A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreements related to it (the Rule 12b-1 Trustees), have determined by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption and continuation of this Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.  Expenditures under this Plan by the Fund for Distribution Activities (defined below) are primarily intended to result in the sale of Class X shares of the Fund within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to create incentives to the Distributor and/or other qualified broker-dealers and their account executives to provide distribution assistance to their

 

1



 

customers who are investors in the Fund, to defray the costs and expenses associated with the preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses and sales literature and other promotional and distribution activities and to provide for the servicing and maintenance of shareholder accounts.

 

The Plan

 

The material aspects of the Plan are as follows:

 

1.                                        Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall engage the Distributor to distribute Class X shares of the Fund and to service shareholder accounts using all of the facilities of the Distributor’s distribution network, including sales personnel and branch office and central support systems, and also using such other qualified broker-dealers and financial institutions as the Distributor may select, including Wachovia Securities, LLC (Wachovia) and Pruco Securities LLC (Prusec). Services provided and activities undertaken to distribute Class X shares of the Fund are referred to herein as “Distribution Activities.”

 

2.                                        Payment of Service Fee

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for providing personal service and/or maintaining shareholder accounts a service fee of up to .25 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class X shares (service fee).  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class X shares of the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

3.                                        Payment for Distribution Activities

 

The Fund shall pay to the Distributor as compensation for its services a distribution fee, together with the service fee (described in Section 2 hereof), of up to 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Class X shares of the Fund for the performance of Distribution Activities.  The Fund shall calculate and accrue daily amounts payable by the Class X shares of

 

2



 

the Fund hereunder and shall pay such amounts monthly or at such other intervals as the Board of Trustees may determine.  Amounts payable under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor by the Class X shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the distribution expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund except that distribution expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated to the Class X shares according to the ratio of the sales of Class X shares to the total sales of the Fund’s shares over the Fund’s fiscal year or such other allocation method approved by the Board of Trustees.  The allocation of distribution expenses among classes will be subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

 

The Distributor shall spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on Distribution Activities which include, among others:

 

(a)                                   sales commissions and trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, account executives of the Distributor;

 

(b)                                  indirect and overhead costs of the Distributor associated with Distribution Activities, including central office and branch expenses;

 

(c)                                   amounts paid to Wachovia or Prusec for performing services under a selected dealer agreement between Wachovia or Prusec and the Distributor for sale of Class X shares of the Fund, including sales commissions, trailer commissions paid to, or on account of, agents and indirect and overhead costs associated with Distribution Activities;

 

(d)                                  advertising for the Fund in various forms through any available medium, including the cost of printing and mailing Fund prospectuses, statements of additional information and periodic financial reports and sales literature to persons other than current shareholders of the Fund; and

 

(e)                                   sales commissions (including trailer commissions) paid to, or on account of, broker-dealers and financial institutions (other than Wachovia or Prusec) which have entered into selected dealer agreements with the Distributor with respect to Class X shares of the Fund.

 

3



 

4.                                        Quarterly Reports; Additional Information

 

An appropriate officer of the Fund will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund for review, at least quarterly, a written report specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended for Distribution Activities (including payment of the service fee) and the purposes for which such expenditures were made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1.  The Distributor will provide to the Board of Trustees of the Fund such additional information as the Board shall from time to time reasonably request, including information about Distribution Activities undertaken or to be undertaken by the Distributor.

 

The Distributor will inform the Board of Trustees of the Fund of the commissions and account servicing fees to be paid by the Distributor to account executives of the Distributor and to broker-dealers and financial institutions which have selected dealer agreements with the Distributor.

 

5.                                        Effectiveness; Continuation

 

The Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund.

 

If approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Class X shares of the Fund, the Plan shall, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms, continue in full force and effect thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the continuation of the Plan.

 

6.                                        Termination

 

This Plan may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities

 

4



 

(as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund, or by the Distributor, on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.  This Plan shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

7.                                        Amendments

 

The Plan may not be amended to change the combined service and distribution fees to be paid as provided for in Sections 2 and 3 hereof so as to increase materially the amounts payable under this Plan unless such amendment shall be approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Class X shares of the Fund.  All material amendments of the Plan shall be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

8.                                        Rule 12b-1 Trustees

 

While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees.

 

9.                                        Records

 

The Fund shall preserve copies of the Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the date of effectiveness of the Plan, such agreements or reports, and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

 

Dated:  September 1, 2004

 

5


Exhibit 99.(n)

 

JENNISONDRYDEN MUTUAL FUNDS

STRATEGIC PARTNERS MUTUAL FUNDS

Strategic Partners Style Specific Funds

(The Fund)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 18F-3

 

The Fund hereby adopts this plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), setting forth the separate arrangement and expense allocation of each class of shares in each Fund.  Any material amendment to this plan with respect to a Fund is subject to prior approval of the Board of Directors/Trustees, including a majority of the independent Directors/Trustees.

 

CLASS CHARACTERISTICS

 

CLASS A SHARES :                                       Class A shares are subject to an initial sales charge and an annual distribution and/or service fee pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 fee) not to exceed 0.30 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the class.  The initial sales charge is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors.  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and for whom the initial sales charge would be waived are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1% on shares that are redeemed within 12 months of purchase.  The CDSC is waived for purchases by certain retirement and/or benefit plans affiliated with Prudential.

 

CLASS B SHARES :                                         Class B shares are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a CDSC (declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period) which will be imposed on certain redemptions and an annual Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% of the average daily net assets of the class.  The CDSC is waived for certain eligible investors.  Class B shares automatically convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

CLASS C SHARES :                                         Class C shares are subject to a low initial sales charge (no sales charge will be imposed as of February 2, 2004) and a 1% CDSC which will be imposed on certain redemptions within the first 18 months after purchase (12 months after purchase as of February 2, 2004) and an annual Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% of the average daily net assets of the class.

 

CLASS Z SHARES :                                         Class Z shares are not subject to either an initial sales charge or CDSC, nor are they subject to any Rule 12b-1 fee.

 

CLASS L SHARES :                                          Class L shares are subject to an initial sales charge and an annual distribution and/or service fee pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 fee) not to exceed 0.30 of 1% per annum of the average daily net assets of the class.  The initial sales charge is waived or reduced for certain eligible investors.  Investors who purchase $1 million or more of Class A shares and for whom the initial sales charge would be waived are subject to a contingent

 



 

deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1% on shares that are redeemed within 12 months of purchase.  The CDSC is waived for purchases by certain retirement and/or benefit plans affiliated with Prudential.

 

CLASS M SHARES :                                     Class M shares are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a CDSC (declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period) which will be imposed on certain redemptions and an annual Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% of the average daily net assets of the class.  The CDSC is waived for certain eligible investors.  Class M shares automatically convert to Class L shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

CLASS X SHARES :                                        Class X shares are not subject to an initial sales charge but are subject to a CDSC (declining from 5% to zero over a six-year period) which will be imposed on certain redemptions and an annual Rule 12b-1 fee not to exceed 1% of the average daily net assets of the class.  The CDSC is waived for certain eligible investors.

 

INCOME AND EXPENSE ALLOCATIONS

 

Income, any realized and unrealized capital gains and losses, and expenses not allocated to a particular class of the Fund will be allocated to each class of the Fund on the basis of the net asset value of that class in relation to the net asset value of the Fund.

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund to each class of shares, to the extent paid, will be paid on the same day and at the same time, and will be determined in the same manner and will be in the same amount, except that the amount of the dividends and other distributions declared and paid by a particular class of the Fund may be different from that paid by another class of the Fund because of Rule 12b-1 fees and other expenses borne exclusively by that class.

 

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

 

Holders of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Class Z and Class R Shares shall have such exchange privileges as set forth in the Fund’s current prospectus. Exchange privileges may vary among classes and among holders of a Class.

 

CONVERSION FEATURES

 

Class B shares will automatically convert to Class A shares on a quarterly basis approximately seven years after purchase.  Conversions will be effected at relative net asset value without the imposition of any additional sales charge.  Class B shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or distributions will be subject to conversion in accordance with the procedures utilized by the broker-dealer through which the Class B shares were purchased, to the extent such broker-dealer provides

 

2



 

sub-accounting services to the Fund, otherwise the procedures utilized by Prudential Mutual Fund Services, LLC, or its affiliates, shall be used.

 

GENERAL

 

A.                                    Each class of shares shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class.

 

B.                                      On an ongoing basis, the Directors/Trustees, pursuant to their fiduciary responsibilities under the 1940 Act and otherwise, will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material conflicts among the interests of its several classes.  The Directors/Trustees, including a majority of the independent Directors, shall take such action as is reasonably necessary to eliminate any such conflicts that may develop.  Prudential Investments LLC, the Fund’s Manager, will be responsible for reporting any potential or existing conflicts to the Directors/Trustees.

 

Amended and restated as of September 1, 2004

 

3


Exhibit 99.(p)(8)

 

JOINT CODE OF ETHICS

 

HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (“HWCM”)

AND REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES

FOR WHICH HWCM SERVES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

 

Section 1 – Background

 

This Code of Ethics is adopted by HWCM and registered investment companies for which HWCM serves as investment adviser under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and in accordance with Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and Rule 204-2(a) thereunder.  Except where noted, the Code applies to all HWCM employees and all “Advisory Persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) of the Funds.

 

Section 17(j) under the 1940 Act makes it unlawful for persons affiliated with investment companies or their investment advisers to engage in fraudulent personal securities transactions.  Rule 17j-1 requires each registered investment company (each a “Fund”) and each investment adviser to a Fund to adopt a Code of Ethics that contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent an employee from engaging in conduct prohibited by the principles of the Rule.  The Rule also requires that reasonable diligence be used and procedures be instituted which are reasonably necessary to prevent violations of the Code of Ethics.

 

Section 2 – Statement of General Fiduciary Principles

 

The Code of Ethics is based on the fundamental principle that HWCM and its employees must put client interests first.  As an investment adviser, HWCM has fiduciary responsibilities to its clients, including Funds for which it serves as investment adviser.   Among HWCM’s fiduciary responsibilities is the responsibility to ensure that its employees conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner which does not interfere or appear to interfere with any Fund transactions or otherwise take unfair advantage of their relationship to the Funds.  All employees must adhere to this fundamental principle as well as comply with the specific provisions set forth herein.  It bears emphasis that technical compliance with these provisions will not insulate from scrutiny transactions which show a pattern of compromise or abuse of an employee’s fiduciary responsibilities to the clients.  Accordingly, all employees must seek to avoid any actual or potential conflicts between their personal interest and the interest of the clients.  In sum, all employees shall place the interest of the clients before personal interests.

 

1



 

Section 3 – Standards of Business Conduct

 

A.                                     Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

Employees must comply with applicable federal securities laws.  As part of this requirement, employees are not permitted, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client:

a.                                        To defraud such client in any manner;

b.                                       To mislead such client, including making a statement that omits material facts;

c.                                        To engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon such client;

d.                                       To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such client; or

e.                                        To engage in manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation.

 

B.                                     Conflicts of Interest

 

As a fiduciary, HWCM has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty, and good faith to act in the bets interests of its clients.  Compliance with this duty can be achieved by trying to avoid conflicts of interest and by fully disclosing all material facts concerning any conflict that does arise with respect to any client.  Employees must try to avoid situations that have even the appearance of conflict or impropriety.

 

Conflicts Among Client Interests.  Conflicts of interest may arise where the firm or its employees have reason to favor the interest of one client over another (e.g., larger accounts over smaller accounts, accounts compensated by performance fees over accounts not so compensated).  The Firm prohibits inappropriate favoritism of one client over another client that would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty.

 

Competing with Client Trades.  Employees are prohibited from using knowledge about pending or currently considered securities transactions for clients to profit personally, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transactions, including by purchasing or selling such securities.  Conflicts raised by personal securities transactions are also addressed more specifically in Section 4.

 

C.                                     Insider Trading Policy

 

Employees are prohibited from buying or selling any security while in the possession of material nonpublic information about the issuer of the security. Material information is generally defined as information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in making his or her investment decision or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Information is nonpublic unless it has been effectively communicated to the market place.  It is the SEC’s position that the term “material nonpublic information” relates not only to issuers but also to HWCM’s securities recommendations and client securities holdings and transactions.

 

2



 

Employees are also prohibited from communicating to third parties any material nonpublic information about any security or issuer of securities.  Additionally, no employee may use inside information about HWCM activities to benefit any client or to gain personal benefit.  Any violation may result in sanctions, which could include termination of employment with HWCM.  (See Section 10—Sanctions.)

 

Section 4 - Restrictions Relating to Securities Transactions

 

A.             General Trading Restrictions for all Employees

 

The following restrictions apply to all employees:

 

1.                Accounts.  All employees must send copies of all their brokerage statements to the Compliance Department.  This includes all broker confirmations received for each executed trade.

 

2.                Accounts Include Family Members and Other Accounts.  Accounts of employees include the accounts of their spouses, dependent relatives, trustee and custodial accounts or any other account in which the employee has a financial interest or over which the employee has investment discretion (other than the Funds and HWCM managed separate accounts).

 

3.                Preclearance.  All employees must obtain approval from the Chief Compliance Officer (‘CCO”) or preclearance delegatee prior to entering any securities transaction (with the exception of exempted securities as listed in Section 5) in all accounts.  Approval of a transaction, once given, is effective for 3 business days, including the day approval was granted (unless otherwise specified in the written approval), or until the employee discovers that the information provided at the time the transaction was approved is no longer accurate.  Any transaction not completed within the 3 day (or other specified) time period will require reapproval by the CCO or preclearance delegatee prior to engaging in any further purchases or sales.

 

Transactions in mutual funds advised or sub-advised by HWCM need preclearance.  The set-up of systematic contributions and/or withdrawals also needs preclearance; subsequent systematic transactions do not need preclearance.  Exchanges into and out of an HWCM advised fund in the Hotchkis and Wiley 401(k) plan need preclearance.  A change in percentage allocation for future contribution in an HWCM advised fund in the Hotchkis and Wiley 401(k) plan do not need preclearance.

 

Employees may preclear trades only in cases where they have a present intention to transact in the security for which preclearance is sought.  It is HWCM’s view that it is not appropriate for an employee to obtain a general or open-ended preclearance to cover the eventuality that he or she may buy or sell a security at

 

3



 

some point on a particular day depending upon market developments.  This requirement would not prohibit a price limit order, provided that the employee shall have a present intention to effect a transaction at such price.  Consistent with the foregoing, an employee may not simultaneously request preclearance to buy and sell the same security.

 

Personal trades of Compliance employees must be precleared by another person from the Compliance Department.

 

4.                Restrictions on Transactions.  No employee may purchase or sell any security which at the time is being purchased or sold, or to the employee’s knowledge is being considered for purchase or sale, by any Fund or separate account managed by HWCM.

 

5.                Restrictions on Related Securities.   The restrictions and procedures applicable to the transactions in securities by employees set forth in this Code of Ethics shall similarly apply to securities that are issued by the same issuer and whose value or return is related, in whole or in part, to the value or return of the security purchased or sold or being contemplated for purchase or sale during the relevant period by the Fund.  For example, options or warrants to purchase common stock, and convertible debt and convertible preferred stock of a particular issuer would be considered related to the underlying common stock of that issuer for purposes of this policy.  In sum, the related security would be treated as if it were the underlying security for the purpose of the pre-clearance procedures described herein.

 

6.                Private Placements.   Employee purchases and sales of “private placement” securities (including all private equity partnerships, hedge funds, limited partnership or venture capital funds) must be precleared directly with the CCO or preclearance delegatee.  No employee may engage in any such transaction unless the CCO or preclerance delegatee and the employee’s manager have each previously determined in writing that the contemplated investment does not involve any potential for conflict with the investment activities of any Fund or separate accounts.

 

If, after receiving the required approval, an employee has any material role in the subsequent consideration by any Fund/separate account of an investment in the same or affiliated issuer, the employee must disclose his or her interest in the private placement investment to the CCO and the employee’s manager.  The decision to purchase securities of the issuer by a Fund/separate account must be independently reviewed and authorized by the employee’s manager.

 

7.                Initial Public Offerings.   Employees are prohibited from acquiring any securities in an initial public offering.

 

4



 

8.                Blackout Periods.  Employees may not buy or sell a security within 7 calendar days either before or after a purchase or sale of the same or related security by a Fund or Separate Account.  For example, if a Fund trades a security on day 0, day 8 is the first day an employee may trade the security for his or her own account.  Personal trades for employees, however, shall have no effect on the Fund’s or Separate Account’s ability to trade.

 

9.                Establishing Positions Counter to Fund Positions.  Employees may not establish a long position in his or her personal account in a security if a Fund or Separate Account would benefit from a decrease in the value of such security.  For example, an employee would be prohibited from establishing a long position if (1) the Fund holds a put option on such security (aside from a put purchased for hedging purposes where the Fund holds the underlying security); (2) the Fund has written a call option on such security; or (3) the Fund has sold such security short, other than “against-the-box.”

 

Employees may not purchase a put option or write a call option where a Fund or Separate Account holds a long position in the underlying security.  Employees may not short sell any security where a Fund or Separate Account holds a long position in the same security or where such Fund or Separate Account otherwise maintains a position in respect of which the Fund or Separate Account would benefit from an increase in the value of the security.  This restriction does not apply to exchange traded funds which may be used by a Fund or Separate Account to equitize cash.

 

10.          Prohibition on Short-Term Profits.  Employees are prohibited from profiting on any sale and subsequent purchase, or any purchase and subsequent sale, of the same (or equivalent) securities occurring within 60 calendar days (“short-term profit”).  This holding period also applies to all permitted option transactions; therefore, for example, an employee may not purchase or write an option if the option will expire in less than 60 days (unless such a person is buying or writing an option on a security that he or she has held more than 60 days).  In determining short-term profits, all transactions within a 60-day period in all accounts related to the employee will be taken into consideration in determining short-term profits, regardless of his or her intentions to do otherwise (e.g., tax or other trading strategies).  Should an employee fail to preclear a trade that results in a short-term profit, the trade would be subject to reversal with all costs and expenses related to the trade borne by the employee, and he or she would be required to disgorge the profit.  Transactions not required to be precleared under Section 5 will not be subject to this prohibition.  Exchanges between Hotchkis and Wiley Funds within the Hotchkis and Wiley 401(k) plan are also not subject to this prohibition.  However, transactions in direct holdings of the Hotchkis and Wiley Funds are subject to this prohibition, excluding accounts with systematic contributions and/or withdrawals.

 

5



 

C.             Trading Restrictions for Independent Trustees of a Fund

 

The following restrictions apply only to Independent Trustees of a Fund (i.e., any Trustee who is not an “interested person” of a Fund, within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act):

 

1.                Restrictions on Purchases.  No Independent Trustee may purchase any security which, to the Trustee’s knowledge at the time, is being purchased or is being considered for purchase by a Fund for which he or she is a Trustee.

 

2.                Restrictions on Sales.   No Independent Trustee may sell any security which, to the Trustee’s knowledge at the time, is being sold or is being considered for sale by any Fund for which he or she is a Trustee.

 

3.                Restrictions on Trades in Securities Related in Value.  The restrictions applicable to the transactions in securities by Independent Trustees shall similarly apply to securities that are issued by the same issuer and whose value or return is related, in whole or in part, to the value or return of the security purchased or sold by any Fund for which he or she is a Trustee (see Section 4.A.6.).

 

Section 5 - Exempted Transactions/Securities

 

HWCM has determined that the following securities transactions do not present the opportunity for improper trading activities that Rule 17j-1 is designed to prevent; therefore, the restrictions set forth in Section 4 of this Code (including preclearance, prohibition on short-term profits and blackout periods) shall not apply.

 

A.                  Purchases or sales in an account over which the employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (e.g., an account managed on a fully discretionary basis by an investment adviser or trustee).

 

B.                    Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the U.S. Government.

 

C.                    Purchases or sales of bank certificates, bankers acceptances, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

D.                   Purchases or sales of open-end registered investment companies (including money market funds), variable annuities and unit investment trusts, excluding mutual funds advised or sub-advised by HWCM .  (However, all exchange traded funds and unit investment trusts (e.g., MITS, DIAMONDS, NASDAQ 100, etc.) must be precleared.)

 

E.                     Employer stock purchased and sold through employer-sponsored benefit plans in which the spouse of an HWCM employee may participate (e.g., employee stock purchase plans or 401(k) plans) and sales of employer stock (or the exercise of stock

 

6



 

options) that is received as compensation by an HWCM employee’s spouse.

 

F.                     Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the employee (e.g., an in-the-money option that is automatically exercised by a broker; a security that is called away as a result of an exercise of an option; or a security that is sold by a broker, without employee consultation, to meet a margin call not met by the employee).

 

G.                    Purchases which are made by reinvesting cash dividends pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

 

H.                   Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer.

 

I.                        Purchases or sales of commodities, futures (including currency futures and futures on broad-based indices), options on futures and options on broad-based indices.  Currently, “broad-based indices” include only the S&P 100, S&P 500, FTSE 100 and Nikkei 225.  Also exempted are exchange-traded securities which are representative of, or related close in value to, these broad-based indices.

 

J.                       The receipt of a bona fide gift of securities.  (Donations of securities, however, require preclearance.)

 

The reporting requirements listed in Section 6 of this Code, however, shall apply to the securities and transaction types set forth in paragraphs D-J of this section, including mutual funds advised or sub-advised by HWCM (except for open-end registered investment companies (“mutual funds”) not advised or subadvised by HWCM listed in paragraph D and to extent the security referred to in any other paragraph is a mutual fund not advised or sub-advised by HWCM (e.g., a 401(k) plan (paragraph E) that is only invested in mutual funds would not need to be reported but common stock in a 401(k) would be reported).

 

Section 6 – Reporting by Employees

 

The requirements of this Section 6 apply to all employees.  The requirements will also apply to all transactions in the accounts of spouses, dependent relatives and members of the same household, trustee and custodial accounts or any other account in which the employee has a financial interest or over which the employee has investment discretion.  The requirements do not apply to securities acquired for accounts over which the employee has no direct or indirect control or influence.

 

Employees are deemed to have complied with the requirements of Section 6.B. and C. provided that the Compliance Department receives duplicate statements and confirmations and such statements and confirms contain all of the information required in Section 6.B and C.  Employees who do not have any brokerage accounts are not required to submit a quarterly report noting that they have not transacted in reportable securities.

 

7



 

However, they are required to confirm annually that they do not have any brokerage accounts.

 

Employees who effect reportable transactions outside of a brokerage account (e.g., optional purchases or sales through an automatic investment program directly with an issuer) will be deemed to have complied with this requirement by preclearing transactions with the Compliance Department and by reporting their holdings quarterly on the “Personal Securities Holdings” form, as required by the Compliance Department.

 

A.                  Initial Holdings Report.  Each new employee will be given a copy of this Code of Ethics upon commencement of employment.  All new employees must disclose their personal securities holdings to the Compliance Department within 10 days of commencement of employment with HWCM.  (Similarly, securities holdings of all new related accounts must be reported to the Compliance Department within 10 days of the date that such account becomes related to the employee.)  With respect to exempt securities referred to in Section 5 which do not require preclearance/reporting, employees must nonetheless initially report those exempt securities defined in Section 5.D.-J, except mutual funds not advised or sub-advised by HWCM.

 

1.                Initial holdings reports must identify the title, number of shares, and principal amount with respect to each security holding.  Within 10 days of commencement of employment, each employee s hall file an Acknowledgement stating that he or she has read and understands the provisions of the Code.

 

2.                The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct and indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the individual became an employee; and

 

3.                The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

B.                    Quarterly Transaction Report.   All employees must submit no later than ten (10) calendar days following the end of each quarter a list of all securities transacted during the quarter.

 

1.                Each employee shall report all transactions in securities in which the person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.  Reports shall be filed with the Compliance Department quarterly.  Each employee must also report any personal securities accounts established during the quarter.  The CCO shall submit confidential quarterly reports with respect to his or her own personal securities transactions and personal securities accounts established to an officer designated to receive his or her reports, who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the CCO.  Such reports need not show transactions effected for, or securities held in, personal securities accounts over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

8



 

2.                Every report shall be made no later than ten (10) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information:

 

(i)             The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each security involved;

(ii)            The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

(iii)           The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

(iv)           The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;

(v)            The date the report is submitted by the employee; and

(vi)           With respect to any personal securities account established during the quarter, the broker, dealer or bank with whom the account was established, and the date the account was established.

 

3.                In the event the employee has no reportable items during the quarter, the report should be so noted and returned signed and dated.

 

C.                    Annual Holdings Report.  All employees must submit an annual holdings report reflecting holdings as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted.  As indicated above, employees who provide monthly statements directly from their brokers/dealers are deemed to have automatically complied with this requirement, provided the reports contain all required information.

 

With respect to exempt securities referred to in Section 5 which do not require preclearance/reporting, employees must nonetheless annually report the holdings of those exempt securities that are defined in Section 5.D.-J, except mutual funds not advised or sub-advised by HWCM.

 

D.                   Annual Certification of Compliance.   All HWCM employees must certify annually to the Compliance Department that (1) they have read and understand and agree to abide by this Code of Ethics; (2) they have complied with all requirements of the Code of Ethics, except as otherwise notified by or reported to the Compliance Department that they have not complied with certain of such requirements; and (3) they have reported all transactions required to be reported under the Code of Ethics.

 

E.                     Review of Transactions and Holdings Reports.   All transactions reports and holdings reports will be reviewed by a Compliance personnel according to procedures established by the Compliance Department.

 

9



 

Section 7 – Reporting by Independent Trustees of HW Funds

 

An Independent Trustee of a HWCM Fund need only report a transaction in a security if the Trustee, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the official duties of a Trustee of such Fund, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding the date of the transaction by the Trustee, the security was purchased or sold by any HW Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by any HW Fund for which he or she is a Trustee.  In reporting such transactions, Independent Trustees must provide:  the date of the transaction, a complete description of the security, number of shares, principal amount, nature of the transaction, price, commission, and name of broker/dealer through which the transaction was effected.

 

As indicated in Section 6.D. for employees, Independent Trustees of the HW Funds are similarly required to certify annually to the Compliance Department that (1) they have read and understand and agree to abide by this Code of Ethics; (2) they have complied with all requirements of the Code of Ethics, except as otherwise notified by or reported to the Compliance Department that they have not complied with certain of such requirements; and (3) they have reported all transactions required to be reported under the Code of Ethics.

 

Section 8 – Approval and Review by Boards of Trustees

 

The Board of Trustees of each Fund, including a majority of Trustees who are Independent Trustees, must approve this Code of Ethics.  Additionally, any material changes to this Code must be approved by such Boards within six months after adoption of any material change.  The Board must base its approval of the Code and any material changes to the Code on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent employees from engaging in any conduct prohibited by Rule 17j-1.  Prior to approving the Code or any material change to the Code, the Boards must receive a certification from the Fund or HWCM that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent employees from violating the Code of Ethics.

 

Section 9 – Review of HWCM Annual Report

 

At least annually, each Fund and HWCM must furnish to the applicable Fund’s Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees must consider, a written report that (1) describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board of Trustees, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code of Ethics or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations and (2) certifies that the Fund and HWCM have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent HWCM employees from violating this Code of Ethics.

 

10



 

Section 10 - Sanctions

 

Potential violations of the Code of Ethics must be brought to the attention of the CCO or her designee, will be investigated and, if appropriate, sanctions will be imposed.  Upon completion of the investigation, if necessary, the matter may also be reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, which will determine whether any further sanctions should be imposed.  Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, a letter of caution or warning, reversal of a trade, disgorgement of a profit or absorption of costs associated with a trade, supervisor approval to trade for a prescribed period, fine or other monetary penalty, suspension of personal trading privileges, suspension of employment (with or without compensation), and termination of employment.

 

Section 11 – Exceptions

 

An exception to any of the policies, restrictions or requirements set forth herein may be granted only upon a showing by the employee to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer that such employee would suffer extreme financial hardship should an exception not be granted.  Should the subject of the exception request involve a transaction in a security, a change in the employee’s investment objectives, tax strategies, or special new investment opportunities would not constitute acceptable reasons for a waiver.

 

Section 12 – Recordkeeping

 

HWCM will maintain all records relevant to this Code of Ethics as required under the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act.

 

 

September 28, 2004

 

11


Exhibit 99.(p)(13)

 

 

Code of Ethics

 

Purpose The purpose of this Code of Ethics (“Code”) is to govern the personal and professional conduct of Lee Munder Investments, Ltd. personnel whose personal interests, in certain circumstances, may conflict with those of the Company. While the Company has full confidence in the integrity of all of its employees, officers and directors, it recognizes that persons have or may have knowledge of present or future client transactions,  knowledge of material information regarding potential investment opportunities, or material relationships that may impact client or investment decisions, and, in certain circumstances, the power to influence transactions made by or for clients. If such persons engage in personal transactions in securities that are eligible for investment by clients, or if they cause relatives or other third parties to do so, these persons could be in a position where their personal interests may conflict with the interests of clients.

 

1.                General Principles These Procedures are based on the principle that of the Company’s employees owe a fiduciary duty to its clients. This duty includes the obligation to conduct their personal and professional activities, including securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the transactions of any client or otherwise to take unfair advantage of their relationship with clients, investee companies, or outside service providers. In recognition of this duty, the Investment Adviser hereby adopts the following general principles to guide the actions of its personnel:

 

A.            Personnel have a duty at all times to place the interests of clients first.

 

B.              Personnel, as required under our Personal Trading Policies, have the duty to conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with these Procedures and that will avoid any actual or potential conflict or abuse of a position of trust and responsibility.

 

C.              All persons must refrain from actions or activities that allow them to profit or benefit from his or her position with respect to a client, or that otherwise bring into question the person’s independence or judgment.

 

D.             All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be accomplished so as to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest between such Access Persons and a client.

 

E.               In addition to adhering to these Procedures with respect to their personal securities transactions, Access Persons must avoid any action that would

 



 

cause a relative or other third party to engage in a securities transaction that the Access Person could not engage in.

 

F.               Transactions or relations with outsiders must be conducted in a manner that avoids even the appearance of a conflict of interest between such Access Persons and a client.

 

More detailed procedures may be separately provided which contain more detailed guidance, or which apply to only certain individuals within the Company.

 

Personal Trading by Access Persons

 

See the separate Employee Trading Procedures for detailed discussion regarding the Company’s policies and procedures in this area.

 

Insider Trading

 

See the separate Insider Trading Procedures for detailed discussion regarding the Company’s policies and procedures in this area.

 

Service with Other Organizations

 

Industry regulations regarding disclosure and avoidance of conflicts of interest require that each employee report, upon commencement of employment and annually thereafter, affiliations and relationships with outside entities, both public and private. Access persons shall be required to submit this form annually disclosing such relationships, if any.  (see Annual Disclosure Doc form)  Prior to accepting any such appointment or employment,  the affected employee shall obtain the approval of the CCO.  Such authorization shall be made in writing and maintained in the employee’s personnel file.

 

Restricted Securities

 

In connection with the review of potential conflicts of interest by employees or their outside business contacts,  the Company shall maintain a listing of securities restricted as to purchase.  This listing shall contain all entities related to key employees of the Company.  In addition,  any additional entity by which a key employee has a material business relationship shall also be restricted,  unless so waived by the CCO in writing.

 

Receipt of Gifts

 

In the conduct of their day to day activities,  outside service providers or vendors may offer employees gifts or other tokens intended to show appreciation or further the relationship of the vendor with the Company.   Gifts in excess of $100 per year may not be accepted, and in no event may an employee accept a cash gift.  This policy is not intended to discourage the necessary occasions where a vendor may pay for a meal or the periodic sporting event in order to provide a time or location for more detailed discussions or promote relationships.   Employees shall be mindful of the number and amount of such events however.  In no event shall any employee ask a vendor or service provider to obtain or give to the employee any meals or tickets to such events.